HP LASERJET 3052 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER, LASERJET 3392 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER, LASERJET 3050 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER, LASERJET 3390 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER, LaserJet 3052, LASERJET 3055 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER User guide

HP LASERJET 3052 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER, LASERJET 3392 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER, LASERJET 3050 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER, LASERJET 3390 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER, LaserJet 3052, LASERJET 3055 ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER User guide
HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392
All-in-One User Guide
HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392
All-in-One
User Guide
Copyright and License
Trademark Credits
© 2006 Copyright Hewlett-Packard
Development Company, LP
Adobe Photoshop® and PostScript® are
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Reproduction, adaptation, or translation
without prior written permission is
prohibited, except as allowed under the
copyright laws.
Corel® is a trademark or registered
trademark of Corel Corporation or Corel
Corporation Limited.
The information contained in this document
is subject to change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and
services are set forth in the express
warranty statements accompanying such
products and services. Nothing herein
should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty. HP shall not be liable
for technical or editorial errors or omissions
contained herein.
Part number Q6500-90929
Edition 2, 4/2009
Linux is a U.S. registered trademark of
Linus Torvalds.
Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows NT®,
and Windows® XP are U.S. registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
UNIX® is a registered trademark of The
Open Group.
ENERGY STAR® and the ENERGY STAR
logo® are U.S. registered marks of the
United States Environmental Protection
Agency.
Table of contents
1 All-in-one basics
All-in-one configurations..........................................................................................................................2
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one...................................................................................................2
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one..........................................................................................3
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one..........................................................................................4
All-in-one features....................................................................................................................................5
All-in-one parts.........................................................................................................................................7
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one parts..........................................................................................7
Front view...............................................................................................................7
Back view...............................................................................................................8
Interface ports........................................................................................................8
Control panel..........................................................................................................9
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one parts...............................................................................10
Front view.............................................................................................................10
Back view.............................................................................................................10
Interface ports......................................................................................................11
Control panel........................................................................................................11
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one parts...............................................................................12
Front view.............................................................................................................12
Back view.............................................................................................................12
Interface ports......................................................................................................13
Control panel........................................................................................................13
2 Software
Software installation..............................................................................................................................16
Typical installation.................................................................................................................16
Minimum installation.............................................................................................................16
Printer drivers........................................................................................................................................17
Supported printer drivers......................................................................................................17
Additional drivers..................................................................................................................17
Select the correct printer driver.............................................................................................18
Printer-driver Help (Windows)...............................................................................................18
Gaining access to the printer drivers....................................................................................19
What other software is available?.........................................................................................19
Software for Windows............................................................................................................................20
Software components for Windows......................................................................................20
HP ToolboxFX......................................................................................................20
Embedded Web server (EWS).............................................................................20
Using Add or Remove Programs to uninstall........................................................................20
ENWW
iii
Software for Macintosh..........................................................................................................................21
HP Director...........................................................................................................................21
Macintosh Configure Device (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)...............................21
PDEs (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)...................................................................22
Installing software for Macintosh..........................................................................................22
Installing Macintosh printing system software for direct connections (USB).......22
Installing Macintosh printing system software for networks.................................23
To remove software from Macintosh operating systems......................................................23
3 Media specifications
General guidelines.................................................................................................................................26
Choosing paper and other media..........................................................................................................26
HP media..............................................................................................................................26
Media to avoid.......................................................................................................................27
Media that can damage the all-in-one..................................................................................27
Guidelines for using media....................................................................................................................28
Paper.....................................................................................................................................28
Labels....................................................................................................................................29
Label construction................................................................................................29
Transparencies.....................................................................................................................29
Envelopes.............................................................................................................................30
Envelope construction..........................................................................................30
Envelopes with double-side seams......................................................................30
Envelopes with adhesive strips or flaps...............................................................31
Envelope storage.................................................................................................31
Card stock and heavy media................................................................................................31
Card stock construction........................................................................................31
Card stock guidelines...........................................................................................31
Letterhead and preprinted forms..........................................................................................32
Supported media weights and sizes......................................................................................................33
Printing and storage environment.........................................................................................................36
4 Using the all-in-one
Loading media into the input trays........................................................................................................38
Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan.............................................................................38
Loading input trays, HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one..............................................40
Priority input slot...................................................................................................40
250-sheet input tray (tray 1).................................................................................40
Loading input trays, HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.......................................................41
Single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1).................................................................41
250-sheet input tray (tray 2 or optional tray 3).....................................................41
Controlling print jobs..............................................................................................................................42
Print-settings priorities..........................................................................................................42
Selecting a source................................................................................................................42
Selecting a type or size.........................................................................................................42
Using the all-in-one control panel..........................................................................................................43
Changing the all-in-one control-panel display language......................................................43
Changing the default media size and type...........................................................................43
To change the default media size........................................................................43
To change the default media type........................................................................44
iv
ENWW
Changing the default tray configuration ..............................................................44
Using the all-in-one volume controls....................................................................................45
Changing the alarm volume.................................................................................45
Changing the volume for the fax..........................................................................45
Changing the ring volume of the fax....................................................................46
Changing the all-in-one control-panel key-press volume....................................46
5 Printing
Using features in the Windows printer driver........................................................................................48
Creating and using quick sets...............................................................................................48
Creating and using watermarks............................................................................................49
Resizing documents..............................................................................................................49
Setting a custom paper size from the printer driver..............................................................50
Using different paper and printing covers.............................................................................50
Printing a blank first page or last page.................................................................................50
Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper.....................................................................51
Printing on both sides...........................................................................................................51
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...........52
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)........52
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).................54
Using features in the Macintosh printer driver.......................................................................................55
Creating and using presets in Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4................................55
Printing a cover page (Macintosh)........................................................................................56
Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper (Macintosh).................................................56
Printing on both sides (Macintosh).......................................................................................57
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...........57
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)........57
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
(Macintosh)...........................................................................................................59
Selecting an output location (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).........................................................60
Printing on special media......................................................................................................................61
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)...................................61
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)............................................62
Transparencies and labels....................................................................................................63
Custom-size media and card stock.......................................................................................63
Colored paper.......................................................................................................................63
Envelopes.............................................................................................................................64
Heavy paper..........................................................................................................................64
Letterhead and preprinted forms..........................................................................................64
Canceling a print job..............................................................................................................................65
6 Fax
Basic fax features and tasks..................................................................................................................68
Fax control-panel buttons.....................................................................................................68
Specifying the fax settings....................................................................................................68
Setting the time and date.....................................................................................69
Setting the fax header..........................................................................................69
Sending faxes.......................................................................................................................70
Using manual dial.................................................................................................................73
Redialing manually................................................................................................................74
ENWW
v
To redial manually................................................................................................74
Canceling a fax job...............................................................................................................75
To cancel the current fax job................................................................................75
To cancel a fax job by using the Fax Job Status.................................................75
Changing the default light/dark (contrast) setting.................................................................75
Changing resolution settings................................................................................................76
Changing the default glass-size setting................................................................................77
Selecting tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode........................................................................77
Changing the redial settings.................................................................................................78
Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes............................................................79
Blocking or unblocking fax numbers.....................................................................................80
Advanced fax features and tasks..........................................................................................................81
Using speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries.......................................81
Using dialing characters.......................................................................................81
To insert a pause.................................................................................81
To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys.................................82
To delete speed-dial entries and one-touch keys................................................83
To program speed-dial entries or one-touch keys quickly...................................83
To manage group-dial entries..............................................................................84
To program group-dial entries.............................................................84
To delete group-dial entries.................................................................84
To delete an individual from a group-dial entry...................................85
To delete all phone book entries.........................................................85
Inserting a dial prefix.............................................................................................................86
Sending a delayed fax..........................................................................................................87
Using billing codes................................................................................................................88
Reprinting a fax.....................................................................................................................89
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) of received faxes (HP LaserJet 3390/3392
all-in-one only)......................................................................................................................90
Deleting faxes from memory.................................................................................................90
Using fax forwarding.............................................................................................................91
Using fax polling....................................................................................................................91
Changing the silence-detect mode.......................................................................................92
Creating stamp-received faxes.............................................................................................92
Setting the fax-error-correction mode...................................................................................93
Changing the V.34 setting....................................................................................................93
Changing the sound-volume settings...................................................................................94
To change the fax-sounds (line-monitor) volume (HP LaserJet 3050 all-inone)......................................................................................................................94
To change the fax-sounds (line-monitor) volume (HP LaserJet
3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)..................................................................................94
To change the ring volume..................................................................................94
Fax logs and reports..............................................................................................................................95
Printing the fax activity log....................................................................................................95
Printing a fax call report........................................................................................................96
Setting print times for the fax call report...............................................................................96
Including the first page of each fax on the fax call report.....................................................97
Printing a phone book report................................................................................................97
Printing the billing-code report..............................................................................................97
Printing the block-fax list.......................................................................................................98
vi
ENWW
Printing all fax reports...........................................................................................................98
Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer................................................................................99
Other ways to set up your fax..............................................................................................................102
To receive faxes when you hear fax tones.........................................................................102
Setting the answer mode....................................................................................................102
Changing ring patterns (distinctive ring).............................................................................104
Changing the rings-to-answer setting.................................................................................105
Using the rings-to-answer setting......................................................................105
To set the number of rings-to-answer................................................................105
Sending a fax by dialing from an extension telephone.......................................................106
Changing the detect-dial-tone setting.................................................................................106
Receiving faxes on a shared phone line.............................................................................107
To receive faxes when you hear fax tones........................................................107
Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes................................................107
Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-in-one).................108
Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).................109
Connecting additional devices.............................................................................................................111
Using a dedicated fax line...................................................................................................111
Using a shared telephone line............................................................................................111
To connect additional devices to the HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-in-one...........................112
To connect additional devices to the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one...........................115
7 Copy
Starting a copy job...............................................................................................................................120
Canceling a copy job...........................................................................................................................121
Adjusting the copy quality....................................................................................................................122
Adjusting the lighter/darker (contrast) setting......................................................................................123
Reducing or enlarging copies..............................................................................................................124
Adjusting the copy size.......................................................................................................124
Changing the number of copies..........................................................................................................126
Changing the copy-collation setting....................................................................................................127
Copying onto media of different types and sizes................................................................................128
Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)............................................................130
Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)...................................................131
Using automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 allin-one)..................................................................................................................................................132
Changing tray selection (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).............................................................134
Copying photos and books (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)..............................135
Viewing copy settings (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only).........................................................137
8 Scan
Understanding scanning methods.......................................................................................................140
Scanning from the all-in-one control panel (Windows).......................................................................141
Programming the all-in-one Scan To button.......................................................................141
To create, modify, or delete destinations............................................................................142
Scanning to e-mail..............................................................................................................142
Scanning to a file................................................................................................................143
Scanning to other programs...............................................................................................143
Scanning by using HP LaserJet Scan (Windows)...............................................................................144
Scanning from the all-in-one and HP Director (Macintosh).................................................................145
ENWW
vii
Scanning to e-mail..............................................................................................................145
Scanning to a file................................................................................................................145
Scanning to a software program.........................................................................................146
Using page-by-page scanning............................................................................................146
Canceling a scan job...........................................................................................................................146
Scanning by using other software.......................................................................................................147
Using TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant software.......................................................147
Scanning from a TWAIN-enabled program........................................................147
To scan from a TWAIN-enabled program.........................................147
Scanning from a WIA-enabled program (Windows XP only).............................147
To scan from a WIA-enabled program..............................................147
Scanning a photo or a book.................................................................................................................148
Scanning by using optical character recognition (OCR) software.......................................................149
Readiris...............................................................................................................................149
Scanner resolution and color...............................................................................................................150
Resolution and color guidelines..........................................................................................151
Color....................................................................................................................................151
To clean the scanner glass..................................................................................................................152
9 Networking
Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one
only).....................................................................................................................................................154
Configuring a network-port-connected all-in-one...............................................................154
Configuring a direct-connected shared all-in-one...............................................................155
Changing from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a network-port-connected allin-one..................................................................................................................................156
Using the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX...........................................................................157
Setting a network password................................................................................................................157
Using the all-in-one control panel........................................................................................................158
Network configuration page................................................................................................158
Configuration page..............................................................................................................158
IP configuration...................................................................................................................158
Manual configuration..........................................................................................158
Automatic configuration......................................................................................159
Link speed and duplex settings..........................................................................................159
Supported network protocols...............................................................................................................160
TCP/IP configuration...........................................................................................................................162
Server-based, AutoIP, and manual TCP/IP configuration..................................................162
Server-based TCP/IP configuration....................................................................................162
Default IP address configuration (AutoIP)..........................................................................162
TCP/IP configuration tools..................................................................................................163
Using DHCP........................................................................................................................................163
UNIX systems.....................................................................................................................163
Windows systems...............................................................................................................164
Windows NT 4.0 Server.....................................................................................164
Windows 2000 Server........................................................................................166
NetWare systems................................................................................................................167
To discontinue DHCP configuration...................................................................................167
Using BOOTP......................................................................................................................................168
Why use BOOTP?..............................................................................................................168
viii
ENWW
BOOTP on UNIX.................................................................................................................169
Systems that use Network Information Service (NIS).......................................169
Configuring the BOOTP server..........................................................................169
Bootptab file entries...........................................................................................169
Configuring for LPD printing................................................................................................................171
Introduction.........................................................................................................................171
About LPD..........................................................................................................172
Requirements for configuring LPD.....................................................................173
LPD setup overview............................................................................................................173
Step 1. Setting up IP parameters.......................................................................173
Step 2. Setting up print queues..........................................................................173
Step 3. Printing a test file...................................................................................173
LPD on UNIX systems........................................................................................................174
Configuring print queues for BSD-based systems.............................................174
Example: Printcap entry.....................................................................................174
Example: Creating spooling directory................................................................175
Configuring print queues using SAM (HP-UX systems)....................................175
Printing a test file................................................................................................176
LPD on Windows NT/2000 systems...................................................................................177
Installing TCP/IP software (Windows NT)..........................................................177
Configuring a network all-in-one for Windows 2000 systems............................179
Configuring a network all-in-one for Windows NT 4.0 systems.........................180
Verifying the configuration.................................................................................180
Printing from Windows clients............................................................................180
LPD on Windows XP systems ...........................................................................................181
Adding Windows optional networking components...........................................181
Configuring a network LPD all-in-one................................................................181
Adding a new LPD all-in-one.............................................................181
Creating an LPR port for an installed all-in-one................................182
TCP/IP.................................................................................................................................................183
Introduction.........................................................................................................................183
Internet Protocol (IP)..........................................................................................183
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)................................................................183
User Datagram Protocol (UDP).........................................................................183
IP address...........................................................................................................................184
IP address: network portion...............................................................................184
IP address: host portion.....................................................................................184
IP address structure and class...........................................................................184
Configuring IP parameters..................................................................................................185
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)..................................................185
BOOTP...............................................................................................................185
Subnets...............................................................................................................................186
Subnet mask......................................................................................................186
Gateways............................................................................................................................186
Default gateway.................................................................................................186
10 Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one only)
Understanding the convenience stapler..............................................................................................188
Loading staples....................................................................................................................................189
Using the convenience stapler............................................................................................................191
ENWW
ix
Clearing stapler jams...........................................................................................................................193
11 How do I?
Print: How do I?...................................................................................................................................196
Change the all-in-one print settings, such as volume or print quality, in HP ToolboxFX...196
Print on both sides (Windows)............................................................................................197
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).........197
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)......197
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...............199
Print on both sides (Macintosh)..........................................................................................200
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).........200
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)......201
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
(Macintosh).........................................................................................................202
Use the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1)...................................................................202
Print on special media........................................................................................................203
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)................203
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).........................204
Transparencies and labels.................................................................................205
Custom-size media and card stock....................................................................205
Colored paper....................................................................................................205
Envelopes...........................................................................................................205
Heavy paper.......................................................................................................206
Letterhead and preprinted forms........................................................................206
Fax: How do I?.....................................................................................................................................207
Use the Setup Wizard.........................................................................................................207
Send a fax from the all-in-one ............................................................................................207
Reprint a fax........................................................................................................................208
Print the fax activity log.......................................................................................................209
Forward received faxes to another fax number..................................................................210
Send and receive faxes by using a computer....................................................................211
Add or delete a contact.......................................................................................................213
To delete speed-dial entries and one-touch keys...............................................................214
Fax phone book..................................................................................................................214
To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys................................................216
Create a new group list.......................................................................................................217
To program group-dial entries............................................................................217
To delete group-dial entries...............................................................................218
To delete an individual from a group-dial entry..................................................218
To delete all phone book entries........................................................................219
Import contacts from another source..................................................................................219
Change the default light/dark (contrast) setting..................................................................220
Change resolution settings.................................................................................................221
Use the all-in-one control-panel buttons.............................................................................222
Enter text from the control panel.........................................................................................222
Copy: How do I?..................................................................................................................................223
Copy two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)................................................223
Copy two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one).......................................224
Use automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one)..........................................................................................................225
x
ENWW
Reduce or enlarge copies...................................................................................................227
Adjusting the copy size......................................................................................227
Adjust the lighter/darker (contrast) setting..........................................................................228
Change the copy-collation setting......................................................................................229
Adjust the copy quality........................................................................................................230
Copy onto media of different types and sizes....................................................................231
Change tray selection (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...............................................232
Change the number of copies.............................................................................................233
Scan: How do I?..................................................................................................................................234
Use HP LaserJet Scan.......................................................................................................234
Scan from the all-in-one control panel................................................................................234
Program the all-in-one Scan To button...............................................................................235
Create, modify, or delete destinations................................................................................235
Scan to e-mail.....................................................................................................................236
Scan to a folder...................................................................................................................236
Network: How do I?.............................................................................................................................237
Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network..................................................................237
To configure a network port-connected all-in-one configuration (direct
mode or peer-to-peer printing)...........................................................................237
To configure a direct-connected shared all-in-one (client server printing)........238
To change from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a network portconnected all-in-one configuration.....................................................................239
Set my network password...................................................................................................239
Other: How do I?..................................................................................................................................240
Clean the paper path..........................................................................................................240
To clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX....................................................240
To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel.................................241
Restore the factory-set defaults..........................................................................................241
Use the Embedded Web server (EWS)..............................................................................242
Find the user guide.............................................................................................................242
User guide links..................................................................................................242
Where to look for more information....................................................................242
Setting up the all-in-one....................................................................242
Using the all-in-one...........................................................................243
Receive toner warnings......................................................................................................243
Receive toner warnings from the all-in-one at the all-in-one control panel
(HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...................................................................243
Receive toner warnings from the all-in-one at my computer (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one).........................................................................................243
Receive toner warning e-mail messages from the all-in-one (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one).........................................................................................244
View the control-panel menu items for the all-in-one (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone).....................................................................................................................................244
Use the convenience stapler..............................................................................................245
Load staples........................................................................................................................247
Clear stapler jams...............................................................................................................249
Replace the print cartridge..................................................................................................251
Clear jams...........................................................................................................................253
Clear jams from the print cartridge area............................................................253
Clear jams from the input trays (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one).......254
ENWW
xi
Clear jams from the input trays (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)................254
Clear jams from the output bin...........................................................................258
Clear jams from the straight-through output path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392
all-in-one)...........................................................................................................259
Clear jams from the automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) path..................261
Clear jams from the automatic document feeder (ADF)....................................264
Order new supplies.............................................................................................................266
12 Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
Information pages................................................................................................................................268
Demo page.........................................................................................................................268
Usage page.........................................................................................................................268
Configuration page..............................................................................................................268
Supplies Status page (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)................................................270
Network configuration page................................................................................................271
Fax logs and reports...........................................................................................................271
HP ToolboxFX.....................................................................................................................................272
To view HP ToolboxFX.......................................................................................................272
Status..................................................................................................................................273
Event log............................................................................................................273
Alerts...................................................................................................................................274
Set up status alerts............................................................................................274
Set up e-mail alerts............................................................................................274
Fax......................................................................................................................................275
Fax tasks............................................................................................................275
Fax phone book.................................................................................................275
Fax send log.......................................................................................................277
Fax receive log...................................................................................................277
Help.....................................................................................................................................277
System settings...................................................................................................................278
Device information.............................................................................................278
Paper handling...................................................................................................279
Print quality.........................................................................................................279
Paper types........................................................................................................279
System setup......................................................................................................280
Service...............................................................................................................280
Device Polling....................................................................................................280
Print settings.......................................................................................................................280
Printing...............................................................................................................280
PCL 5e...............................................................................................................281
PostScript...........................................................................................................281
Network settings.................................................................................................................281
Macintosh Configure Device (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)..............................................282
Embedded Web server........................................................................................................................283
Features..............................................................................................................................283
Managing supplies...............................................................................................................................284
Checking status and ordering supplies (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only).............284
To check supplies status by using the control panel.........................................284
To check supplies status by using HP ToolboxFX............................................284
Storing supplies..................................................................................................................285
xii
ENWW
Replacing and recycling supplies.......................................................................................285
HP policy on non-HP supplies............................................................................................285
Resetting the all-in-one for non-HP supplies (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone)....................................................................................................................285
HP fraud hotline..................................................................................................................285
Cleaning the all-in-one.........................................................................................................................287
To clean the exterior...........................................................................................................287
To clean the scanner glass and white platen (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one).....................287
To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).....................288
To clean the lid backing (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)..........................289
To clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller assembly (HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)........................................................................................290
Cleaning the paper path.....................................................................................................293
To clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX....................................................293
To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel.................................294
Changing the print cartridge................................................................................................................295
Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.............297
Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller and load arm assembly
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)..................................................................................299
13 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting checklist....................................................................................................................304
Clearing jams.......................................................................................................................................308
Causes of jams...................................................................................................................308
Tips to avoid jams ..............................................................................................................308
Where to look for jams........................................................................................................309
Print cartridge area.............................................................................................................309
Input trays (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one).........................................................311
Input trays (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)..................................................................312
Output bin...........................................................................................................................315
Straight-through output path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).....................................315
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)..........317
Jams occur in the automatic document feeder (ADF)........................................................320
Control-panel messages......................................................................................................................323
Alert and warning messages .............................................................................................323
Alert and warning message tables.....................................................................323
Critical error messages.......................................................................................................330
Critical error message-tables.............................................................................330
Print problems......................................................................................................................................332
Print quality problems.........................................................................................................332
Improving print quality........................................................................................332
Understanding print-quality settings..................................................332
To temporarily change print-quality settings.....................332
To change print-quality settings for all future jobs............332
Identifying and correcting print defects..............................................................333
Print-quality checklist.........................................................................333
General print-quality issues...............................................................333
Media-handling problems...................................................................................................337
Print-media guidelines........................................................................................338
Solving print-media problems............................................................................338
ENWW
xiii
Performance problems.......................................................................................................339
Fax problems.......................................................................................................................................341
Problems receiving faxes....................................................................................................341
Problems sending faxes.....................................................................................................343
Voice-call problems.............................................................................................................345
Media-handling problems...................................................................................................345
Performance problems.......................................................................................................346
Copy problems.....................................................................................................................................347
Preventing problems...........................................................................................................347
Image problems..................................................................................................................347
Media-handling problems...................................................................................................348
Performance problems.......................................................................................................350
Scan problems.....................................................................................................................................351
Solving scanned-image problems......................................................................................351
Scan-quality problems........................................................................................................353
Preventing problems..........................................................................................353
Solving scan-quality problems...........................................................................353
Network problems................................................................................................................................354
Verifying that the all-in-one is on and online.......................................................................354
Resolving communication problems with the network........................................................354
Control-panel display problems...........................................................................................................356
Stapler problems (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one).................................................................................356
Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors...............................................................................................357
Troubleshooting common Macintosh problems..................................................................................358
Problems with Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4......................................................358
Troubleshooting tools..........................................................................................................................359
All-in-one pages and reports...............................................................................................359
Demo page.........................................................................................................359
Configuration page.............................................................................................359
Supplies Status page (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)................................359
Fax reports..........................................................................................................................360
Fax activity log...................................................................................................361
Fax call report....................................................................................................361
Phone book report..............................................................................................361
Billing-code report..............................................................................................362
HP ToolboxFX.....................................................................................................................362
To view HP ToolboxFX......................................................................................362
Troubleshooting tab...........................................................................................362
Service menu......................................................................................................................363
Restoring the factory-set defaults......................................................................363
Cleaning the paper path.....................................................................................363
T.30 protocol trace.............................................................................................364
Archive print.......................................................................................................364
Appendix A Accessories and ordering information
Supplies...............................................................................................................................................366
Memory (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)......................................................................................366
Cable and interface accessories.........................................................................................................366
Paper-handling accessories (HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one)................................................................366
User-replaceable parts........................................................................................................................367
xiv
ENWW
Paper and other print media................................................................................................................367
Supplementary documentation............................................................................................................368
Appendix B Service and support
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement.......................................................................................372
Print Cartridge Limited Warranty Statement.......................................................................................373
Availability of support and service.......................................................................................................374
HP Customer Care..............................................................................................................................374
Hardware service.................................................................................................................................375
Extended warranty...............................................................................................................................375
Guidelines for repacking the printer....................................................................................................376
Appendix C All-in-one specifications
Physical specifications.........................................................................................................................378
Electrical specifications.......................................................................................................................378
Power consumption.............................................................................................................................379
Environmental specifications...............................................................................................................379
Acoustic emissions..............................................................................................................................380
Appendix D Regulatory information
FCC compliance..................................................................................................................................382
Environmental Product Stewardship program.....................................................................................383
Protecting the environment.................................................................................................383
Ozone production................................................................................................................383
Power consumption............................................................................................................383
HP LaserJet printing supplies.............................................................................................384
Nederlands..........................................................................................................................385
Taiwan.................................................................................................................................385
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private household in the European Union........386
Material safety data sheet...................................................................................................386
For more information...........................................................................................................386
Telephone Consumer Protection Act (United States).........................................................................387
IC CS-03 requirements........................................................................................................................388
EU statement for telecom operation....................................................................................................389
New Zealand telecom statements.......................................................................................................389
Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3390, 3392, 3055, and 3050)...............................................390
Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3052)....................................................................................391
Country-/region-specific safety statements.........................................................................................392
Laser safety statement.......................................................................................................392
Canadian DOC statement...................................................................................................392
Korean EMI statement........................................................................................................392
Finnish laser statement.......................................................................................................393
Glossary..............................................................................................................................................................395
Index....................................................................................................................................................................399
ENWW
xv
xvi
ENWW
1
ENWW
All-in-one basics
●
All-in-one configurations
●
All-in-one features
●
All-in-one parts
1
All-in-one configurations
The all-in-one is available in the following configurations.
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one printer, fax, copier, scanner
2
Chapter 1
All-in-one basics
●
Prints letter-size pages at speeds up to 19 pages per
minute (ppm) and A4-size pages at speeds up to 18 ppm
●
PCL 5e and PCL 6 printer drivers and HP postscript
level 3 emulation.
●
Priority input slot holds up to 10 pages.
●
Tray 1 holds up to 250 sheets of print media or 10
envelopes.
●
Average yield for the standard black print cartridge is
2000 pages in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752. Actual
yield depends on specific use.
●
Hi-Speed universal serial bus (USB) 2.0 port.
●
V.34 fax modem and 4-megabyte (MB) flash faxstorage memory.
●
64-MB random-access memory (RAM).
●
30-page automatic document feeder (ADF).
ENWW
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one
HP LaserJet 3052 all-in-one printer, scanner, copier
●
Prints letter-size pages at speeds up to 19 ppm and A4size pages at speeds up to 18 ppm
●
PCL 5e and PCL 6 printer drivers and HP postscript
level 3 emulation
●
Priority input slot holds up to 10 pages.
●
Tray 1 holds up to 250 sheets of print media or 10
envelopes.
●
Average yield for the standard black print cartridge is
2000 pages in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752. Actual
yield depends on specific use.
●
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port and port for connecting to a
10/100Base-T network.
●
64-MB RAM.
●
50-page automatic document feeder (ADF).
The HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one printer, fax, copier,
scanner has all of the features of the HP LaserJet 3052 allin-one, plus:
●
ENWW
V.34 fax modem and 4-MB flash fax-storage memory.
All-in-one configurations
3
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one printer, fax, copier, scanner
●
Prints letter-size pages at speeds up to 22 ppm and A4size pages at speeds up to 21 ppm.
●
PCL 5e and PCL 6 printer drivers and HP postscript
level 3 emulation.
●
Single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1) for sheet-fed
printing.
●
Tray 2 holds up to 250 sheets of print media or 10
envelopes.
●
Optional 250-sheet input tray (tray 3) available.
●
Automatic 2–sided (duplex) printing, receiving faxes,
and copying.
●
Average yield for the standard black print cartridge is
2500 pages in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752. Actual
yield depends on specific use.
●
Average yield for the high-capacity print cartridge is
6000 pages in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752. Actual
yield depends on specific use.
●
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port and port for connecting to a
10/100Base-T network.
●
V.34 fax modem and 4-MB flash fax-storage memory.
●
64-MB RAM.
●
Flatbed scanner and 50-page automatic document
feeder (ADF).
●
One available DIMM slot for memory expansion and
additional font support (memory expandable to 192 MB).
The HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one printer, fax, copier,
scanner has all of the features of the HP LaserJet 3390 allin-one, plus:
4
Chapter 1
All-in-one basics
●
Additional 250-sheet input tray (tray 3) included.
●
64-MB memory DIMM.
●
Convenience stapler.
ENWW
All-in-one features
Excellent print quality
Fax
●
1200 dots per inch (dpi) with Image REt 2400 text and graphics.
●
Adjustable settings to optimize print quality.
●
The HP UltraPrecise print cartridge has a finer toner formulation that provides sharper
text and graphics.
●
Full-functionality fax capabilities with a V.34 fax; includes a phone book, fax polling,
and delayed-fax features (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one,
HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one, and HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one).
For more information, see Fax.
Copy
●
Includes ADF that allows faster, more efficient copy jobs with multiple-page documents.
For more information, see Copy.
Scan
●
The HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one provides 1200 ppi, 24-bit full-color
scanning from letter/A4-size scanner glass.
●
The HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one provides 600 pixels per inch (ppi), 24–bit full-color
scanning from the contact image sensor through the automatic document feeder (ADF).
●
All models include an ADF that allows faster, more efficient scan jobs with multiplepage documents.
For more information, see Scan.
Staple
●
The HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one includes a convenience stapler for fast and
convenient stapling of up to 20 sheets of 80 g/m2 or 20 lb media at the all-in-one.
●
Large-capacity replaceable staple cassette holds 1,500 staples.
For more information, see Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one only).
●
TCP/IP
●
LPD
●
9100
Printer driver features
●
Fast printing performance, built-in Intellifont and TrueType scaling technologies, and
advanced imaging capabilities are benefits of the PCL 6 printer language.
Automatic languageswitching
●
The all-in-one automatically determines and switches to the appropriate printer
language (such as PS or PCL 6) for the print job.
Interface connections
●
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port.
●
10/100 ethernet (RJ45) network port (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one
only).
●
PowerSave mode (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
●
ENERGY STAR® qualified
●
N-up printing (printing more than one page on a sheet). See Printing multiple pages on
one sheet of paper or Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper (Macintosh).
●
Two-sided printing using the automatic duplexer (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
only).
●
Economode setting uses less toner.
Networking (HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone only)
Environmental features
Economical printing
ENWW
All-in-one features
5
Supplies
Accessibility
6
Chapter 1
●
A Supplies Status page with a print cartridge gauge that show the supply levels that
remain (HP supplies only; HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).
●
No-shake cartridge design.
●
Authentication for HP print cartridges (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).
●
Enabled supplies-ordering capability (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).
●
Online user guide that is compatible with text screen-readers.
●
Print cartridges can be installed and removed by using one hand.
●
All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand.
All-in-one basics
ENWW
All-in-one parts
Before using the all-in-one, familiarize yourself with the parts of the all-in-one
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one parts
Front view
4
3
2
1
ENWW
5
6
7
8
1
Tray 1
2
Priority input slot
3
Output bin
4
Automatic document feeder (ADF) output bin
5
ADF input tray
6
ADF media lever
7
Control panel
8
Cartridge-door release
All-in-one parts
7
Back view
10
11
9
12
9
Interface ports
10
Security-lock slot
11
Power switch.
12
Power receptacle
Interface ports
The HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one contains one Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port and fax ports.
1
2
8
1
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port
2
Fax ports
Chapter 1
All-in-one basics
ENWW
Control panel
1
ENWW
2
3
4
5
1
Fax controls. Use the fax controls to change commonly used fax settings. For information about using the fax
controls, see Fax.
2
Alphanumeric buttons. Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the all-in-one control-panel display and dial
telephone numbers for faxing. For information about using alphanumeric key characters, see Fax.
3
Menu and cancel controls. Use these controls to select menu options, determine the all-in-one status, and cancel
the current job.
4
Copy controls. Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying. For instructions
about copying, see Copy.
5
Scan controls. Use these controls to scan to e-mail or to a folder. For instructions about scanning, see Scan.
All-in-one parts
9
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one parts
Front view
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
1
Tray 1
2
Priority input slot
3
Output bin
4
Automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray
5
ADF output bin
6
Control panel
NOTE The control panel for the HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one, with fax controls, is shown. The control panel
for the HP LaserJet 3052 all-in-one does not have fax controls.
7
Cartridge-door release
Back view
9
10
11
8
10
8
Interface ports
9
Security-lock slot
10
Power connector
11
Power receptacle
Chapter 1
All-in-one basics
ENWW
Interface ports
The HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one has two interface ports: a 10/100Base-T (RJ-45) network port
and a Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port. The HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one also has fax ports.
1
2
3
1
Network port
2
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port
3
Fax ports (HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one only)
Control panel
1
ENWW
2
3
4
5
1
Fax controls (HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one only; the HP LaserJet 3052 all-in-one does not have fax controls).
Use the fax controls to change commonly used fax settings. For information about using the fax controls, see Fax.
2
Alphanumeric buttons. Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the all-in-one control-panel display and dial
telephone numbers for faxing. For information about using alphanumeric key characters, see Fax.
3
Menu and cancel controls. Use these controls to select menu options, determine the all-in-one status, and cancel
the current job.
4
Copy controls. Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying. For instructions
about copying, see Copy.
5
Scan controls. Use these controls to scan to e-mail or to a folder. For instructions about scanning, see Scan.
All-in-one parts
11
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one parts
Front view
5
6
4
7
3
8
2
9
1
10
1
Tray 2
2
Single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1)
3
Print-cartridge door
4
Top (face-down) output bin
5
Control panel
6
Automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray
7
Automatic document feeder (ADF) output bin
8
Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one only)
9
Power switch
10
Optional tray 3 (standard on HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one; optional on HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one).
Back view
12
13
11
12
14
11
Power connector
12
Rear output door (face-up output bin for the straight-through output path)
13
DIMM door
14
Interface ports
Chapter 1
All-in-one basics
ENWW
Interface ports
The HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one has two interface ports: a 10/100Base-T (RJ-45) network port
and a Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port. The HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one also has fax ports.
1
3
2
1
Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port
2
Network port
3
Fax ports
Control panel
Use the following illustration to identify the all-in-one control-panel components.
1
2
3
4
5
Shift
05
06
07
08
ENWW
1
Fax controls. Use the fax controls to change commonly used fax settings. For information about using the fax
controls, see Fax.
2
Alphanumeric buttons. Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the all-in-one control-panel display and dial
telephone numbers for faxing. For information about using alphanumeric key characters, see Fax.
3
Menu and cancel controls. Use these controls to select menu options, determine the all-in-one status, and cancel
the current job.
4
Copy controls. Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying. For instructions
about copying, see Copy.
5
Scan controls. Use these controls to scan to e-mail or to a folder. For instructions about scanning, see Scan.
All-in-one parts
13
14
Chapter 1
All-in-one basics
ENWW
2
ENWW
Software
●
Software installation
●
Printer drivers
●
Software for Windows
●
Software for Macintosh
15
Software installation
If your computer meets the recommended minimum requirements, you have two options when
installing the software from the CDs that came with the all-in-one.
Typical installation
The following software is included with a typical installation:
●
HP ToolboxFX
●
HP LaserJet Scan program and driver
●
HP LaserJet Fax
●
Readiris OCR (not installed with other software; separate installation is required)
●
Printer drivers (PCL 6, PCL 5e, PostScript Level 2 emulation)
●
HP Director (Macintosh)
●
HP All-in-One Setup Assistant (Macintosh)
Minimum installation
The following software is included with a minimum installation:
●
PCL 6 printer driver
●
HP LaserJet Scan program and driver
NOTE
16
Chapter 2
Minimum installation supports faxing by using the control panel.
Software
ENWW
Printer drivers
The product comes with software that allows the computer to communicate with the product (by
using a printer language). This software is called a printer driver. Printer drivers provide access to
product features, such as printing on custom-sized paper, resizing documents, and inserting
watermarks.
Supported printer drivers
The following printer drivers are provided for the product. If the printer driver that you want is not on
the product CD or is not available on www.hp.com, contact the manufacturer or distributor of the
program that you are using, and request a driver for the product.
NOTE The most recent drivers are available at www.hp.com. Depending on the
configuration of Windows-based computers, the installation program for the product software
automatically checks the computer for Internet access in order to obtain the latest drivers.
PCL 6 printer
driver
PCL 5 printer
driver
PS printer
driver
Microsoft® Windows® 98
X
X
X
Windows Millennium (Me)
X
X
X
Operating system1
Fax driver
Windows 2000
X
X
X
X
Windows® XP
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Windows Server 2003
Mac OS X V10.3 and
Mac OS X V10.4
1
2
X
PPD2 printer
driver
X
X
Not all product features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the context-sensitive help in the printer
driver for available features.
A Macintosh printer driver and the necessary PostScript (PS) Printer Description files (PPDs) are included with the all-inone.
Additional drivers
The following drivers are not included on the CD, but are available from the Internet.
●
UNIX® model scripts.
●
Linux drivers.
●
Windows XP 64-bit drivers
You can obtain Model Scripts for UNIX® and Linux by downloading them from the Internet or by
requesting them from an HP-authorized service or support provider. For Linux support see
www.hp.com/go/linux. For UNIX support see www.hp.com/go/jetdirectunix_software.
ENWW
Printer drivers
17
Select the correct printer driver
Select a printer driver based on the operating system that you are using and the way that you use
the product. See the printer-driver Help for the features that are available. For information about
gaining access to the printer-driver Help, see Printer-driver Help.
●
The PCL 6 printer driver can provide the best overall performance and access to your printer
features.
●
The PCL 5 printer driver is recommended for general office monochrome and color printing.
●
Use the PostScript (PS) driver if you are printing primarily from PostScript-based programs such
as Adobe PhotoShop® and CorelDRAW®, for compatibility with PostScript Level 3 needs, or for
PS flash font support.
NOTE
The product automatically switches between PS and PCL printer languages.
Printer-driver Help (Windows)
Printer-driver Help is separate from program Help. The printer-driver help provides explanations for
the buttons, checkboxes, and drop-down lists that are in the printer driver. It also includes
instructions for performing common printing tasks, such as printing on both sides, printing multiple
pages on one sheet, and printing the first page or covers on different paper.
Activate the printer-driver Help screens in one of the following ways:
18
●
Click the Help button.
●
Press the F1 key on the computer keyboard.
●
Click the question-mark symbol in the upper-right corner of the printer driver.
●
Right-click on any item in the driver, and then click What's This?.
Chapter 2
Software
ENWW
Gaining access to the printer drivers
Use one of the following methods to open the printer drivers from your computer:
Operating System
To change the settings for all
print jobs until the software
program is closed
To change the print job
default settings (for example,
turn on Print on Both Sides
by default)
To change the configuration
settings (for example, add a
tray or enable/disable Manual
Duplexing)
Windows 98 and
Windows Milennium
Edition (Me)
1.
On the File menu in the
software program, click
Print.
1.
Click Start, click Settings,
and then click Printers.
1.
2.
2.
Select the name of the
printer, and then click
Properties.
Right-click the printer icon, 2.
and then select Properties.
Click Start, click Settings,
and then click Printers.
Right-click the printer icon,
and then select Properties.
3.
Click the Configure tab.
The steps can vary; this
procedure is most common.
Windows 2000, XP,
and Server 2003
1.
On the File menu in the
software program, click
Print.
1.
Click Start, click Settings,
and then click Printers or
Printers and Faxes.
1.
Click Start, click Settings,
and then click Printers or
Printers and Faxes.
2.
Select the name of the
printer, and then click
Properties or
Preferences.
2.
Right-click the printer icon,
and then select Printing
Preferences.
2.
Right-click the printer icon,
and then select Properties.
3.
Click the Device Settings
tab.
1.
Open Printer Setup
Utility by selecting the
hard drive, clicking
Applications, clicking
Utilities, then doubleclicking Printer Setup
Utility.
2.
Click on the print queue.
3.
On the Printers menu,
click Show Info.
4.
Click the Installable
Options menu.
The steps can vary; this
procedure is most common.
Mac OS X V10.3
and
Mac OS X V10.4
1.
On the File menu, click
Print.
1.
On the File menu, click
Print.
2.
Change the settings that
you want on the various
pop-up menus.
2.
Change the settings that
you want on the various
pop-up menus.
3.
On the Presets pop-up
menu, click Save as and
type a name for the preset.
These settings are saved in the
Presets menu. To use the new
settings, you must select the
saved preset option every time
you open a program and print.
What other software is available?
The all-in-one CDs include the HP Scanning software. See the Readme file that is provided on the allin-one CD for additional included software and for supported languages.
ENWW
Printer drivers
19
Software for Windows
When you install the software for Windows, you can directly connect the all-in-one to a computer by
using a USB cable, or you can connect the all-in-one to the network by using the internal print server.
See the getting started guide for installation instructions, and see the Readme file for the latest
software information.
The following software is available to all all-in-one users, whether you connect the all-in-one directly
to a computer by using a USB cable or to the network by using a print server.
Software components for Windows
HP ToolboxFX
You must perform a typical installation to use HP ToolboxFX.
HP ToolboxFX provides links to all-in-one status information and help information, such as this user
guide, and tools for diagnosing and solving problems. See HP ToolboxFX for more information.
Embedded Web server (EWS)
The EWS is a Web-based interface that provides simple access to all-in-one status and
configurations, including network configurations and Smart Printing Supplies (SPS) functionality.
You can gain access to the EWS through the network connection to the all-in-one. Type the all-inone IP address in a Web browser to open the all-in-one EWS homepage. From the homepage, you
can use the tabs and left navigation menu to check the status of the all-in-one, configure the all-inone, or check the status of the supplies.
Supported browsers include:
●
Internet Explorer 5.0 or later
●
Netscape Navigator 4.75 or later
●
Opera 6.05 or later
●
Safari 1.2 or later
Using Add or Remove Programs to uninstall
Use the Add or Remove Programs method in Windows to remove the all-in-one software. This
method does not require you to have the software CD.
1.
Click Start, point to Settings, and click Control Panel.
●
20
In Windows XP, click Start, and then click Control Panel
2.
Double-click Add or Remove Programs.
3.
Scroll through the list of software programs and click HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.
4.
Click Remove.
Chapter 2
Software
ENWW
Software for Macintosh
For Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4, use Print Center to print.
The all-in-one includes the following software for Macintosh computers.
NOTE For Macintosh computers, HP ToolboxFX is not supported.
HP Director
HP Director is a software program that is used when working with documents. When the document is
loaded into the automatic document feeder (ADF) and the computer is connected directly to the all-inone, HP Director appears on the computer screen to initiate faxing, scanning, or changing settings
on the all-in-one through Macintosh Configure Device.
Also included is the HP all-in-one Setup Assistant, which sets up the fax and print queues.
Macintosh Configure Device (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)
Macintosh Configure Device is a Web-based program that provides access to information about the
all-in-one (for example, information about supplies status and all-in-one settings). Use Macintosh
Configure Device to monitor and manage the all-in-one from the computer
NOTE You must perform a complete software installation to use Macintosh Configure Device.
●
Check the all-in-one status and print information pages.
●
Check and change all-in-one system settings.
●
Check default print settings.
●
Check and change fax settings, including fax send, fax receive, fax phone book and speed-dial
settings, and fax reports.
●
Check and change network settings, including IP configuration, Advanced, mDNS, SNMP,
network configuration, and password.
You can view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is directly connected to your computer
or when it is connected to the network.
NOTE
You do not have to have Internet access to open and use Macintosh Configure Device.
To view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer
ENWW
1.
Open HP Director by clicking the HP Director icon in the dock.
2.
In HP Director, click Settings.
3.
Select Configure device to open the Macintosh Configure Device home page in a browser.
Software for Macintosh
21
To view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is connected to a network
1.
2.
Open one of the following supported Web browsers:
●
Safari 1.2 or later
●
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 or later
●
Netscape Navigator 4.75 or later
●
Opera 6.05 or later
Enter the IP address of the all-in-one into the Web browser to open the Macintosh Configure
Device home page.
PDEs (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)
PDEs are code plug-ins that provide access to all-in-one features, such as information about the
number of copies, two-sided printing, and quality settings. An installation program for the PDEs and
other software is provided on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one CD for Macintosh.
Installing software for Macintosh
This section describes how to install Macintosh printing system software.
Installing Macintosh printing system software for direct connections (USB)
This section explains how to install the printing system software for Mac OS X V10.3 and
Mac OS X V10.4.
The Apple PostScript driver must be installed in order to use the PPD files. Use the Apple PostScript
driver that came with your Macintosh computer.
To install the printing system software
22
1.
Connect a USB cable between the USB port on the printer and the USB port on the computer.
Use a standard 2-meter (6.56-foot) USB cable.
2.
Insert the printer CD into the CD-ROM drive and run the installer.
3.
Double-click the CD icon on the desktop
4.
Double-click the Installer icon.
5.
Follow the instructions on the computer screen.
6.
USB queues are created automatically when the printer is attached to the computer. However,
the queue will use a generic PPD if the installer has not been run before the USB cable is
connected. To change the queue PPD, open the Print Center or Printer Setup Utility, select the
correct printer queue, and then click Show Info to open the Printer Info dialog box. In the popup menu, select Printer Model, and then, in the pop-up menu in which Generic is selected,
select the correct PPD for the printer.
7.
Print a test page or a page from any software program to make sure that the all-in-one software
is correctly installed.
Chapter 2
Software
ENWW
If installation fails, reinstall the all-in-one software. If this fails, see the installation notes or latebreaking readme files on the CD or the flyer that came in the box, or go to the appropriate
support Web site for help or more information (see HP Customer Care).
Installing Macintosh printing system software for networks
To install printer drivers for Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4
1.
Connect the network cable between the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one and a
network port.
2.
Insert the CD into the CD-ROM drive, and then double-click the CD icon on the desktop.
3.
Double-click the Installer icon in the HP LaserJet Installer folder.
4.
Follow the HP all-in-one setup assistant instructions on the computer screen.
NOTE The setup assistant should prompt you to restart the computer and to provide
the IP address of the all-in-one to complete the network installation.
To remove software from Macintosh operating systems
To remove the printing software from your Macintosh computer, open the Finder, navigate to
Applications/HP LaserJet aio/HP Uninstaller, and then run the uninstaller program.
ENWW
Software for Macintosh
23
24
Chapter 2
Software
ENWW
3
ENWW
Media specifications
●
General guidelines
●
Choosing paper and other media
●
Guidelines for using media
●
Supported media weights and sizes
●
Printing and storage environment
25
General guidelines
Some media might meet all of the guidelines in this manual and still not produce satisfactory results.
This problem might be the result of improper handling, unacceptable temperature and humidity
levels, or other variables over which Hewlett-Packard has no control.
Before purchasing large quantities of print media, always test a sample and make sure that the print
media meets the requirements specified in this user guide and in the HP LaserJet Printer Family
Print Media Guide, which you can view on the Web at www.hp.com/support/ljpaperguide. For
ordering information, see Accessories and ordering information.
CAUTION Using media that does not meet HP specifications can cause problems for the allin-one, requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the Hewlett-Packard warranty or service
agreements.
The all-in-one accepts a variety of media, such as cut-sheet paper (including up to 100% recycledfiber-content paper), envelopes, labels, transparencies, LaserJet glossy paper, HP LaserJet Tough
paper, and custom-size paper. Properties such as weight, composition, grain, and moisture content
are important factors that affect performance and output quality. Media that does not meet the
guidelines outlined in this manual can cause the following problems:
●
Poor print quality
●
Increased jams
●
Premature wear on the all-in-one, requiring repair
Choosing paper and other media
The HP LaserJet all-in-one produces documents that have excellent print quality. You can print on a
variety of media, such as paper (including up to 100% recycled fiber content paper), envelopes,
labels, transparencies, and custom-size media.
Properties such as weight, grain, and moisture content are important factors that affect performance
and quality. To achieve the best possible print quality, only use high-quality media that is designed
for laser printers. See Guidelines for using media for detailed paper and media specifications.
NOTE Always test a sample of the media before you purchase large quantities. Your media
supplier should understand the requirements specified in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print
Media Guide (HP part number 5963-7863). See Guidelines for using media for more
information.
HP media
HP recommends that you use HP LaserJet media in the all-in-one.
26
Chapter 3
Media specifications
ENWW
Media to avoid
The all-in-one can handle many types of media. Using media that is outside the specifications
degrades print quality and increases the chance of jams occurring.
●
Do not use media that is too rough.
●
Do not use media that contains cutouts or perforations other than standard 3-hole punched
paper.
●
Do not use multipart forms.
●
Do not use paper that contains a watermark if you are printing solid patterns.
Media that can damage the all-in-one
In rare circumstances media can damage the all-in-one. Avoid the following types of media to
prevent possible damage:
●
Do not use media with staples attached.
●
Do not use transparencies designed for inkjet printers or other low-temperature printers. Use
only transparencies that are specified for use with HP LaserJet printers.
●
Do not use photo paper intended for inkjet printers.
●
Do not use paper that is embossed or coated and is not designed for the temperature of the
image-fuser. Select media that can tolerate temperatures of 200°C (392°F) for 0.1 second.
HP manufactures a media that is designed for the all-in-one.
●
Do not use letterhead paper that was produced with low-temperature dyes or thermography.
Preprinted forms or letterhead must use inks that can tolerate temperatures of 200°C (392°F)
for 0.1 second.
●
Do not use any media that produces emissions, or that melts, offsets, or discolors when
exposed to 200°C (392°F) for 0.1 second.
To order HP LaserJet printing supplies, go to www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies in the U.S. or to www.hp.com/
ghp/buyonline.html/ worldwide.
ENWW
Choosing paper and other media
27
Guidelines for using media
The following sections provide guidelines and instructions for printing on transparencies, envelopes,
and other special media. Guidelines and specifications are included to help you select media that
optimizes print quality and avoid media that can cause jams or damage the all-in-one.
Paper
For best results, use conventional 80-g/m2 or 20 lb paper. Make sure that the paper is of good quality
and free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles, voids, and curled or bent edges.
If you are unsure about what type of paper you are loading (such as bond or recycled), check the
label on the package of paper.
Some paper causes print quality problems, jamming, or damage to the all-in-one.
Table 3-1 Paper usage
Symptom
Problem with paper
Solution
Poor print quality or toner adhesion
Too moist, too rough, too smooth, or
embossed
Try another kind of paper that has a
smoothness rating of 100-250 Sheffield
and has 4-6 % moisture content.
Problems with feeding
Check the all-in-one and make sure
that the appropriate media type has
been selected.
Dropouts, jamming, or curl
Stored improperly
Store paper flat in its moistureproof
wrapping.
Increased gray background shading
Might be too heavy
Use lighter paper.
Excessive curl
Too moist, wrong grain direction, or
short-grain construction
Use long-grain paper.
Problems with feeding
Use the straight-through output path
(HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only).
Check the all-in-one and make sure
that the appropriate media type has
been selected.
Jamming or damage to all-in-one
Cutouts or perforations
Do not use paper with cutouts or
perforations.
Problems with feeding
Ragged edges
Use good quality paper.
NOTE The all-in-one uses heat and pressure to fuse toner to the paper. Make sure that any
colored paper or preprinted forms use inks that are compatible with the fuser temperature of
200°C (392°) for 0.1 second.
Do not use letterhead that is printed with low-temperature inks, such as those used in some
types of thermography.
Do not use raised letterhead.
Do not use transparencies that are designed for inkjet printers or other low-temperature
printers. Use only transparencies that are specified for use with HP LaserJet printers.
28
Chapter 3
Media specifications
ENWW
Labels
For the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one, HP recommends that you print labels from the
priority input slot. For the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, HP recommends that you print labels
from the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1) and use the straight-through output path. See Loading
media into the input trays for more information.
CAUTION Do not feed a sheet of labels through the all-in-one more than once. The
adhesive degrades and might damage the all-in-one.
Label construction
When selecting labels, consider the quality of the following components:
●
Adhesives: The adhesive material should be stable at 200°C (392°F), the maximum fuser
temperature.
●
Arrangement: Only use labels with no exposed backing between them. Labels can peel off
sheets that have spaces between the labels, causing serious jams.
●
Curl: Before printing, labels must lie flat with no more than 13 mm (0.5 inch) of curl in any
direction.
●
Condition: Do not use labels with wrinkles, bubbles, or other indications of separation.
Transparencies
Transparencies must be able to withstand 200°C (392°F), the all-in-one maximum fuser temperature.
CAUTION You can print transparencies from a 250-sheet tray (tray 1 on the HP LaserJet
3050/3052/3055 all-in-one; tray 2 or optional tray 3 on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).
However, do not load more than 75 transparencies at one time into the tray.
ENWW
Guidelines for using media
29
Envelopes
For the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one, HP recommends that you print envelopes from the
priority input slot. For the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, HP recommends that you print
envelopes from the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1) and use the straight-through output path.
See Loading media into the input trays for more information.
Envelope construction
Envelope construction is critical. Envelope fold lines can vary considerably, not only between
manufacturers, but also within a box from the same manufacturer. Successful printing on envelopes
depends upon the quality of the envelopes. When selecting envelopes, consider the following
components:
●
Weight: The weight of the envelope paper should not exceed 90 g/m2 (24 lb), or jamming might
result.
●
Construction: Before printing, envelopes should lie flat with less than 6 mm (0.25 inch) of curl,
and should not contain air. Envelopes that trap air can cause problems. Do not use envelopes
that contain clasps, snaps, tie strings, transparent windows, holes, perforations, cutouts,
synthetic materials, stamping, or embossing. Do not use envelopes with adhesives that require
pressure to seal them.
●
Condition: Make sure that the envelopes are not wrinkled, nicked, or otherwise damaged.
Make sure that the envelopes do not have any exposed adhesive.
Envelopes with double-side seams
An envelope with double-side-seam construction has vertical seams at both ends of the envelope
rather than diagonal seams. This style might be more likely to wrinkle. Make sure that the seam
extends all the way to the corner of the envelope as shown in the following illustration:
1
2
30
1
Acceptable envelope construction
2
Unacceptable envelope construction
Chapter 3
Media specifications
ENWW
Envelopes with adhesive strips or flaps
Envelopes with a peel-off adhesive strip or with more than one flap that folds over to seal must use
adhesives compatible with the heat and pressure in the all-in-one: 200°C (392°F). The extra flaps
and strips might cause wrinkling, creasing, or jams.
Envelope storage
Proper storage of envelopes contributes to good print quality. You should store envelopes flat. If air
is trapped in an envelope, creating an air bubble, the envelope might wrinkle during printing.
Card stock and heavy media
You can print many types of card stock from the input tray, including index cards and postcards.
Some card stock performs better than others because its construction is better suited for feeding
through a laser printer. The HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one is designed to accommodate card
stock by opening the rear output door to use the straight-through output path.
For optimum performance, do not use paper heavier than 157 g/m2 (42 lb). Paper that is too heavy
might cause misfeeds, stacking problems, jams, poor toner fusing, poor print quality, or excessive
mechanical wear.
NOTE You might be able to print on heavier paper if you do not fill the input tray to capacity
and if you use paper with a smoothness rating of 100-180 Sheffield.
Card stock construction
●
Smoothness: 135-157 g/m2 (36-42 lb) card stock should have a smoothness rating of
100-180 Sheffield. 60-135 g/m2 (16-36 lb) card stock should have a smoothness rating of
100-250 Sheffield.
●
Construction: Card stock should lie flat with less than 5 mm (0.2 inch) of curl.
●
Condition: Make sure that the card stock is not wrinkled, nicked, or otherwise damaged.
Card stock guidelines
Set margins at least 2 mm (0.08 inch) away from the edges.
ENWW
Guidelines for using media
31
Letterhead and preprinted forms
Letterhead is premium paper that often has a watermark, sometimes uses cotton fiber, and is
available in a wide range of colors and finishes with matching envelopes. Preprinted forms can be
made of a broad spectrum of paper types ranging from recycled to premium.
Many manufacturers now design these grades of paper with properties optimized for laser printing
and advertise the paper as laser compatible or laser guaranteed. Some of the rougher surface
finishes, such as cockle, laid, or linen, might require the special fuser modes that are available on
some printer models to achieve adequate toner adhesion.
NOTE Some page-to-page variation is normal when printing with laser printers. This
variation cannot be observed when printing on plain paper. However, this variation is obvious
when printing on preprinted forms because the lines and boxes are already placed on the page.
To avoid problems when using preprinted forms, embossed paper, and letterhead, observe the
following guidelines:
32
●
Avoid using low-temperature inks (the kind used with some types of thermography).
●
Use preprinted forms and letterhead paper that have been printed by offset lithography or
engraving.
●
Use forms that have been created with heat-resistant inks that will not melt, vaporize, or release
emissions when heated to 200°C (392°F) for 0.1 second. Typically, oxidation-set or oil-based
inks meet this requirement.
●
When the form is preprinted, be careful not to change the moisture content of the paper, and do
not use materials that change the paper's electrical or handling properties. Seal the forms in
moisture-proof wrap to prevent moisture changes during storage.
●
Avoid processing preprinted forms that have a finish or coating.
●
Avoid using heavily embossed or raised-letterhead papers.
●
Avoid papers that have heavily textured surfaces.
●
Avoid using offset powders or other materials that prevent printed forms from sticking together.
Chapter 3
Media specifications
ENWW
Supported media weights and sizes
For optimum results, use conventional 75 to 90 g/m2 (20 to 24 lb) photocopy paper. Verify that the
paper is of good quality and is free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles, curls,
and bent edges.
NOTE The all-in-one supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media.
The capacity of trays and bins can vary depending on media weight and thickness and on
environmental conditions. Use only transparencies that are designed for use with HP LaserJet
printers. Inkjet and monochrome transparencies are not supported for the all-in-one.
Table 3-2 Priority input slot specifications, HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one
Media
Dimensions1
Weight
Capacity2
Paper
Minimum: 76 x 127 mm
(3 x 5 inches)
60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43 lb)
Up to 10 sheets of 80 g/m2 or 20
lb paper
203 g/m2 (75 lb cover)
1 sheet
Transparencies and opaque film
Thickness: 0.10 to 0.13 mm
(3.9 to 5.1 mils)
1 transparency
Labels4
Thickness: up to 0.23 mm (up
to 9 mils)
1 sheet of labels
Envelopes
Up to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb)
Up to 10
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5
x 14 inches)
Same as the preceding listed
minimum and maximum sizes
HP Cover paper3
1
2
3
4
The all-in-one supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.
Capacity can vary depending on media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.
Hewlett-Packard does not guarantee results when printing with other types of heavy paper.
Smoothness: 100 to 250 (Sheffield).
Table 3-3 Tray 1 specifications, HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one
Media
Dimensions1
Weight
Capacity2
Minimum size
76 x 127 mm (3.0 x 5.0 inches)
60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43 lb)
Maximum size
216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)
250 sheets of 80 g/m2 or 20
lb paper
Letter
216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)
A4
210 x 297 mm (8.3 x 11.7 inches)
Legal
216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)
16K (195 x 270 mm)
195 x 270 mm (7.7 x 10.6 inches)
16K (7.75 x 10.75 inch)
197 x 273 mm (7.8 x 10.7 inches)
16K (184 x 260 mm)
184 x 260 mm (7.2 x 10.2 inches)
A5
148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 inches)
B5 (ISO)
176 x 250 mm (6.9 x 9.9 inches)
B5 (JIS)
182 x 257 mm (7.2 x 10 inches)
ENWW
Supported media weights and sizes
33
Table 3-3 Tray 1 specifications, HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one (continued)
Media
Dimensions1
Executive
191 x 267 mm (7.3 x 10.5 inches)
8.5 x 13 inches
216 x 330 mm (8.5 x 13 inches)
Weight
Capacity2
The all-in-one supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.
Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.
1
2
Table 3-4 Single-sheet priority input slot specifications, HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
Media
Dimensions1
Weight
Capacity2
Paper
Minimum: 76 x 127 mm
(3 x 5 inches)
60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43 lb)
1 sheet
203 g/m2 (75 lb cover)
1 sheet
Transparencies and opaque film
Thickness: 0.10 to 0.13 mm
(3.9 to 5.1 mils)
1 transparency
Labels4
Thickness: up to 0.23 mm (up
to 9 mils)
1 sheet of labels
Envelopes
Up to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb)
1 envelope
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5
x 14 inches)
Same as the preceding listed
minimum and maximum sizes
HP Cover paper3
The all-in-one supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.
Capacity can vary depending on media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.
Hewlett-Packard does not guarantee results when printing with other types of heavy paper.
Smoothness: 100 to 250 (Sheffield).
1
2
3
4
Table 3-5 Tray 2 and optional tray 3 specifications, HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
Media
Dimensions1
Weight
Capacity2
Minimum size
148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 inches)
60 to 105 g/m2 (16 to 28 lb)
Maximum size
216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)
250 sheets of 80 g/m2 or 20
lb paper
Letter
216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)
A4
210 x 297 mm (8.3 x 11.7 inches)
Legal
216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)
A5
148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 inches)
B5 (ISO)
176 x 250 mm (6.9 x 9.9 inches)
B5 (JIS)
182 x 257 mm (7.2 x 10 inches)
Executive
191 x 267 mm (7.3 x 10.5 inches)
8.5 x 13 inches
216 x 330 mm (8.5 x 13 inches)
1
2
34
The all-in-one supports a wide range of standard sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.
Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.
Chapter 3
Media specifications
ENWW
Table 3-6 Automatic document feeder (ADF) specifications, HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one
1
Media
Dimensions
Weight or thickness
Capacity
Minimum size
148 x 105 mm (5.83 x 4.13
inches)
60 to 105 g/m2 (16 to 28 lb)
30 sheets (80 g/m2or 20 lb bond)
Maximum size
216 x 381 mm (8.5 x 15 inches)1
For legal-sized (216 x 356 mm; 8.5 x 14 inches) and larger media, feed one sheet at a time through the ADF.
Table 3-7 ADF specifications, HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one
Media
Dimensions
Weight or thickness
Capacity
Minimum-size
127 x 127 mm (5 x 5 inches)
60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb bond)
50 sheets (80 g/m2or 20 lb bond)
Maximum-size
216 x 381 mm (8.5 x 15 inches)
NOTE When faxing, copying, or scanning using the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone, use the flatbed scanner if the original is fragile, thin, thick, too small for the ADF, or a
photograph. Also use the flatbed scanner for the fit-to-page copying feature. The flatbed
scanner provides the best fax, copy, and scan resolution.
ENWW
Supported media weights and sizes
35
Printing and storage environment
Ideally, the printing and media-storage environment should be at or near room temperature, and not
too dry or too humid. Remember that paper absorbs and loses moisture rapidly.
Heat works with humidity to damage paper. Heat causes the moisture in paper to evaporate, while
cold causes it to condense on the sheets. Heating systems and air conditioners remove most of the
humidity from a room. As paper is opened and used, it loses moisture, causing streaks and
smudging. Humid weather or water coolers can cause the humidity to increase in a room. As paper is
opened and used it absorbs any excess moisture, causing light print and dropouts. Also, as paper
loses and gains moisture it can distort. This issue can cause jams.
As a result, paper storage and handling are as important as the paper-making process itself. Paper
storage environmental conditions directly affect the feed operation and print quality.
Care should be taken not to purchase more paper than can be easily used in a short time (about
three months). Paper stored for long periods can experience heat and moisture extremes, which can
cause damage. Planning is important to prevent damage to a large supply of paper.
Unopened paper in sealed reams can remain stable for several months before use. Opened
packages of paper have more potential for environmental damage, especially if they are not wrapped
with a moisture-proof barrier.
The media-storage environment should be maintained to ensure optimum performance. The required
condition is 20° to 24°C (68° to 75°F), with a relative humidity of 45% to 55%. The following
guidelines are helpful when evaluating the storage environment:
36
●
Print media should be stored at or near room temperature.
●
The air should not be too dry or too humid.
●
The best way to store an opened ream of paper is to rewrap it tightly in its moisture-proof
wrapping. If the all-in-one environment is subject to extremes, unwrap only the amount of paper
to be used during the day's operation to prevent unwanted moisture changes.
●
Avoid storing paper and print media near heating and air conditioning vents or near windows
and doors that are frequently open.
Chapter 3
Media specifications
ENWW
4
ENWW
Using the all-in-one
●
Loading media into the input trays
●
Controlling print jobs
●
Using the all-in-one control panel
37
Loading media into the input trays
The following sections describe how to load media into the different input trays.
CAUTION Printing on wrinkled, folded, or damaged media can cause jams. See Guidelines
for using media for more information.
Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan
Use these instructions to load originals into the all-in-one for scanning. For the best quality scans,
use the flatbed scanner.
To load originals onto the flatbed scanner (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
1.
Make sure that the automatic document feeder (ADF) contains no media.
2.
Lift the flatbed scanner cover.
3.
Place the original document face-down on the flatbed scanner with the upper-left corner of the
document at the lower-right corner of the glass.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
4.
Gently close the lid.
The document is ready to be faxed/copied/scanned.
To load originals into the automatic document feeder (ADF)
NOTE The ADF capacity for the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one is up to 30 sheets of 80 g/m2 or
20 lb media. The ADF capacity for the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one is up to
50 sheets of 80 g/m2 or 20 lb media.
38
Chapter 4
Using the all-in-one
ENWW
CAUTION To prevent damage to the all-in-one, do not use an original that contains
correction tape, correction fluid, paper clips, or staples. Also, do not load photographs, small
originals, or fragile originals into the ADF.
1.
For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, insert the top-end of the stack of originals into the ADF
input tray, with the media stack face-down and the first page to be copied at the bottom of the
stack.
Make sure that the ADF media lever is set correctly for single-page or multiple-page documents.
-orFor the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one, insert the top-end of the stack of originals
into the ADF input tray, with the media stack face-up and the first page to be copied on top of
the stack.
2.
Slide the stack into the ADF until it does not move any farther.
HP LaserJet 3050
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Document Loaded appears on the control-panel display.
3.
Adjust the media guides until they are snug against the media.
HP LaserJet 3050
4.
ENWW
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
The document is now ready to be faxed/copied/scanned.
Loading media into the input trays
39
Loading input trays, HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one
Priority input slot
The priority input slot on the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one holds up to 10 sheets of media
up to 163 g/m2 (43 lb) in weight or one envelope, transparency, or card. Load media with the top
forward and the side to be printed facing up. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side
media guides before feeding the media.
250-sheet input tray (tray 1)
The input tray holds up to 250 pages of 80 g/m2 or 20 lb paper or fewer pages of heavier media
(25 mm (0.9 inch) or less stack height). Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed
facing down. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side and rear media guides.
NOTE When you add new media, make sure that you remove all of the media from the input
tray and straighten the stack of new media. This helps to prevent multiple sheets of media
from feeding into the all-in-one, which can cause jams.
40
Chapter 4
Using the all-in-one
ENWW
Loading input trays, HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
Single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1)
The single-sheet priority input slot on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one holds one sheet of media
up to 163 g/m2 (43 lb) in weight or one envelope, transparency, or card. Load media with the top
forward and the side to be printed facing up. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side
media guides before feeding the media.
NOTE When feeding media into the single-sheet priority input slot on the HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one, the all-in-one pulls the media partially into the all-in-one and then
pauses. You must wait for the all-in-one to stop before feeding another sheet of media. You
can only feed one sheet of media at a time.
250-sheet input tray (tray 2 or optional tray 3)
NOTE Tray 3 is optional for the HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one.
The input tray holds up to 250 pages of 80 g/m2 or 20 lb paper or fewer pages of heavier media
(25 mm (0.9 inch) or less stack height). Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed
facing down. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side and rear media guides.
NOTE When you add new media, make sure that you remove all of the media from the input
tray and straighten the stack of new media. This helps to prevent multiple sheets of media
from feeding into the all-in-one, which can cause jams.
ENWW
Loading media into the input trays
41
Controlling print jobs
This section provides basic printing instructions. When making changes to printing settings, follow
the hierarchy of how changes are prioritized.
NOTE The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software
program.
Print-settings priorities
When making changes to printing settings, follow the hierarchy of how changes are prioritized. (Note
that the names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program.)
●
"Page Setup" dialog box. This dialog box opens when you click Page Setup or a similar
command on the File menu in your software program. This dialog box is part of the program in
which you are working. Settings that are changed here override settings that are changed
anywhere else.
●
"Print" dialog box. This dialog box opens when you click Print, Print Setup, or a similar
command on the File menu in your software program. It is also part of the program, but it has a
lower priority than the Page Setup dialog box. Settings that are changed in the Print dialog box
do not override settings that are changed in the Page Setup dialog box. Settings that are
changed here do override settings that are changed in the printer driver.
●
Printer driver. The printer driver opens when you click Properties in the Print dialog box.
Settings that are changed here do not override settings that are changed anywhere else. (For
Macintosh, the printer driver settings are integrated into the Print dialog box.)
Selecting a source
You can print by source (tray) or by type or size. To print by source, follow these steps. For
Macintosh operating systems, types and sizes are grouped together under the Paper Source pop-up
menu.
●
Windows: In the Print dialog box in your software program, select the Source (tray), if possible.
Otherwise, select a tray from the Source is field from the Paper tab in your printer driver.
●
Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4: From the Print dialog box, select the tray or type of
media on the Paper Feed pop-up menu.
Selecting a type or size
You can print by source (tray) or by type or size. If you are printing on special print media, such as
heavy paper, it is important to print by type to achieve good results. To print by type or size, follow
these steps. For Macintosh operating systems, types and sizes are all grouped together under the
Paper Source pop-up menu.
42
●
Windows: In the printer driver, select a type in the Type is field of the Paper tab. Or, select a
size from the Size is field. For some paper, such as letterhead, you select both a type and size.
●
Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4: In the Print dialog box, select the tray or type of media
on the Paper Feed pop-up menu.
Chapter 4
Using the all-in-one
ENWW
Using the all-in-one control panel
You can configure settings at the all-in-one control panel.
Changing the all-in-one control-panel display language
Use this procedure to print reports or to show messages on the all-in-one control-panel display in a
language other than the default for your country/region.
To change the all-in-one control-panel display language
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Language, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select the language that you want.
5.
Press
.
.
to save your selection.
The all-in-one automatically restarts.
Changing the default media size and type
Set the size and type of media that you usually load in the input tray. The all-in-one uses these
settings for copying, printing reports, printing faxes, and determining autoreduction sizes for incoming
faxes.
To change the default media size
ENWW
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. paper size, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select the size.
6.
Press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
Using the all-in-one control panel
43
To change the default media type
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. paper type, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select the type.
6.
Press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
Changing the default tray configuration
The default tray configurations (size and type) are set to Any, which means that any type and any
size of supported media can be printed from that tray. Configure your trays for the size and type
using the following instructions only if you regularly need to print on a specific size and type of media.
To change the default media size for a tray
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Tray 1 (or tray 2 or optional tray 3), and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper size, and then press
6.
Use the < or the > button to select the size.
7.
Press
.
.
.
.
to save your selection.
To change the default media type for a tray
44
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Tray 1 (or tray 2 or optional tray 3), and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper type, and then press
6.
Use the < or the > button to select the type.
7.
Press
Chapter 4
.
.
.
.
to save your selection.
Using the all-in-one
ENWW
Using the all-in-one volume controls
You can control the volume of the following sounds:
●
The alarm sound that the all-in-one emits when it requires attention, such as when the all-in-one
door is open.
●
The beeps that are emitted when you press the all-in-one control-panel buttons.
●
The phone line sounds for outgoing faxes.
●
The ring volume for incoming faxes.
Changing the alarm volume
The alarm sounds when the all-in-one presents an alert or critical error message. The alarm duration
length is one second.
To change the alarm volume
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Volume settings, and then press
4.
Press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Off, Soft, Medium, or Loud.
6.
Press
.
.
to select Alarm volume.
to save your selection.
NOTE The factory-set default for the alarm volume is Soft.
Changing the volume for the fax
This setting determines the volume of various fax sounds that occur when the all-in-one is sending or
receiving fax jobs.
To change the volume for the fax
1.
Press Volume.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Off, Soft, Medium, or Loud.
3.
Press
to save your selection.
NOTE
ENWW
The factory-set default is Soft.
Using the all-in-one control panel
45
Changing the ring volume of the fax
The fax ring sounds when the all-in-one is initially sending or receiving a call. The ring duration
length depends on the local telecom ring-pattern length.
To change the ring volume of the fax
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Volume settings, and then press
4.
Press the < or the > button once to select Ring volume, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Off, Soft, Medium, or Loud.
6.
Press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
NOTE
The factory-set default is Soft.
Changing the all-in-one control-panel key-press volume
The key-press volume controls the sound that is made when an all-in-one control-panel button is
pressed.
To change the all-in-one control-panel key-press volume
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Volume settings, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Key-press volume, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Off, Soft, Medium, or Loud.
6.
Press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
NOTE The factory-set default for the all-in-one control-panel key-press volume is Soft.
46
Chapter 4
Using the all-in-one
ENWW
5
Printing
This section provides information about common printing tasks.
●
Using features in the Windows printer driver
●
Using features in the Macintosh printer driver
●
Selecting an output location (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
●
Printing on special media
●
Canceling a print job
For information about managing the all-in-one and its settings by using the HP ToolboxFX, see
HP ToolboxFX.
NOTE Many of the functions that are described in this chapter also can be performed by
using the HP ToolboxFX. For instructions about using the HP ToolboxFX, see the
HP ToolboxFX online Help.
ENWW
47
Using features in the Windows printer driver
When you print from a software program, many of the product features are available from the printer
driver. For complete information about the features that are available in the printer driver, see the
printer-driver Help. The following features are described in this section:
●
Creating and using quick sets
●
Creating and using watermarks
●
Resizing documents
●
Setting a custom paper size from the printer driver
●
Using different paper and printing covers
●
Printing a blank first page or last page
●
Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper
●
Printing on both sides
NOTE Settings in the printer driver and software program generally override control-panel
settings. Software-program settings generally override printer-driver settings.
Creating and using quick sets
Use quick sets to save the current driver settings for reuse. For example, you can save the pageorientation, print-on-both-sides, and paper-source settings in a quick set. Quick sets are available on
most printer-driver tabs. You can save up to 25 Print Task Quick Sets.
NOTE The printer driver might report that 25 Print Task Quick Sets have been defined when
fewer than 25 are visible. Some predefined Print Task Quick Sets, which do not apply to your
product, might be included and are counted in the total number.
To create a quick set
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
Select the print settings that you want to use.
3.
In the Print Task Quick Sets box, type a name for the selected settings (for example "Quarterly
Report" or "My Project Status").
4.
Click Save.
To use quick sets
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
Select the quick set that you want to use from the Print Task Quick Sets drop-down list.
3.
Click OK. The product is now set to print according to the saved settings in the quick set.
NOTE To restore printer-driver default settings, select Default Print Settings from the Print
Task Quick Sets drop-down list.
48
Chapter 5
Printing
ENWW
Creating and using watermarks
A watermark is a notice, such as "Confidential," that is printed in the background of each page of a
document.
To use an existing watermark
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
From the Effects tab, click the Watermarks drop-down list.
3.
Click the watermark that you want to use.
4.
If you want the watermark to appear only on the first page of the document, click First Page Only.
5.
Click OK. The product is now set to print the watermark that you have selected.
To remove the watermark, click (none) in the Watermarks drop-down list.
Resizing documents
Use the document resizing options to scale a document to a percentage of its normal size. You can
also choose to print a document on a different size paper, with or without scaling.
To reduce or enlarge a document
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
On the Effects tab, next to % of normal size, type the percentage by which you want to reduce
or enlarge your document.
You can also use the scroll bar to adjust the reduce or enlarge percentage.
3.
Click OK. The product is now set to scale the document to the reduce or enlarge percentage
that you selected.
To print a document onto a different paper size
ENWW
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
On the Effects tab, click Print Document On.
3.
Select the target paper size to print on.
4.
To print the document on the target paper size without scaling it to fit, make sure that the Scale
to Fit option is not selected.
5.
Click OK. The product is now set to print the document as you specified.
Using features in the Windows printer driver
49
Setting a custom paper size from the printer driver
To set a custom paper size
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
On the Paper or Paper/Quality tab, click Custom.
3.
On the Custom Paper Size window, type the name of the custom paper size.
4.
Type the paper-size length and width. If you type a size that is too small or too large, the driver
automatically adjusts the size to the minimum or maximum size that is allowed.
5.
If necessary, click the button to change the unit of measure between millimeters and inches.
6.
Click Save.
7.
Click Close. The product is now set to print the document on the custom-size paper that you
selected. The name that you saved appears in the paper-size list for future use.
Using different paper and printing covers
Follow these instructions for printing a first page that is different from other pages in the print job.
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
On the Paper or Paper/Quality tab, select the appropriate paper for the first page of the print job.
3.
Click Use Different Paper/Covers.
4.
In the list box, click the pages or covers that you want to print on different paper.
5.
To print front or back covers, you must also select Add Blank or Preprinted Cover.
-orSelect the appropriate paper type or source for the other pages of the print job. The product is
now set to print the document on the paper that you selected.
NOTE
The paper size must be the same for all pages of the print job.
Printing a blank first page or last page
To print a blank first page or last page
50
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
On the Paper or Paper/Quality tab, click Use Different Paper/Covers.
3.
In the list box, click Front Cover or Back Cover.
4.
Click Add Blank or Preprinted Cover.
Chapter 5
Printing
ENWW
Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper
You can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper. This feature is available in some
drivers and provides a cost-effective way to print draft pages.
To print more than one page on a sheet of paper, look for a layout or pages-per-sheet option in the
driver. (This is sometimes called 2-up, 4-up, or n-up printing.)
To print multiple pages on one sheet of paper
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
Click the Finishing tab.
3.
In the section for Document Options, select the number of pages that you want to print on
each sheet (1, 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16).
4.
If the number of pages is greater than 1, select the correct options for Print Page Borders and
Page Order.
5.
●
Click Print Page Borders if you want to print a border around each page on the sheet.
●
Click Page Order to select the order and placement of the pages on the sheet.
Click OK. The product is now set to print the number of pages per sheet that you have selected.
Printing on both sides
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) is available using the automatic duplexer on the
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one. Manual duplexing is available on the HP LaserJet
3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one. To duplex manually, print on both sides of a page by feeding
the page through the all-in-one twice.
NOTE In the printer driver, Print on Both Sides (manually) is available only when duplex
printing is not available or when duplex printing is not supported for the type of print media
being used.
ENWW
Using features in the Windows printer driver
51
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
●
For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up, bottom-edge first.
●
For all other trays, load the letterhead paper with front side down, and the top edge at the
back of the tray.
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). This could lead
to a jam in the all-in-one.
2.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
3.
For Windows, on the Finishing tab, click Print on Both Sides.
4.
Click OK. The product is now ready to print on both sides of the paper.
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
NOTE
The printer driver also contains instructions and graphics for manually duplexing.
1.
In the software program, open the all-in-one properties (printer driver).
2.
On the Finishing tab, select Print on Both Sides.
NOTE If the Print on Both Sides option is dimmed or unavailable, open the all-in-one
properties (printer driver). On the Device Settings tab or the Configure tab, select
Allow Manual Duplexing, and then click OK. Repeat steps 1 and 2.
3.
Print the document.
4.
After one side has been printed, remove the remaining media from the input tray, and set it
aside until after you finish your manual duplexing job.
HP LaserJet 3050
52
Chapter 5
Printing
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
ENWW
5.
Gather the printed pages, keep the printed side facing down, and straighten the stack.
HP LaserJet 3050
6.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
Place the stack of media in the input tray again. The printed side should be facing down with the
top edge feeding into the all-in-one first.
1
HP LaserJet 3050
7.
ENWW
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
On the computer screen, click OK and wait for the second side to print.
Using features in the Windows printer driver
53
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
●
For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up, bottom-edge first.
●
For all other trays, load letterhead paper with front side down, and the top edge at the back
of the tray.
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). Jamming could
result.
54
2.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
3.
On the Finishing tab, select Print on Both Sides (manually).
4.
Click OK.
5.
Send the print job to the product.
6.
Go to the all-in-one. Remove any blank paper that is in tray 1. Insert the printed stack into the
tray that is specified on the control panel. Load the paper with the printed side up, and the
bottom-edge feeding into the all-in-one first. Follow the instructions in the pop-up window that
appears before feeding the output stack back for printing the second half of the job.
7.
A prompt might appear on the control-panel display that instructs you to press a button to
continue.
Chapter 5
Printing
ENWW
Using features in the Macintosh printer driver
When you print from a software program, many of the features are available from the printer driver.
For complete information about the features that are available in the printer driver, see the printerdriver Help. The following features are described in this section:
●
Creating and using presets in Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4
●
Printing a cover page (Macintosh)
●
Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper (Macintosh)
●
Printing on both sides (Macintosh)
NOTE Settings in the printer driver and software program generally override control-panel
settings. Software-program settings generally override printer-driver settings.
Creating and using presets in Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4
Use presets to save the current driver settings for reuse. For example, you can save the page
orientation, print-on-both-sides feature, and paper-type settings in a preset.
To create a preset
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
Select the print settings that you want to use.
3.
In the Presets box, click Save As..., and type a name for the preset (for example "Quarterly
Report" or "My Project Status").
4.
Click OK.
To use presets
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
In the Presets menu, select the preset that you want to use.
NOTE To restore printer-driver default settings, select Standard from the Presets pop-up
menu.
ENWW
Using features in the Macintosh printer driver
55
Printing a cover page (Macintosh)
If you want to, you can print a separate cover page for your document that includes a message (such
as “Confidential”).
To print a cover page
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
On the Cover Page pop-up menu, select whether to print the cover page Before Document or
After Document.
3.
If you are using Mac OS X V10.3 or Mac OS X V10.4, in the Cover Page Type pop-up menu,
select the message that you want to print on the cover page.
NOTE To print a blank cover page, select Standard as the Cover Page Type.
Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper (Macintosh)
You can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper. This feature provides a cost-effective
way to print draft pages.
To print multiple pages on one sheet of paper
56
1.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
2.
Click the Layout pop-up menu.
3.
Next to Pages per Sheet, select the number of pages that you want to print on each sheet (1,
2, 4, 6, 9, or 16).
4.
If the number of pages is greater than 1, next to Layout Direction, select the order and
placement of the pages on the sheet.
5.
Next to Borders, select the type of border to print around each page on the sheet.
Chapter 5
Printing
ENWW
Printing on both sides (Macintosh)
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) is available by using the automatic duplexer on the
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one. Manual duplexing is available on the HP LaserJet
3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one. To duplex manually, print on both sides of a page by feeding
the page through the all-in-one twice.
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
●
For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up and the bottom-edge feeding
into the all-in-one first.
●
For all other trays, load the letterhead paper with the front side down and the top edge at
the back of the tray.
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28-lb bond). Jamming might
result.
2.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
3.
Open the Layout pop-up menu.
4.
Next to Two Sided Printing, select either Long-Edge Binding or Short-Edge Binding.
5.
Click Print.
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
1.
On the Print dialog, select Printer Features.
2.
On the Feature Sets list, select Finishing, and then select Manually print on 2nd side.
3.
Print the document.
4.
After one side has been printed, remove the remaining media from the input tray, and set it
aside until after you finish your manual duplexing job.
HP LaserJet 3050
ENWW
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
Using features in the Macintosh printer driver
57
5.
Gather the printed pages, keep the printed side facing down, and straighten the stack.
HP LaserJet 3050
6.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
Place the stack of media in the input tray again. The printed side should be facing down with the
top edge feeding into the all-in-one first.
1
HP LaserJet 3050
7.
58
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
On the computer screen, click OK and wait for the second side to print.
Chapter 5
Printing
ENWW
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) (Macintosh)
1.
Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
●
For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up, bottom-edge first.
●
For all other trays, load letterhead paper with front side down, and the top edge at the back
of the tray.
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). Jamming could
result.
ENWW
2.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
3.
On the Finishing tab, select Print on Both Sides (manually).
4.
Click OK.
5.
Send the print job to the product.
6.
Go to the all-in-one. Remove any blank paper that is in tray 1. Insert the printed stack into the
tray that is specified on the control panel. Load the paper with the printed side up, and the
bottom-edge feeding into the all-in-one first. Follow the instructions in the pop-up window that
appears before feeding the output stack back for printing the second half of the job.
7.
A prompt might appear on the control-panel display that instructs you to press a button to
continue.
Using features in the Macintosh printer driver
59
Selecting an output location (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 allin-one)
The HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one comes with the top output bin and a rear output door for
printing to a straight-through output path. Print jobs emerge from the top output bin when the rear
output door is closed. Print jobs emerge from the back of the all-in-one when the rear output door is
open.
●
Open the rear output door to use the straight-through output path if problems occur when
printing to the top output bin, or when printing on such media as card stock, envelopes, labels,
or photo paper. Remove each sheet as it exits the all-in-one.
●
Use the top output bin when printing most jobs, including jobs on average-weight paper,
letterhead, and transparencies. The top output bin can hold up to 125 sheets. Prevent more
than 125 sheets from accumulating in the top output bin, or jams can occur.
1
60
2
1
Rear output door
2
Top output bin
Chapter 5
Printing
ENWW
Printing on special media
Use these guidelines when printing on special types of media.
NOTE Not all features are available for all printer drivers or operating systems. See the all-inone properties (driver) online Help for information about the available features for the driver.
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
1.
Open the media input tray and remove any media.
2.
Load the media. Make sure that the top of the media is forward and the side to be printed on is
facing up.
3.
Adjust the media guides to the length and width of the media.
4.
For Windows printer drivers, on the Paper tab or the Paper/Quality tab, select your media type
from the Type is: drop-down list.
For Macintosh printer drivers, on the Paper/Quality tab or the Paper tab (the Paper Type/
Quality tab for some Macintosh drivers), select your media type.
5.
ENWW
Print the document.
Printing on special media
61
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Open the rear output door.
2.
Before feeding the media, open the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1), and adjust the media
guides to the width of the media.
3.
Feed a single page into the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1). Make sure that the top of the
media is forward and the side to be printed (rough side) is facing up. The media feeds partially
into the all-in-one, and then the all-in-one pauses.
4.
For Windows printer drivers, open the all-in-one Properties (or Printing Preferences in
Windows 2000 and XP). See Gaining access to the printer drivers for instructions.
For Macintosh drivers, on the Paper/Quality tab or the Paper tab (the Printer Features tab for
some Mac drivers), choose the correct media type.
5.
62
Print the document. Remove the media from the back of the all-in-one as it prints to prevent it
from sticking together, and place the printed pages on a flat surface.
Chapter 5
Printing
ENWW
Transparencies and labels
Only use transparencies and labels that are recommended for use in laser printers, such as
HP transparency film and HP LaserJet labels. See Guidelines for using media for more information.
CAUTION Be sure to set the correct media type in the all-in-one settings. The all-in-one
adjusts the fuser temperature according to the media type setting. When printing on special
media such as transparencies or labels, this adjustment prevents the fuser from damaging the
media as it passes through the all-in-one.
CAUTION Inspect the media to make sure that it is not wrinkled or curled and that it does
not have any torn edges or missing labels.
NOTE You can load multiple transparencies in the main input tray (tray 2). However, do not
load more than 75 transparencies at a time.
Custom-size media and card stock
Use the main input tray for multiple sheets. See Supported media weights and sizes for the
supported media sizes.
CAUTION Make sure that the sheets are not stuck together before you load them.
Colored paper
ENWW
●
Colored paper should be of the same high quality as white xerographic paper.
●
Pigments used must be able to withstand the fuser temperature of 200°C (392°F) for 0.1 second
without deterioration.
●
Do not use paper with a colored coating that was added after the paper was produced.
Printing on special media
63
Envelopes
Only use envelopes that are recommended for laser printers. See Guidelines for using media for
more information.
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, you must load envelopes one at a time in
the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1).
To prevent the envelope from curling as it prints, open the rear output door (HP LaserJet 3390/3392
all-in-one).
Heavy paper
●
Any tray will print most heavy media that does not exceed 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond).
●
Use tray 1 for card stock (135 g/m2 to 216 g/m2; 50 to 80 lb cover).
●
In either the software program or the printer driver, select Heavy (106 g/m2 to 163 g/m2; 28 to
43 lb bond) or Cardstock (135 g/m2 to 216 g/m2; 50 to 80 lb cover) as the media type, or print
from a tray that is configured for heavy paper. Because this setting affects all print jobs, it is
important to return the all-in-one back to its original settings after the job has printed.
CAUTION Using paper that is heavier than the media specification recommended for this allin-one can cause misfeeds, jams, reduced print quality, and excessive mechanical wear.
Some heavier media, such as HP Cover Stock, can be safely used.
Letterhead and preprinted forms
The all-in-one can print on letterhead and preprinted forms that can withstand temperatures of 200°C
(392°F).
NOTE To print a single-page cover letter on letterhead, followed by a multiple-page
document, feed the letterhead face up in the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1), and load
the standard paper in the main input tray (tray 2). The all-in-one automatically prints from the
single-sheet priority input slot first.
64
Chapter 5
Printing
ENWW
Canceling a print job
If your print job is currently printing, you can cancel it by pressing Cancel on the all-in-one control
panel.
CAUTION Pressing Cancel clears the job that the all-in-one is currently processing. If more
than one process is running (for example, the all-in-one is printing a document while receiving
a fax), pressing Cancel clears the process that currently appears on the all-in-one control
panel.
You can also cancel a print job from a software program or a print queue.
To stop the print job immediately, remove the remaining print media from the all-in-one. After printing
stops, use one of the following options:
●
Device control panel: To cancel the print job, press and release Cancel on the all-in-one
control panel.
●
Software program: Typically, a dialog box appears briefly on the computer screen, allowing
you to cancel the print job.
●
Windows print queue: If a print job is waiting in a print queue (computer memory) or print
spooler, delete the job there.
●
ENWW
●
Windows 98, Windows Me, or Windows 2000: Go to the Printer dialog box. Click Start,
click Settings, and then click Printers. Double-click the all-in-one icon to open the window,
select your print job, and then click Delete.
●
Windows XP: Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers and Faxes. Double-click
the icon for the all-in-one to open the window, right-click the print job that you want to
cancel, and then click Cancel.
Macintosh print queue: Open the print queue by double-clicking the all-in-one icon in the dock.
Then highlight the print job and click Delete.
Canceling a print job
65
66
Chapter 5
Printing
ENWW
6
Fax
●
Basic fax features and tasks
●
Advanced fax features and tasks
●
Fax logs and reports
●
Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer
●
Other ways to set up your fax
●
Connecting additional devices
NOTE Many of the functions that are described in this chapter also can be performed by
using the HP ToolboxFX. For instructions about using the HP ToolboxFX, see the
HP ToolboxFX online Help.
ENWW
67
Basic fax features and tasks
Fax control-panel buttons
The controls for sending faxes are located on the left side of the control panel.
Shift
05
06
07
08
HP LaserJet 3050
HP LaserJet 3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
This section describes how to fax a document.
Specifying the fax settings
Before you can begin using the all-in-one fax features, you must complete the following tasks:
●
Setting the time and date
●
Setting the fax header
NOTE If you are installing the all-in-one software on your computer, you can skip the
remaining instructions in this chapter. The software installer automatically helps you to set up
the fax settings, unless you are using Microsoft Windows® 95 or Windows NT®. See the
electronic User Guide for instructions.
If you completed the software installation, you are ready to send faxes from your computer. If
you did not complete the fax setup process at the time you installed the software, you can
complete it at any time by using the Fax Setup Wizard in the all-in-one program group (click
Start, Programs, HP, the name of your all-in-one, and HP Fax Setup Wizard).
In the United States and many other regions/countries, setting the time, date, and other fax
header information is a legal requirement.
68
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
Setting the time and date
To set the time and date
To set or change the time and date, use the following steps. If you need help entering any
information, see Enter text from the control panel.
1.
On the control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Press Menu to select Time/Date.
4.
Use the < or the > button to specify either the 12-hour or the 24-hour clock, and then press
5.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the current time.
6.
If you specified the 12-hour clock, use the < or the > button to move the cursor past the fourth
character. Select 1 for A.M. or 2 for P.M., and then press .
.
.
-orIf you specified the 24-hour clock, press
.
7.
NOTE Make sure that you use two digits to specify the month and day, in that order (for
example, use “05” for May and “01” for the first day of the month of May).
8.
Press Menu.
Setting the fax header
To set the fax header
To set or change the fax header information, complete the following steps. If you need help entering
any information, see Enter text from the control panel.
1.
On the control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Header, and then press
4.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter your fax number, and then press
5.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter your company name, and then press
.
.
.
.
NOTE The maximum number of characters allowed in the fax number is 20. The maximum
number of characters allowed in the company name is 40.
ENWW
Basic fax features and tasks
69
Sending faxes
To send a fax to one recipient
1.
Use the alphanumeric buttons on the all-in-one control panel to dial the number.
If the fax number you are calling has been assigned to a one-touch key, press that key.
-orIf the fax number you are calling has a speed-dial entry, press Phone Book, use the
alphanumeric buttons to specify the speed-dial entry, and then press .
2.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or on the flatbed
scanner.
3.
Press Start Fax. If the pages that you want to send are in the ADF, then faxing begins
automatically.
4.
If the all-in-one ADF sensor detects that no document is loaded into the ADF input tray, Send
from glass? 1=Yes 2=No appears on the control-panel display. To send the fax from the
flatbed scanner, press 1 to select YES, and then press .
After you press
5.
, Load page:X Press
appears on the control-panel display.
If you have already placed the document on the flatbed scanner, press
document on the flatbed scanner and then press ).
(or place the
After scanning the page, Another page? 1=Yes 2=No appears on the control-panel display.
6.
If you have more pages to scan, press 1 to select YES, and then repeat step 5 for each page of
the fax job.
-orIf you are finished, press 2 to select NO.
When the last page of the fax has exited the all-in-one, you can start sending another fax, copying, or
scanning.
You can assign a one-touch key or speed-dial entry numbers that you use regularly. See To program
or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys and To program group-dial entries. If you have
electronic phone books available, you might be able to use them to select recipients. Electronic
phone books are generated by using third-party software programs.
To send a fax to multiple recipients
You can send a fax to several fax numbers at once. If you want to send a fax to a group of fax
numbers that you have assigned to a group-dial entry, see the information later in this section about
sending faxes by using group-dial entries. If you want to send a fax to a group of numbers (maximum
of 20) that have not been assigned a group-dial entry, see the information later in this section about
sending faxes to groups manually (ad hoc faxing).
In the rare instance that your document does not fit into memory, complete one of the following:
Clear saved faxes from the fax memory. For more information, see Deleting faxes from memory.
-or-
70
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
Divide the document into smaller sections, and then send the document as multiple fax jobs.
To send a fax by using a group-dial entry
1.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or on the flatbed
scanner.
2.
Press the one-touch key for the group.
Press Phone Book, use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the group-dial entry, and then
press .
3.
Press Start Fax. If the pages that you want to send are in the ADF, then faxing begins
automatically.
4.
If the all-in-one ADF sensor detects that no document is loaded into the ADF input tray, Send
from glass? 1=Yes 2=No appears on the control-panel display. To send the fax from the
flatbed scanner, press 1 to select YES, and then press .
After you press
5.
, Load page:X Press appears on the control-panel display. .
If you have already placed the document on the flatbed scanner, press
document on the flatbed scanner and then press ).
(or place the
After scanning the page, Another page? 1=Yes 2=No appear on the control-panel display.
6.
If you have more pages to scan, press 1 to select YES, and then repeat step 5 for each page of
the fax job.
-orIf you are finished, press 2 to select NO.
The all-in-one scans the document into memory and sends the fax to each number specified. If a
number in the group is busy or does not answer, the all-in-one redials the number based on its redial
setting. If all redial attempts fail, the all-in-one updates the fax activity log with the error and proceeds
to the next number in the group.
To send a fax to a group manually (ad hoc faxing)
Use the following instructions to send a fax to a group of recipients that has not been assigned a
group-dial entry:
1.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or on the flatbed
scanner.
2.
Use the alphanumeric buttons.
If the fax number that you are calling has been assigned a one-touch key, press that key.
-orIf the fax number that you are calling has been assigned a speed-dial entry, press Phone Book,
use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the speed-dial entry, and then press .
ENWW
3.
Press
4.
To continue dialing numbers, repeat steps 2 and 3.
.
Basic fax features and tasks
71
-orIf you are finished dialing numbers, go to the next step.
5.
Press Start Fax. If the pages that you want to send are in the ADF, then faxing begins
automatically.
6.
If the all-in-one ADF sensor detects that no document is loaded into the ADF input tray, Send
from glass? 1=Yes 2=No appears on the control-panel display. To send the fax from the
flatbed scanner, press 1 to select YES, and then press .
After you press
7.
, Load page: X Press appears on the control-panel display. .
If you have already placed the document on the flatbed scanner, press
document on the flatbed scanner and then press ).
(or place the
After scanning the page, Another page? 1=Yes 2=No appears on the control-panel display.
8.
If you have more pages to scan, press 1 to select YES, and then repeat step 7 for each page of
the fax job.
-orIf you are finished, press 2 to select NO.
The all-in-one sends the fax to each fax number. If a number in the group is busy or does not
answer, the all-in-one redials that number based on its redial setting. If all redial attempts fail, the allin-one updates the fax activity log by adding the error, and then it proceeds to the next number in the
group.
NOTE The fax activity log feature is not supported in the software for Windows 98 or
Windows Me, but you can print the fax activity log by using the control panel. For instructions,
see Printing the fax activity log.
72
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
Using manual dial
Usually, the all-in-one dials after you press Start Fax. At times, however, you might want the all-inone to dial each number as you press it. For example, if you are charging your fax call to a calling
card, you might need to dial the fax number, wait for the acceptance tone of your telephone
company, and then dial the calling card number. When dialing internationally, you might need to dial
part of the number and then listen for dial tones before continuing to dial.
To use manual dial with the automatic document feeder (ADF)
1.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray.
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Start Fax.
3.
Begin dialing.
NOTE The all-in-one dials the number as you press each digit. This allows you to wait
for pauses, dial tones, international-access tones, or calling-card-acceptance tones
before continuing to dial.
To use manual dial with the flatbed scanner (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Start Fax.
The control-panel display shows the following message: Send from glass? 1=Yes 2=No.
2.
Press 1 to select YES. The control-panel display shows the following message: Load page:X
Press , where X is the page number.
3.
Scan a page into memory by placing the sheet print-side-down on the flatbed scanner and
pressing . After scanning the page, the all-in-one control-panel display shows the following
message: Another page? 1=Yes 2=No.
4.
If you have more pages to scan, press 1 to select YES, and then repeat step 3 for each page of
the fax job.
-orIf you are finished, press 2 to select NO, and then go to the next step.
5.
ENWW
When all pages are scanned into memory, begin dialing. The all-in-one dials the number as you
press each digit. This allows you to wait for pauses, dial tones, international access tones, or
calling card acceptance tones before continuing to dial.
Basic fax features and tasks
73
Redialing manually
If you want to send another document to the last fax number that was dialed, use the following
procedure to redial manually. If you are trying to resend the same document that you sent the first
time, wait until the automatic redial attempts have stopped or until you have stopped them yourself.
Otherwise, the recipient might get the fax twice: once from the manual redial attempt and once from
one of the automatic redial attempts.
NOTE To stop the current redial attempt for a fax, or to cancel all pending, automatic redial
attempts for a fax, see Canceling a fax job. To change redial settings, see Changing the redial
settings.
To redial manually
1.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or onto the flatbed
scanner.
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Redial.
3.
Press Start Fax. If the pages that you want to send are in the ADF, then faxing begins
automatically.
4.
If the all-in-one ADF sensor detects that no document is loaded into the ADF input tray, Send
from glass? 1=Yes 2=No appears on the control-panel display. To send the fax from the
flatbed scanner, press 1 to select YES, and then press .
After you press
5.
, Load page:X Press
appears on the control-panel display.
If you have already placed the document on the flatbed scanner, press
document on the flatbed scanner and then press ).
(or place the
After scanning the page, Another page? 1=Yes 2=No appears on the control-panel display.
6.
If you have more pages to scan, press 1 to select YES, and then repeat step 5 for each page of
the fax job.
-orIf you are finished, press 2 to select NO.
The all-in-one sends the fax to the number that it redialed. If the number is busy or does not answer,
the all-in-one redials the number based on its redial setting. If all redial attempts fail, the all-in-one
updates the fax activity log by adding the error.
74
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
Canceling a fax job
Use these instructions to cancel a single fax that is currently dialing or a fax that is being transmitted
or received.
To cancel the current fax job
Press Cancel on the control panel. Any pages that have not been transmitted are canceled. Pressing
Cancel also stops group-dial jobs.
To cancel a fax job by using the Fax Job Status
Use this procedure to cancel a fax job in the following situations:
●
The all-in-one is waiting to redial after encountering a busy signal, an unanswered call, or a
communication error.
●
The fax is scheduled to be sent at a future time.
Use the following steps to cancel a fax job by using the Fax Job Status:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Press
3.
Use the < or the > button to scroll through pending jobs until you reach the job that you want to
clear.
4.
Press
to select the job that you want to cancel.
5.
Press
to confirm that you want to cancel the job.
to select Fax Job status.
Changing the default light/dark (contrast) setting
The contrast affects the lightness and darkness of an outgoing fax as it is being sent.
To change the default light/dark (contrast) setting
The default light/dark setting is the contrast that is normally applied to items that are being faxed.
The slider is set to the middle as the default setting.
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Light/dark, and then press
5.
Use the < button to move the slider to the left to make the fax lighter than the original, or use the
> button to move the slider to the right to make the fax darker than the original.
6.
Press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
Basic fax features and tasks
75
Changing resolution settings
NOTE Increasing the resolution increases the fax size. Larger faxes increase the send time
and could exceed the available memory in the all-in-one.
The factory-set default resolution setting is Fine.
Use this procedure to change the default resolution for all fax jobs to one of the following settings:
●
Standard: This setting provides the lowest quality and the fastest transmission time.
●
Fine: This setting provides a higher resolution quality than Standard that is usually appropriate
for text documents.
●
Superfine: This setting is best used for documents that mix text and images. The transmission
time is slower than Fine but faster than Photo.
●
Photo: This setting produces the best images, but greatly increases the transmission time.
To change the default resolution setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
.
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Resolution, and then press
.
5.
Use the < or the > button to change the resolution setting.
6.
Press
.
to save the selection.
To adjust the resolution for the current fax job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Resolution to show the current resolution setting.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select the appropriate resolution setting.
3.
Press
to save the selection.
NOTE This procedure changes the fax resolution for the current fax job. For instructions
about changing the default fax resolution, see Changing resolution settings.
NOTE To change the fax contrast or glass-scan size, you must change the default settings.
See Changing the default light/dark (contrast) setting or Changing the default glass-size setting.
76
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
Changing the default glass-size setting
This setting determines which paper size the flatbed scanner scans when you send a fax from the
scanner. The factory-set default is determined by the region/country in which you purchased the allin-one.
To change the default glass-size setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Glass size, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select the correct paper size setting: A4 or Letter.
6.
Press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
Selecting tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode
Use this procedure to set the all-in-one to tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set default
is Tone. Do not change this setting unless you know that your telephone line cannot use tone dialing.
To select tone-dialing or pulse-dialing
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Dialing Mode, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Tone or Pulse, and then press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
NOTE The pulse-dialing option is not available in all regions/countries.
ENWW
Basic fax features and tasks
77
Changing the redial settings
If the all-in-one was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not answer or was
busy, the all-in-one attempts to redial based on the redial-on-busy, redial-on-no-answer, and redialon-communication-error options. Use the procedures in this section to turn these options on or off.
To change the redial-on-busy option
If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if it receives a busy signal. The factoryset default for the redial-on-busy option is On.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Redial if busy, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
.
To change the redial-on-no-answer option
If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if the receiving machine does not
answer. The factory-set default for the redial-on-no-answer option is Off.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Redial-no answer, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
.
To change the redial-on-communication-error option
If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if some sort of communication error
occurs. The factory-set default for the redial-on-communication-error option is On.
78
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Redial Comm Err., and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
Chapter 6
Fax
.
.
.
.
ENWW
Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes
If the fit-to-page option is turned on, the all-in-one automatically reduces long faxes up to 75% to fit
the information on the default paper size (for example, the fax is reduced from legal to letter size).
If the fit-to-page option is turned off, long faxes print at full size on multiple pages. The factory-set
default for incoming fax autoreduction is On.
If you have the stamp-received faxes option turned on, you might also want to turn on autoreduction.
This reduces the size of the incoming faxes slightly, and prevents the page-stamp from forcing a fax
onto two pages.
NOTE Make sure that the media-size setting matches the size of the media that is loaded in
the tray.
To change autoreduction for incoming faxes
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Fit to page, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
Basic fax features and tasks
79
Blocking or unblocking fax numbers
If you do not want to receive faxes from specific people or businesses, you can block as many as 30
fax numbers by using the control panel. When you block a fax number and someone from that
number sends you a fax, the control-panel display indicates that the number is blocked, the fax does
not print, and the fax is not saved in memory. Faxes from blocked fax numbers appear in the fax
activity log with a “discarded” designation. You can unblock blocked fax numbers individually or all at
one time.
NOTE
The sender of a blocked fax is not notified that the fax failed.
To print a list of numbers that you have blocked, see Printing the block-fax list. To print the fax
activity log, see Printing the fax activity log.
To block or unblock a fax number
Complete the following steps to block or unblock fax numbers by using the control panel:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Block faxes, and then press
5.
To block a fax number, use the < or the > button to select Add entry, and then press . Enter
the fax number exactly as it appears in the header (including spaces), and then press . Enter
a name for the blocked number, and then press .
.
.
.
To unblock a single fax number, use the < or the > button to select Delete entry, and then
press . Use the < or the > button to select the fax number that you want to delete, and then
press to confirm the deletions.
-orTo unblock all blocked fax numbers, use the < or the > button to select Clear all, and then press
. Press again to confirm the deletions.
80
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
Advanced fax features and tasks
Using speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries
You can store frequently dialed fax numbers or groups of fax numbers as one-touch keys, speed-dial
entries, or group-dial entries.
In the all-in-one phone book, a total of 120 entries are available for speed-dial entries and group-dial
entries. For example, if you program 100 of the entries as speed-dials, the remaining 20 can be used
for group-dials.
Using dialing characters
When using the control panel to enter your name in the header or to enter a name for a one-touch
key, speed-dial entry, or group-dial entry, press the appropriate alphanumeric button repeatedly until
the letter that you need appears. Then, press the > button to select that letter and move to the next
space. Table 6-1 Alphanumeric buttons and corresponding characters shows which letters and
numbers appear on each alphanumeric button when the default language is set to English.
Table 6-1 Alphanumeric buttons and corresponding characters
Button number
Characters
Button number
Characters
1
1
7
PQRSpqrs7
2
ABCabc2
8
TUVtuv8
3
DEFdef3
9
WXYZwxyz9
4
GHIghi4
0
0
5
JKLjkl5
*
()+-./,“*&@RW
6
MNOmno6
#
space # ,
NOTE Use > to move the cursor on the control panel and use < to delete characters.
To insert a pause
You can insert pauses into a fax number that you are dialing or programming to a one-touch key,
speed-dial entry, or group-dial entry. Pauses are often needed when dialing internationally or
connecting to an outside line.
ENWW
●
Press # (Pause) repeatedly until a comma (,) appears on the control-panel display, indicating
that the pause will occur at that point in the dialing sequence.
●
Press * (Symbols) repeatedly until W appears on the control-panel display to have the all-in-one
wait for a dial tone before dialing the remainder of the telephone number.
●
Press * (Symbols) repeatedly until R appears on the control-panel display to have the all-in-one
perform a hook flash.
Advanced fax features and tasks
81
To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys
Speed-dial entries 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with their
corresponding one-touch keys on the control panel. The one-touch keys can be used for speed-dial
or group-dial entries. A maximum of 50 characters can be entered for a single fax number.
NOTE To gain access to all of the speed-dial entries, you must use the Shift button. Speeddial entries 6 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 7 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), and 9 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are all available by pressing Shift
and the associated one-touch key on the control panel.
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily
programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries using HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
Complete the following steps to program speed-dial entries and one-touch keys from the all-in-one
control panel:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
to select Phone Book.
4.
Press
to select Individual setup.
5.
Press
to select Add/Edit.
6.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the speed-dial entry number that you want to associate
with this fax number, and then press . Selecting a number from 1 to 10, 1 to 12, or 1 to 16
also associates the fax number with the corresponding one-touch key.
.
NOTE When entering a fax number, press Pause until a comma (,) appears if you want
to insert a pause in the dialing sequence, or press * until W appears if you want the all-inone to wait for a dial tone.
7.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the fax number. Include any pauses or other needed
numbers, such as an area code, an access code for numbers outside a PBX system (usually a
9 or 0), or a long distance prefix.
8.
Press
9.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter a name for the fax number. To do so, repeatedly press
the alphanumeric button for the letter that you need until the letter appears. (For a list of
characters, see Using dialing characters.)
.
NOTE To insert punctuation, press the asterisk (*) button repeatedly until the character
that you want appears, and then press the > buttton to go to the next space.
10. Press
to save the information.
11. If you have more speed-dial entries or one-touch keys to program, repeat steps 1 through 10.
82
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
To delete speed-dial entries and one-touch keys
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
to select Phone Book.
4.
Press
to select Individual setup.
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Delete, and then press
6.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the number of the speed-dial entry you want to delete,
and then press .
7.
Press
.
.
to confirm the deletion.
To program speed-dial entries or one-touch keys quickly
NOTE The following procedure cannot be used to program a group-dial entry. For group-dial
entry instructions, see To program group-dial entries.
1.
Press Phone Book, enter an unprogrammed speed-dial entry, and then press
.
-orPress an unprogrammed one-touch key.
The control-panel display notifies you that the speed-dial entry or one-touch key has not been
programmed.
2.
Press
3.
Enter the fax number, and then press . Include pauses, or other needed numbers, such as an
area code, an access code for numbers outside a PBX system (usually a 9 or 0), or a longdistance prefix. (See Using dialing characters for more information.)
to program the speed-dial entry or one-touch key.
NOTE When entering a fax number, press Pause until a comma (,) appears to insert a
pause in the dialing sequence. Press * until W appears if you want the all-in-one to wait
for a dial tone.
ENWW
4.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter a name for the fax number. To do so, repeatedly press
the alphanumeric button for the letter that you need until the letter appears. (For a list of
characters, see Using dialing characters.)
5.
Press
to save the information.
Advanced fax features and tasks
83
To manage group-dial entries
If you send information to the same group of people on a regular basis, you can program a group-dial
entry to simplify the task. Group-dial entries are composed of speed-dial entries. Group-dial entries
using numbers 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with the corresponding
one-touch key on the control panel.
Any individual speed-dial entry can be added to a group. All group members must have programmed
speed-dial entries or one-touch keys assigned to them before being added to the group-dial entry.
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily
programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries by using the HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online
Help.
To program group-dial entries
1.
Assign a speed-dial entry to each fax number that you want in the group. (For instructions, see
To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys.)
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
4.
Press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Group setup, and then press
6.
Use the < or the > button to select Add/Edit group, and then press
7.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the number that you want to associate with this group,
and then press . Selecting 1 through 10, 1 through 12, or 1 through 16 also associates the
group with the corresponding one-touch key.
8.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter a name for the group, and then press
9.
Press a one-touch key, and then press
each group member you want to add.
.
to select Phone Book.
.
.
.
again to confirm the addition. Repeat this step for
-orSelect Phone Book, and then select the speed-dial entry for the group member you want to
add. Press to confirm the addition. Repeat this step for each group member you want to add.
10. When you are finished, press
.
11. If you have more group-dial entries to assign, press
, and then repeat steps 1 through 10.
To delete group-dial entries
84
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Group setup, and then press
Chapter 6
Fax
.
to select Phone Book.
.
ENWW
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Delete group, and then press
6.
Using the alphanumeric buttons, enter the number of the group-dial that you want to delete, and
then press .
7.
Press
.
to confirm the deletion.
To delete an individual from a group-dial entry
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Group setup, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Del. # in group, and then press
6.
Use the < or the > button to select the individual that you want to delete from the group.
7.
Press
8.
Repeat steps 6 and 7 to delete other individuals from the group.
.
to select Phone Book.
.
.
to confirm the deletion.
-orPress Cancel if you are finished.
NOTE Deleting a speed-dial entry also deletes that entry from any group-dial entries that
included that speed-dial entry.
To delete all phone book entries
You can delete all speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries that are programmed in
the all-in-one.
CAUTION After speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are deleted, they
cannot be recovered.
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Delete all, and then press
5.
Press
.
to select Phone Book.
.
to confirm the deletion.
Advanced fax features and tasks
85
Inserting a dial prefix
A dial prefix is a number or group of numbers that are automatically added to the beginning of every
fax number you enter at the control panel or from the software. The maximum number of characters
for a dial prefix is 50.
The default setting is Off. You might want to turn this setting on and enter a prefix if, for example,
you have to dial a number such as 9 to get a telephone line outside of your company telephone
system. While this setting is activated, you can dial a fax number without the dial prefix by using
manual dial. For instructions, see Using manual dial.
To set the dial prefix
86
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press the > button once to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Dial Prefix, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
6.
If you selected On, use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the prefix, and then press
use numbers, pauses, and dialing symbols.
Chapter 6
Fax
.
.
.
.
. You can
ENWW
Sending a delayed fax
You can schedule a fax to be sent automatically at a future time to one or more people. When you
complete this procedure, the all-in-one scans the document into memory and returns to the Ready
state so that you can perform other tasks.
NOTE If the all-in-one cannot transmit the fax at the scheduled time, that information is
indicated on the fax call report (if that option is turned on) or recorded in the fax activity log.
The transmittal might be halted because the fax-sending call is not answered, or because a
busy signal stops the redial attempts. (See Setting print times for the fax call report and
Printing the fax activity log for more information.)
If you have set a fax to be sent at a future time but you need to add something to it, you can send the
additional information as another job. All faxes that are scheduled to go to the same fax number at
the same time are delivered as individual faxes.
To send a delayed fax
1.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or onto the flatbed
scanner.
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
3.
Use the < or the > button until Fax functions appears, and then press
.
4.
Use the < or the > button until Send fax later appears, and then press
.
5.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the time.
6.
If the all-in-one is set to the 12-hour time mode, use the > button to move the cursor past the
fourth character to set A.M. or P.M. Select 1 for A.M. or select 2 for P.M., and then press .
-orIf the all-in-one is set to the 24-hour time mode, press
7.
.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the date, and then press
.
-orAccept the default date by pressing
8.
Enter the fax number, enter the speed-dial entry, or press the one-touch key.
NOTE
9.
ENWW
.
This feature does not support undefined (ad hoc) groups.
Press or Start Fax. The all-in-one scans the document into memory and sends it at the
designated time.
Advanced fax features and tasks
87
Using billing codes
If the billing codes feature has been turned on, the user will be asked to enter a billing code for each
fax. The billing number is credited for each fax page that is sent. This includes all types of faxes
except for poll-received, fax-forwarded, or computer-downloaded faxes. For an undefined group or a
group-dial fax, the billing number is credited for each successful fax that is sent to each destination.
To print a report that shows the total for each billing code, see Printing the billing-code report.
The factory-set default for the billing-code setting is Off. The billing code can be any number from 1
through 250.
To change the billing-code setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Billing codes, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
.
To use billing codes
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, enter the phone number manually, by one-touch key, or by
speed-dial or group-dial entry.
2.
Load the document in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or on the flatbed scanner.
3.
Press Start Fax.
4.
Enter the billing code, and then press Start Fax.
The fax job is sent and recorded in the billing-code report. For information about printing the billingcode report, see Printing the billing-code report.
88
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
Reprinting a fax
If you want to reprint a fax because the print cartridge was empty or if the fax was printed on the
wrong type of media, you can try to reprint it. The amount of memory that is available determines the
actual number of faxes that are stored for reprinting. The most recent fax prints first; the oldest fax
that is in storage prints last.
These faxes are stored continuously. Reprinting them does not clear them from the memory. To
clear these faxes from the memory, see Deleting faxes from memory.
To reprint a fax
Use the following steps to reprint a fax:
NOTE You do not need to use this procedure if the fax does not print because of a jam or
because the media is completely depleted. During these situations, faxes are received to
memory. As soon as you clear the jam or replenish the media, fax printing automatically
resumes.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Press the > button once. Fax functions appears.
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button until Reprint last appears.
5.
Press
.
. The all-in-one begins reprinting the most recently printed fax.
NOTE To stop the printing at any time, press Cancel.
CAUTION If this setting is set to Off, misprinted of faded faxes cannot be reprinted.
To change the fax reprint settings
The default fax reprint setting is On. To change this setting from the all-in-one control panel,
complete the following steps:
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Reprint faxes, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
.
Advanced fax features and tasks
89
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) of received faxes
(HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only)
When Print duplex is On, all faxes received are printed two-sided. The factory-set default for
printing faxes two-sided is Off.
To change the print duplex setting for faxes
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Print duplex, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
.
Deleting faxes from memory
Use this procedure only if you are concerned that someone else has access to your all-in-one and
might try to reprint faxes from the memory.
CAUTION In addition to clearing the reprint memory, this procedure clears any fax that is
currently being sent, unsent faxes that are pending redial, faxes that are scheduled to be sent
at a future time, and faxes that are not printed or forwarded.
To delete faxes from memory
90
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Press the > button once to display Fax functions, and then press
.
3.
Use the < or > button to select Clear saved faxes, and then press
.
4.
Press
Chapter 6
Fax
to confirm the deletion.
ENWW
Using fax forwarding
You can set your all-in-one to forward incoming faxes to another fax number. When the fax arrives at
your all-in-one, it is stored in the memory. The all-in-one then dials the fax number that you have
specified and sends the fax. If the all-in-one cannot forward a fax because of an error (for example,
the number is busy) and repeated redial attempts are unsuccessful, your all-in-one prints the fax.
If the all-in-one runs out of memory while receiving a fax, it terminates the incoming fax and only
forwards the pages and partial pages that have been stored in the memory.
When it is using the fax-forwarding feature, the all-in-one (rather than the computer) must be
receiving the faxes, and the answer mode must be set to Automatic (see Setting the answer mode).
To use fax forwarding
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Forward fax, and then press
5.
Press the > button to select On or Off, and then press
6.
If you turn on the fax-forwarding feature, use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the fax
number where the fax is to be sent, and then press to save your selection.
.
.
.
.
Using fax polling
If someone else has set up a fax to be polled, you can request that the fax be sent to your all-in-one.
(This is known as polling another machine).
To poll (request a fax from) another fax machine
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax functions, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Polling receive, and then press
.
.
Your all-in-one dials the other fax machine and requests the fax.
ENWW
Advanced fax features and tasks
91
Changing the silence-detect mode
This setting controls whether or not you can receive faxes from older-model fax machines that do not
emit a fax signal during fax transmissions. At the time of this publication, these silent-model fax
machines represented very few of the fax machines in use. The default setting is Off. The silencedetect mode setting should be changed only if you regularly receive faxes from someone who uses
an older-model fax machine.
To change the silence-detect mode
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Silence Detect, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
Creating stamp-received faxes
The all-in-one prints the sender identification information at the top of each received fax. You can
also choose to have your own header information included on each received fax to confirm the date
and time that the fax was received. The factory-set default for stamp-received faxes is Off.
NOTE
This option applies only to received faxes that the all-in-one prints.
To make stamp-received faxes available
92
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Stamp faxes, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
Chapter 6
Fax
.
.
.
to save your selection.
ENWW
Setting the fax-error-correction mode
Usually, the all-in-one monitors the signals on the telephone line while it is sending or receiving a fax.
If the all-in-one detects an error during the transmission and the error-correction setting is On, the allin-one can request that the portion of the fax be resent. The factory-set default for error correction is
On.
You should turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax, and you
are willing to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting might be useful when you
are trying to send a fax overseas or receive one from overseas, or if you are using a satellite
telephone connection.
To change the error-correction setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select All faxes, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Error correction, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
Changing the V.34 setting
The V.34 setting is the modem protocol that the all-in-one uses to send faxes. It is the worldwide
standard for full-duplex modems that send and receive data across telephone lines at up to 33,600
bits per second (bps). The factory-set default for the V.34 setting is On.
You should change the V.34 setting only if you are having trouble sending a fax to or receiving a fax
from a particular device. Turning off the setting might be useful when you are trying to send a fax
overseas, or receive one from overseas, or if you are using a satellite telephone connection.
To change the V.34 setting
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select All faxes, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select V.34, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
.
Advanced fax features and tasks
93
Changing the sound-volume settings
Control the volume of the fax sounds from the control panel. You can make changes to the following
sounds:
●
The fax sounds that are associated with incoming and outgoing faxes
●
The ring for incoming faxes
The factory-set default for the fax-sounds volume is Soft.
To change the fax-sounds (line-monitor) volume (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
Complete the following steps to change the fax-sound volume on the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one.
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Volume settings, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select PhoneLine Volume, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Off, Soft, Medium, or Loud.
6.
Press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
To change the fax-sounds (line-monitor) volume (HP LaserJet 3055/3390/3392
all-in-one)
Complete the following steps to change the fax-sounds volume on the (HP LaserJet 3055/3390/3392
all-in-one).
1.
Press Volume on the control panel.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Off, Soft, Medium, or Loud.
3.
Press
to save your selection.
To change the ring volume
When the all-in-one is initially receiving a call, a ring alert is audible. The ring duration length is
based on the local telephone company ring-pattern length. The factory-set default for the ring volume
is Soft.
94
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Volume settings, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Ring volume, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Off, Soft, Medium, or Loud.
6.
Press
Chapter 6
Fax
.
.
.
to save your selection.
ENWW
Fax logs and reports
Use the following instructions to print fax logs and reports:
Printing the fax activity log
The fax activity log provides a chronological history of the last 40 faxes that were received, sent, or
deleted, and any errors that occurred. A fax activity log includes the following information:
●
All faxes that have been received to the all-in-one
●
All faxes that have been sent from the control panel
●
All faxes that have been sent from the fax software driver
To print the fax activity log
Use the following steps to print a fax activity log:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Activity log, and then press
4.
Press
.
.
to select Print log now. The all-in-one exits the menu settings and prints the log.
To set the fax activity log to print automatically
You can decide whether or not you want the fax log to print automatically after every 40 entries. The
factory-set default is On. Use the following steps to set the fax activity log to print automatically:
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Activity log, and then press
4.
Press the > button once to select Auto Log Print, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On, and then press
.
.
.
to confirm your selection.
Fax logs and reports
95
Printing a fax call report
A fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received.
To print a fax call report
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Call report, and then press
4.
Press
.
.
to select Print report now. The all-in-one exits the menu settings and prints the report.
NOTE To set the fax call report to print automatically, see Setting print times for the fax call
report.
Setting print times for the fax call report
You can set the all-in-one to print a fax call report after any of the following events:
●
Every fax error (the factory-set default)
●
Send fax error
●
Receive fax error
●
Every fax
●
Send fax only
●
Never
NOTE If you select Never, you will have no indication that a fax failed to be transmitted
unless you print a fax activity log.
To set the print times for the fax call report
Use the following steps to set when the fax call report is printed:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Call report, and then press
4.
Press the > button once to select Print report, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select the option for when you want the fax call reports to be printed.
6.
Press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
The following print-time options are available:
96
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
Including the first page of each fax on the fax call report
If this option is turned on and the page image still exists in the all-in-one memory, the fax call report
includes a thumbnail (50% reduction) of the first page of the most recent fax that was sent or
received. The factory-set default for this option is On.
To include the first page of each fax on the fax call report
Use the following steps to include the first page of each fax on the fax call report:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Call report, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Include 1st page, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
to confirm your selection.
Printing a phone book report
A phone book report lists the fax numbers that are assigned to the one-touch buttons and speed-dial
and group-dial entries.
To print a phone book report
Use the following steps to print a one-touch, speed-dial, and group-dial report:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select PhoneBook report, and then press
the menu settings and prints the report.
.
. The all-in-one exits
Printing the billing-code report
The billing-code report is a printed list of all of the fax billing codes and the total number of faxes that
have been billed to each code.
NOTE After this report is printed, all billing data is deleted.
To print the billing-code report
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Billing report, and then press
menu settings and prints the report.
.
. The all-in-one exits the
Fax logs and reports
97
Printing the block-fax list
Use this procedure to print a list of the blocked fax numbers. For information about blocking fax
numbers, see Blocking or unblocking fax numbers.
To print the block-fax list
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Block Fax list, and then press
menu settings and prints the list.
.
. The all-in-one exits the
Printing all fax reports
Use this procedure to print all of the following reports at one time:
●
Fax activity log
●
One-touch, speed-dial, and group-dial report
●
Configuration report
●
Block-fax list
●
Billing report (if the option is turned on)
To print all fax reports
Use the following steps to print all fax reports:
98
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select All fax reports, and then press
menu settings and prints the reports.
Chapter 6
Fax
.
. The all-in-one exits the
ENWW
Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer
This section contains basic instructions for sending faxes by using the software that came with the allin-one. All other software-related topics are covered in the software Help, which can be opened from
the software-program Help menu.
NOTE The HP fax software and HP ToolboxFX are not supported for Windows 98 or
Windows Me. The HP ToolboxFX software is not supported for Macintosh.
NOTE Receiving faxes by using a computer is not supported for Macintosh.
You can fax electronic documents from your computer if you meet the following requirements:
●
The all-in-one is connected directly to your computer or connected to your computer over a TCP/
IP network.
●
The all-in-one software is installed on your computer.
●
You are using Microsoft Windows 2000 or XP or Mac OS X V10.3 or Mac OS X V10.4.
To send a fax from the software (Windows 2000 or XP)
The procedure to send a fax varies according to your specifications. The most typical steps follow.
1.
Click Start, click Programs (or All Programs in Windows XP), and then click Hewlett-Packard.
2.
Click HP LaserJet all-in-one, and then click Send fax. The fax software appears.
3.
Enter the fax number of one or more recipients.
4.
Load the document in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray.
5.
Include a cover page. (This step is optional.)
6.
Click Send Now.
NOTE You can also send a fax from HP ToolboxFX by navigating to the Fax Tasks section
and clicking the Fax Send button.
To send a fax from the software (Mac OS X V10.3)
1.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or the flatbed scanner.
2.
Open HP Director and click Fax. The fax software appears.
3.
Select Fax from the Print dialog.
4.
Enter the fax number of one or more recipients.
5.
Include a cover page (this step is optional).
6.
Click Fax.
To send a fax from the software (Mac OS X V10.4)
Using Mac OS X V10.4, you can choose between two methods of sending faxes from the all-in-one
software.
ENWW
Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer
99
To send a fax by using HP Director, complete the following steps:
1.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or the flatbed scanner.
2.
Open HP Director by clicking the icon in the dock and and then click Fax. The Apple print
dialog appears.
3.
Select Fax PDF from the PDF pop-up menu.
4.
Enter the fax number of one or more recipients under To.
5.
Select the all-in-one under Modem.
6.
Click Fax.
To send a fax by printing to a fax driver, complete the following steps:
1.
Open the document that you want to fax.
2.
Click File and then click Print.
3.
Select Fax PDF from the PDF pop-up menu.
4.
Enter the fax number of one or more recipients under To.
5.
Select the all-in-one under Modem.
6.
Click Fax.
To send a fax from a third-party software program, such as Microsoft Word (all operating
systems)
1.
Open a document in a third-party program.
2.
Click the File menu, and then click Print.
3.
Select the fax print driver from the printer drop-down list. The fax software appears.
4.
Windows users: Complete steps 2 through 5 in the Windows section of Sending and receiving
faxes by using a computer.
-orMac users: Complete steps 2 through 6 in either the Mac OS X V10.3 or the Mac OS X V10.4
section of Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer.
To receive faxes to your computer
To receive faxes to your computer, you must turn on the receive-to-PC setting in the software (see
the all-in-one software Help). The receive-to-PC setting can be activated only from one computer. If
for any reason that computer is no longer available, you can use the following procedure to turn the
receive-to-PC setting off from the all-in-one control panel.
100
1.
Open HP ToolboxFX.
2.
Select the HP LaserJet 3050/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one.
3.
Click Fax.
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
4.
Click Fax Tasks.
5.
Under “Fax Receive Mode,” select Receive faxes to this computer.
To view a fax that was received to your computer
ENWW
1.
Open HP ToolboxFX.
2.
Select the HP LaserJet 3050/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one.
3.
Click Fax.
4.
Click Fax Receive Log.
5.
In the “Fax Image” column, click the “view” link of the fax that you want to view.
Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer
101
Other ways to set up your fax
You can receive faxes to the all-in-one or to your computer. In general, incoming faxes to the all-inone are automatically answered. However, if you change the devices that are connected to the same
telephone line as the all-in-one, you must change how the all-in-one answers incoming faxes. See
Setting the answer mode for instructions.
Follow the procedures in this section to manage faxes that are routed to the all-in-one.
To receive faxes when you hear fax tones
If you have a telephone line that receives both fax and telephone calls, and you hear fax tones when
you answer the telephone, you can start the receiving process in one of two ways:
●
If you are close to the all-in-one, press Start Fax on the control panel.
●
When you answer any telephone connected to the line (an extension telephone) and hear fax
tones, the all-in-one should begin answering the call automatically. If not, press 1-2-3 in
sequence on the telephone keypad (in tone-dialing mode only), listen for fax transmission
sounds, and then hang up.
NOTE In order for the second method to work, the extension telephone setting must be set
to YES. See Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes to check or change the
setting.
Setting the answer mode
Depending on your situation, you can set the all-in-one answer mode to Automatic or Manual. The
factory-set default is Automatic.
●
Automatic: In this answer mode, the all-in-one answers incoming calls after a specified number
of rings or upon recognition of special fax tones. To specify the number of rings, see Changing
the rings-to-answer setting.
●
Manual: In this answer mode, the all-in-one never answers calls. You must start the faxreceiving process yourself, either by pressing Start Fax on the control panel or by picking up a
telephone that is connected to that line and dialing 1-2-3 (in tone-dial mode only).
NOTE Although most users leave the answer mode set to Automatic, voice callers who dial
the fax telephone number will hear fax tones if the telephone is not answered, or if they do not
hang up by the specified number of rings-to-answer. If you do not want voice callers to hear
fax tones, use the Manual setting. But remember that fax calls are not received automatically
when the mode is set to Manual.
To set the answer mode
To set or change the answer mode, complete the following steps:
102
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Press
Chapter 6
Fax
.
.
to select Answer mode.
ENWW
The control-panel display shows the answer mode setting that you specified.
ENWW
Other ways to set up your fax
103
Changing ring patterns (distinctive ring)
Ring-pattern or distinctive-ring service is available through some local telephone companies. The
service allows you to have more than one telephone number on a single line. Each telephone
number has a unique ring pattern, so that you can answer voice calls and the all-in-one can answer
fax calls.
If you subscribe to a ring-pattern service with your telephone company, you must set the all-in-one to
answer the correct ring pattern. Not all regions/countries support unique ring patterns. Contact your
telephone company to determine if this service is available in your region/country.
NOTE If you do not have ring-pattern service and you change the ring-pattern settings to
something other than the default, All Rings, the all-in-one might not be able to receive faxes.
The settings are as follows:
●
All Rings: The all-in-one answers any calls that come through the telephone line.
●
Single: The all-in-one answers any calls that produce a single-ring pattern.
●
Double: The all-in-one answers any calls that produce a double-ring pattern.
●
Triple: The all-in-one answers any calls that produce a triple-ring pattern.
●
Double&Triple: The all-in-one answers any calls that produce a double-ring or triple-ring pattern.
To change ring patterns for call answering
To change ring patterns for call answering, complete the following steps:
104
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Answer Ring Type, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select the ring pattern that you want, and then press
6.
After all-in-one installation is complete, ask someone to send a fax to you in order to verify that
the ring-pattern service is working correctly.
Chapter 6
Fax
.
.
.
.
ENWW
Changing the rings-to-answer setting
When the answer mode is set to Automatic, the all-in-one rings-to-answer setting determines the
number of times the telephone rings before the all-in-one answers an incoming call.
If the all-in-one is connected to a line that receives both fax and voice calls (a shared line) and that
also uses an answering machine, you might need to adjust the rings-to-answer setting. The number
of rings-to-answer for the all-in-one must be greater than the rings-to-answer on the answering
machine. This allows the answering machine to answer the incoming call and record a message if it
is a voice call. When the answering machine answers the call, the all-in-one listens to the call and
automatically answers it if it detects fax tones.
The default setting for rings-to-answer is five for the U.S. and Canada, and two for other countries/
regions.
Using the rings-to-answer setting
Use the following table to determine the number of rings-to-answer to use.
Type of telephone line
Recommended rings-to-answer setting
Dedicated fax line (receiving only fax calls)
Set to a number of rings within the range shown on the
control-panel display. (The minimum and maximum number
of rings allowed varies by country/region.)
One line with two separate numbers and a ring-pattern service One or two rings. (If you have an answering machine or
computer voicemail for the other telephone number, make
sure that the all-in-one is set to a greater number of rings
than the answering system. Also see Changing ring patterns
(distinctive ring).)
Shared line (receiving both fax and voice calls) with only an
attached telephone
Five rings or more.
Shared line (receiving both fax and voice calls) with an
attached answering machine or computer voicemail
Two rings more than the answering machine or computer
voicemail.
To set the number of rings-to-answer
To set or change the number of rings-to-answer, use the following steps:
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
.
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Rings to answer, and then press
.
5.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the number of rings-to-answer, and then press
.
.
Other ways to set up your fax
105
Sending a fax by dialing from an extension telephone
Occasionally, you might want to dial a fax number from an extension telephone that is connected to
the same line as the all-in-one. For example, if you are sending a fax to a person whose device is in
the manual receive mode, you can precede the fax with a voice call to let that person know that the
fax is coming.
To send a fax by dialing from an extension telephone
NOTE The telephone must be connected to the "telephone" port (the port that is marked with
a telephone icon).
1.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray.
NOTE You cannot use the flatbed scanner (HP LaserJet 3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
when sending a fax by dialing from an extension telephone.
2.
Pick up the handset of a telephone that is connected to the same line as the all-in-one. Dial the
fax number by using the telephone keypad.
3.
When the recipient answers, instruct the person to start the fax machine.
4.
When you hear the fax tones, press Start Fax, wait until Connecting appears on the controlpanel display, and then hang up the telephone.
Changing the detect-dial-tone setting
Normally, the all-in-one begins dialing a fax number immediately. If you are using the all-in-one on
the same line as your telephone, turn on the detect-dial-tone setting. This prevents the all-in-one
from sending a fax while someone is on the telephone.
The factory-set default for detect dial tone is On for France and Hungary, and Off for all other
countries/regions.
To change the detect-dial-tone setting
106
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press > once to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Detect dial tone, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
Chapter 6
Fax
.
.
.
.
ENWW
Receiving faxes on a shared phone line
You can receive faxes to the all-in-one or to your computer. In general, incoming faxes to the all-inone are automatically answered. However, if you change the devices that are connected to the same
telephone line as the all-in-one, you must change how the all-in-one answers incoming faxes. See
Setting the answer mode for instructions.
Follow the procedures in this section to manage faxes that are routed to the all-in-one.
To receive faxes when you hear fax tones
If you have a telephone line that receives both fax and telephone calls, and you hear fax tones when
you answer the telephone, you can start the receiving process in one of two ways:
●
If you are close to the all-in-one, press Start Fax on the control panel.
●
When you answer any telephone connected to the line (an extension telephone) and hear fax
tones, the all-in-one should begin answering the call automatically. If not, press 1-2-3 in
sequence on the telephone keypad (in tone-dialing mode only), listen for fax transmission
sounds, and then hang up.
NOTE In order for the second method to work, the extension telephone setting must be set
to YES. See Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes to check or change the
setting.
Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes
With this setting turned on, you can alert the all-in-one to pick up the incoming fax call by pressing
1-2-3 sequentially on the telephone keypad (in tone-dial mode only). The default setting is On. Turn
this setting off only if you use pulse dialing or if you have a service from your telephone company that
also uses the 1-2-3 sequence. The telephone company service does not work if it conflicts with the
all-in-one.
To make an extension telephone available to receive faxes
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Extension Phone, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
.
.
.
to save your selection.
Other ways to set up your fax
107
Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3050/3055
all-in-one)
To connect the all-in-one to a jack that controls two telephone lines
Use these steps to connect the all-in-one to a single or split telephone jack if you have a dedicated
line for fax calls and a separate line for voice calls.
1.
If a telephone cord is plugged into the telephone jack, unplug the cord and set it aside.
2.
If you do not have a telephone jack that has a built-in splitter, plug an external Line1/Line2
splitter (not included with the HP LaserJet all-in-one) into the telephone jack.
NOTE Two different kinds of splitters are available: Parallel splitters (also called “T”
splitters) provide two telephone-line outlets for a jack that controls a single telephone
number; Line1/Line2 splitters provide two telephone-line outlets for a jack that controls
two unique telephone numbers.
NOTE Not all splitters are compatible with the all-in-one, and not all regions/countries
support the use of splitters.
3.
Locate the fax ports on the back of the all-in-one.
4.
Take the fax cord that is included with the all-in-one and plug one end of it into the all-in-one
"line" port (the port that is marked with a
icon).
NOTE You must use the fax cord that came with the all-in-one in order to ensure that
the all-in-one functions correctly.
5.
108
Plug the other end of the fax cord into the jack, on the fax side of the splitter.
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
NOTE If you do not know which side of the splitter is for the fax number, connect a
telephone to one splitter jack and dial the fax number. If you get a busy signal, the telephone
is connected to the fax side of the splitter. If you get a ringing signal, the telephone is
connected to the telephone side of the splitter.
If you want to connect additional devices (such as a telephone, an answering machine, or a caller-ID
box) to the telephone line, see Connecting additional devices.
If you do not want to connect any additional devices, see Specifying the fax settings.
Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3390/3392
all-in-one)
To connect the all-in-one to a jack that controls two telephone lines
Use these steps to connect the all-in-one to a single or split telephone jack if you have a dedicated
line for fax calls and a separate line for voice calls.
1.
If a telephone cord is plugged into the telephone jack, unplug the cord and set it aside.
2.
If you do not have a telephone jack that has a built-in splitter, plug an external Line1/Line2
splitter (not included with the HP LaserJet all-in-one) into the telephone jack.
NOTE Two different kinds of splitters are available: Parallel splitters (also called “T”
splitters) provide two telephone-line outlets for a jack that controls a single telephone
number; Line1/Line2 splitters provide two telephone-line outlets for a jack that controls
two unique telephone numbers.
NOTE Not all splitters are compatible with the all-in-one, and not all regions/countries
support the use of splitters.
3.
ENWW
Locate the fax ports on the back of the all-in-one.
Other ways to set up your fax
109
4.
Take the fax cord that is included with the all-in-one and plug one end of it into the all-in-one
"line" port (the port that is marked with an "L").
NOTE You must use the fax cord that came with the all-in-one in order to ensure that
the all-in-one functions correctly.
5.
Plug the other end of the fax cord into the jack, on the fax side of the splitter.
NOTE If you do not know which side of the splitter is for the fax number, connect a
telephone to one splitter jack and dial the fax number. If you get a busy signal, the telephone
is connected to the fax side of the splitter. If you get a ringing signal, the telephone is
connected to the telephone side of the splitter.
If you want to connect additional devices (such as a telephone, an answering machine, or a caller-ID
box) to the telephone line, see Connecting additional devices.
If you do not want to connect any additional devices, see Specifying the fax settings.
110
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
Connecting additional devices
Depending on the setup of your telephone lines, you can connect additional devices to the telephone
line along with the HP LaserJet all-in-one.
As a general rule, no more than three devices should be connected to a single telephone line. If too
many devices are connected to a single telephone line, one or more of the devices might not detect
an incoming call. If this occurs, disconnect one or more of the devices.
NOTE The HP LaserJet all-in-one cannot replace a computer modem. It cannot act as a
data modem for sending and receiving e-mail, connecting to the Internet, or communicating
with other computers.
Using a dedicated fax line
If you connect the HP LaserJet all-in-one to a telephone line that is used only for fax calls, you might
want to connect the following devices:
●
Caller-ID box
●
Modem: You can connect a computer modem (external or internal) to the fax line if you want to
use the fax line for e-mail or for access to the Internet, but you cannot send or receive faxes
while using the line for these purposes.
●
Extra telephone: You can connect an extra telephone to the fax line if you want to make
outgoing calls on the fax line.
You should not connect the following devices:
●
Answering machine or computer voicemail: If you use computer voicemail, you must
connect a modem (external or internal) to your dedicated voice line. Then, use the dedicated
voice line to connect to the Internet and receive voicemail.
Using a shared telephone line
If you connected the all-in-one to a telephone line that is shared between fax calls and voice calls, or
if you have one telephone line that has two telephone numbers and a ring-pattern service, you might
want to connect the following devices:
●
Caller-ID box
●
Modem: You can connect a computer modem (external or internal) to the shared line if you
want to use the shared line for e-mail or for access to the Internet, but you cannot send or
receive faxes while using the line for these purposes.
●
Extra telephone: You can connect a telephone to the shared line if you want to make or
answer voice calls on the shared line.
●
Answering machine or computer voicemail: You should connect these devices to the same
telephone jack as the all-in-one to make sure that the different devices do not interfere with one
another.
NOTE It is possible to connect devices to another telephone jack for the same telephone line
(in another room, for example). However, the devices could interfere with faxing and with each
other.
ENWW
Connecting additional devices
111
To connect additional devices to the HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone
Connect additional devices in the order that is described in the following steps. The output port for
each device is connected to the input port of the next, forming a "chain". If you do not want to
connect a specified device, skip the step that explains it and continue to the next device.
NOTE
112
Do not connect more than three devices to the telephone line.
1.
Unplug the power cords for all of the devices that you want to connect.
2.
If you have not yet connected your all-in-one to a telephone line, see Connecting the all-in-one
to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-in-one) before proceeding. The all-in-one should
already be connected to a telephone jack.
3.
Locate the fax ports on the back of the all-in-one.
4.
Remove the plastic insert from the "telephone" port (the port that is marked with a telephone
icon).
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
5.
To connect an internal or external modem on a computer, plug one end of a telephone cord into
the all-in-one “telephone” port (the port that is marked with a telephone icon). Plug the other end
of the cord into the modem “line” port.
NOTE Some modems have a second “line” port to connect to a dedicated voice line. If
you have two “line” ports, see your modem documentation to make sure that you connect
to the correct “line” port.
ENWW
6.
To connect a caller-ID box, plug a telephone cord into the previous device’s “telephone” port.
Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the caller-D box “line” port.
7.
To connect an answering machine, plug a telephone cord into the previous device’s “telephone”
port. Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the answering machine “line” port.
Connecting additional devices
113
114
8.
To connect a telephone, plug a telephone cord into the previous device’s “telephone” port. Plug
the other end of the telephone cord into the telephone “line” port.
9.
After you have finished connecting additional devices, plug all of the devices into their power
sources.
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
To connect additional devices to the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone
Connect additional devices in the order that is described in the following steps. The output port for
each device is connected to the input port of the next, forming a "chain". If you do not want to
connect a specific device, skip the step that explains it and continue to the next device.
NOTE Do not connect more than three devices to the telephone line.
ENWW
1.
Unplug the power cords for all of the devices that you want to connect.
2.
If you have not yet connected your all-in-one to a telephone line, see Connecting the all-in-one
to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) before proceeding. The all-in-one should
already be connected to a telephone jack.
3.
Remove the plastic insert from the "telephone" port (the port that is marked with the telephone
icon).
Connecting additional devices
115
4.
To connect an internal or external modem on a computer, plug one end of a telephone cord into
the all-in-one “telephone” port. Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the modem “line”
port.
NOTE Some modems have a second “line” port to connect to a dedicated voice line. If
you have two “line” ports, see your modem documentation to make sure that you connect
to the correct “line” port.
116
5.
To connect a caller-ID box, plug a telephone cord into the previous device’s “telephone” port.
Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the caller-ID box “line” port.
6.
To connect an answering machine, plug a telephone cord into the previous device’s “telephone”
port. Plug the other end of the telephone cord into the answering machine “line” port.
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
ENWW
7.
To connect a telephone, plug a telephone cord into the previous device’s “telephone” port. Plug
the other end of the telephone cord into the telephone “line” port.
8.
After you have finished connecting additional devices, plug all of the devices into their power
sources.
9.
Close the left side panel, and then close the print-cartridge door. When closing the left side
panel, make sure that the fax cords are routed through the upper notch in the panel.
Connecting additional devices
117
118
Chapter 6
Fax
ENWW
7
Copy
●
Starting a copy job
●
Canceling a copy job
●
Adjusting the copy quality
●
Adjusting the lighter/darker (contrast) setting
●
Reducing or enlarging copies
●
Changing the number of copies
●
Changing the copy-collation setting
●
Copying onto media of different types and sizes
●
Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
●
Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)
●
Using automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 allin-one)
●
Changing tray selection (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
●
Copying photos and books (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
●
Viewing copy settings (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only)
NOTE Instructions for using the flatbed scanner glass do not apply to the HP LaserJet 3050
all-in-one. For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, use the automatic document feeder (ADF).
ENWW
119
Starting a copy job
NOTE There are no fax buttons on the HP LaserJet 3052 all-in-one. The control panel
shown is the control panel on the HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one.
120
Chapter 7
Copy
ENWW
To make copies with the all-in-one, use the following instructions.
1.
Load your document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray. Load documents
face-down into the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one ADF input tray, or face-up into the HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one ADF input tray. The ADF is recommended for copying multiplepage documents.
HP LaserJet 3050
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
-orLoad your document onto the flatbed scanner (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one
only). Load documents face-down (one page at a time) with the upper-left corner of the
document located in the lower-right corner of the glass.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
2.
Press Start Copy on the all-in-one control panel to start copying.
3.
Repeat the process for each copy.
For more detailed instructions about loading documents onto the flatbed scanner or into the ADF
input tray, see Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan.
NOTE If a document is loaded in the ADF input tray and a document is also on the flatbed
scanner, the all-in-one automatically scans from the ADF.
Canceling a copy job
To cancel a copy job, press Cancel on the all-in-one control panel. If more than one process is
running, pressing Cancel clears the process that currently appears on the all-in-one control-panel
display.
NOTE If you cancel a copy job, clear the document from the flatbed scanner or from the
automatic document feeder.
ENWW
Canceling a copy job
121
Adjusting the copy quality
Five copy-quality settings are available: Draft,Text, Mixed, Film photo, and Picture.
The factory-set default for copy quality is Text. This setting is the best for items that contain mostly
text.
When making a copy of a photo or graphic, you can select the Film photo setting for photos or the
Picture setting for other graphics to increase the quality of your copy. Select the Mixed setting for
documents that include both text and graphics.
If you want to conserve toner, and the copy quality is not as important, select Draft.
To adjust the copy quality for the current job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Quality to see the current quality setting for the copy.
2.
Use the < or the > button to scroll through the quality setting options.
3.
Select a setting, and then press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy
job, or press to save the selection without starting the job.
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job
has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one
control-panel display.
To adjust the default copy quality
122
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to scroll through the choices.
5.
Press
Chapter 7
.
to select Default Quality.
to save the selection.
Copy
ENWW
Adjusting the lighter/darker (contrast) setting
The lighter/darker setting affects the lightness or darkness (contrast) of the copy. Use the following
procedure to change the contrast for the current copy job only.
To adjust the lighter/darker setting for the current job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Lighter/Darker to see the current contrast setting.
2.
Use the < or the > button to adjust the setting. Move the slider to the left to make the copy
lighter than the original, or move the slider to the right to make the copy darker than the original.
3.
Press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy job, or press
the selection without starting the job.
to save
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job
has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one
control-panel display.
To adjust the default lighter/darker setting
NOTE The default lighter/darker setting affects all copy jobs.
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Light/dark, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to adjust the setting. Move the slider to the left to make all of the
copies lighter than the original, or move the slider to the right to make all of the copies darker
than the original.
5.
Press
.
.
to save the selection.
Adjusting the lighter/darker (contrast) setting
123
Reducing or enlarging copies
The all-in-one can reduce copies to as little as 25% of the original size or enlarge copies to as much
as 400% of the original size.
Reduction/enlargement settings
●
Original=100%
●
Lgl > Ltr=78%
●
Lgl > A4=83%
●
A4 > Ltr=94%
●
Ltr > A4=97%
●
Full Page=91%
●
Fit to page (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
●
2 pages/sheet
●
4 pages/sheet
●
Custom: 25-400%
NOTE
When using the Fit to page setting, copy from the flatbed scanner only.
When using the 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet setting, copy from the automatic document
feeder only. Also, after selecting the 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet option, you must select
the page orientation (portrait or landscape).
Adjusting the copy size
To reduce or enlarge copies for the current job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Reduce/Enlarge.
2.
Select the size to which you would like to reduce or enlarge the copies in this job.
NOTE If you select Custom: 25-400%, type a percentage by using the alphanumeric
buttons.
If you select 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet, select the orientation (portrait or
landscape).
3.
Press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy job, or press
the selection without starting the job.
to save
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has
been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel
display.
You must change the default media size in the media input tray to match the output size, or
part of your copy might be cut off.
124
Chapter 7
Copy
ENWW
To adjust the default copy size
NOTE The default copy size is the size to which copies are normally reduced or enlarged. If
you keep the factory default size setting of Original=100%, all copies will be the same size as
the original document.
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Redu/Enlrg, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select the option for how you normally want to reduce or enlarge
copies.
.
.
NOTE If you select Custom: 25-400%, type in the percentage of the original size that
you normally want for copies.
If you select 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet, select the orientation (portrait or
landscape).
5.
ENWW
Press
to save your selection.
Reducing or enlarging copies
125
Changing the number of copies
You can choose to have the default number of copies be any number from 1 to 99.
To change the number of copies for the current job (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, use the alphanumeric buttons to type the number of copies
(between 1 and 99) that you want to make for your current job.
2.
Press Start Copy to begin copying your job.
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job
has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one
control-panel display.
To change the number of copies for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press # of Copies.
2.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to type the number of copies (between 1 and 99) that you want to
make for your current job.
3.
Press Start Copy to begin copying your job.
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job
has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one
control-panel display.
To change the default number of copies
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. # of copies, and then press
4.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to type the number of copies (between 1 and 99) that you want
as the default.
5.
Press
.
.
to save your selection.
NOTE The factory-set default for the number of copies is 1.
126
Chapter 7
Copy
ENWW
Changing the copy-collation setting
You can set the all-in-one to automatically collate multiple copies into sets. For example, if you are
making two copies of three pages and the automatic collation is on, the pages print in this order:
1,2,3,1,2,3. If automatic collation is off, the pages print in this order: 1,1,2,2,3,3.
To use the automatic collation, the original document size must fit into the memory. If it does not, the
all-in-one makes only one copy and a message appears notifying you of the change. If that happens,
use one of the following methods to finish the job:
●
Split the job into smaller jobs that contain fewer pages.
●
Make only one copy of the document at a time.
●
Turn off the automatic collation.
The collation setting you select is in effect for all copies until you change the setting.
To change the copy-collation setting for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one only)
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, change the default copy-collation setting to use
copy collation.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Collate.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off
3.
Press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy job, or press
the selection without starting the job.
to save
To change the default copy-collation setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off.
5.
Press
.
to select Def. Collation.
to save your selection.
NOTE
The factory-set default for automatic copy collation is On.
The Collate LED on the control panel is on when collation is on.
ENWW
Changing the copy-collation setting
127
Copying onto media of different types and sizes
The all-in-one is set to copy on either letter- or A4-size paper, depending on the country/region in
which it was purchased. You can change the size and type of media that you copy to for the current
copy job or for all copy jobs.
Media-size settings
●
Letter
●
Legal
●
A4
Media-type settings
●
Plain
●
Preprinted
●
Letterhead
●
Transparency
●
Prepunched
●
Labels
●
Bond
●
Recycled
●
Color
●
Light
●
Heavy
●
Cardstock
●
Envelope
●
Vellum
●
Rough Paper
To change the media size and type for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone)
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, change the default media size and type settings
to change the media size and type.
128
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Paper.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select a media size, and then press
.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select a media type, and then press
.
4.
Press Start Copy.
Chapter 7
Copy
ENWW
To change the default media-size setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. paper size, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select a media size and then press
6.
Press
.
.
.
.
to save the selection.
To change the default media-type setting
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. paper type, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select a media type and then press
6.
Press
.
.
.
.
to save the selection.
Copying onto media of different types and sizes
129
Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-inone)
To copy a multiple-page stack of two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
Copies resulting from this procedure are printed on one side, and need to be hand-collated.
130
1.
Load the documents to be copied into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray with the
first page facing down, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
2.
Press Start Copy. The odd-numbered pages are copied and printed.
3.
Remove the stack from the ADF output tray and reload the stack with the last page facing down,
and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
4.
Press Start Copy. The even-numbered pages are copied and printed.
5.
Collate the odd- and even-numbered printed copies.
Chapter 7
Copy
ENWW
Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055
all-in-one)
To copy a multiple-page stack of two-sided documents (3052/3055 all-in-one)
Copies resulting from this procedure are printed on one side, and need to be hand-collated.
ENWW
1.
Load the documents to be copied into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray with the
first page facing up, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
2.
Press Start Copy. The odd-numbered pages are copied and printed.
3.
Remove the stack from the ADF output tray and reload the stack with the last page facing up,
and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
4.
Press Start Copy. The even-numbered pages are copied and printed.
5.
Collate the odd- and even-numbered printed copies.
Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)
131
Using automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy
documents (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use the 2-Sided button on the control panel display to use duplexing to achieve various results.
NOTE The default setting is 1–1. The 2-Sided LED on the control panel turns on when
another setting is used.
Table 7-1 2-Sided settings
Document type
2-Sided setting
Resulting copies
2-Sided LED
One-sided
1–1
One-sided
Off
One-sided
1–2
Two-sided
On
Two-sided
2–2
Two-sided
On
To make two-sided copies from one-sided documents
1.
Load the documents to be copied into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray with the
first page facing up, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press 2-Sided.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy to 1 to 2 sided, and then press
4.
Press Start Copy.
.
To make two-sided copies from two-sided documents
1.
Load the documents to be copied into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray with the
first page facing up, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
NOTE Two-sided copying from the flatbed scanner glass is not supported.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
132
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press 2-Sided.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy to 2 to 2 sided, and then press
4.
Press Start Copy.
Chapter 7
Copy
.
ENWW
To change the default 2-Sided setting
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Default 2-sided, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select the option for how you normally want to use the automatic
duplexer when you copy documents.
5.
Press
.
.
to save the selection
Using automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one)
133
Changing tray selection (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
The all-in-one is set to automatically pull media from trays that contain media. The all-in-one always
pulls media from the priority input tray (tray 1) if you insert media into tray 1. If there is no media in
tray 1, the all-in-one attempts to pull media from tray 3, if installed, and then from tray 2.
You can specify which tray you want to use by changing the tray selection. Auto select, Tray 1,
Tray 2, and Tray 3 are available settings.
NOTE
Tray 3 is only available if a tray 3 is installed.
To change the tray selection for the current job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Tray Select.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select the input tray that you want to use.
3.
Press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy job, or press
the selection without starting the job.
to save
To change the default tray selection
134
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Tray Select, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select a tray setting, and then press
Chapter 7
Copy
.
.
.
ENWW
Copying photos and books (HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
To copy a photo
NOTE Photos should be copied from the flatbed scanner of the HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one, not from the automatic document feeder (ADF).
1.
Lift the lid and place the photo on the flatbed scanner with the picture-side down and the upperleft corner of the photo in the lower-right corner of the glass.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
2.
Gently close the lid.
3.
Press Start Copy.
To copy a book
1.
Lift the lid and place the book on the flatbed scanner with the page that you want to copy at the
lower-right corner of the glass.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
ENWW
Copying photos and books (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
135
2.
Gently close the lid.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3.
Gently press down on the lid to press the book to the flatbed scanner surface.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
4.
136
Press Start Copy.
Chapter 7
Copy
ENWW
Viewing copy settings (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
only)
Use the Current Settings button to see the copy settings for the current copy job.
To view copy settings
1.
Press Current Settings to see the current setting for 2-sided copying.
2.
Continue to press Current Settings to scroll through the copy settings for the current copy job.
Settings should appear in the following order: 2-sided copying, reduction/enlargement, copy
quality, number of copies, tray source, media size, media type, collation, and light/dark (contrast).
-orUse the < or the > button to change the setting, and then press
3.
ENWW
.
Repeat step 2 to see the remaining copy settings and to change any copy settings that you
want to change.
Viewing copy settings (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only)
137
138
Chapter 7
Copy
ENWW
8
ENWW
Scan
●
Understanding scanning methods
●
Scanning from the all-in-one control panel (Windows)
●
Scanning by using HP LaserJet Scan (Windows)
●
Scanning from the all-in-one and HP Director (Macintosh)
●
Canceling a scan job
●
Scanning by using other software
●
Scanning a photo or a book
●
Scanning by using optical character recognition (OCR) software
●
Scanner resolution and color
●
To clean the scanner glass
139
Understanding scanning methods
You can scan an item in the following ways.
●
Scan from the all-in-one: Start scanning directly from the all-in-one by using the all-in-one
control-panel scan buttons. The Scan To button can be programmed to scan to a folder
(Windows only) or to scan to e-mail.
For more information, see Scanning from the all-in-one control panel (Windows) or Scanning
from the all-in-one and HP Director (Macintosh).
●
Scan from the computer by using HP LaserJet Scan (Windows): In the Hewlett-Packard
program group, select Scan to start HP LaserJet Scan. See Scanning by using HP LaserJet
Scan (Windows).
If the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer, you can also open HP LaserJet Scan by
pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel.
●
Scanning by using HP Director (Macintosh): Click the HP Director icon in the dock. See
Scanning from the all-in-one and HP Director (Macintosh).
●
Scan from TWAIN-compliant software: The all-in-one is TWAIN-compliant and works with
Windows-based and Macintosh-based programs that support TWAIN-compliant scanning. For
more information, see Scanning by using other software.
●
Scan from Windows Imaging Application (WIA)-compliant software: The all-in-one is WIAcompliant and works with Windows-based programs that support WIA-compliant scanning. For
more information, see Scanning by using other software.
NOTE To learn about and use text-recognition software, install the Readiris program from
the software CD-ROM. Text-recognition software is also known as optical character
recognition (OCR) software.
140
Chapter 8
Scan
ENWW
Scanning from the all-in-one control panel (Windows)
NOTE Scanning from the all-in-one control panel is only supported with a full software
installation. HP ToolboxFX must be running to scan by using the Scan To button or the Start
Scan button.
NOTE For installations in which the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer, some
scan destinations are set up by default . For installations in which the all-in-one is connected
through a network, scanning from the all-in-one control panel is turned off .
NOTE For the best scan quality, place your originals onto the flatbed scanner (on the
HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one), rather than loading them into the automatic
document feeder (ADF) input tray.
The computer that is connected to the all-in-one must be turned on.
Programming the all-in-one Scan To button
NOTE The Scan To button must be programmed before you can use it. However, some
destinations are programmed by default if the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
To program the Scan To button
1.
In the Hewlett-Packard program group, select Scan to start HP LaserJet Scan.
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan
when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
2.
Click Setup to open the Scan To Setup Wizard.
3.
Select Change the destinations that show up on the all-in-one control panel when I press
the Scan to Button and then click Next.
4.
Check the Allow me to scan by pressing the Scan To button on the all-in-one... check box.
5.
Choose destinations by moving them from the PC window (the left window) to the All-in-one
window (the right window).
NOTE The All-in-one window might contain items set up by other computers that are
connected to the all-in-one. You cannot make changes to these items.
NOTE
6.
ENWW
Click New to create a new destination.
Click Update.
Scanning from the all-in-one control panel (Windows)
141
To create, modify, or delete destinations
1.
In the Hewlett-Packard program group, select Scan to start HP LaserJet Scan.
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan
when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
2.
Click Setup and then follow the onscreen instructions.
●
Create a new destination. Set up a new destination using a settings wizard.
●
Modify an existing destination. Select an existing destination and then use a settings
wizard to make changes to the destination.
●
Delete a destination. Select an existing destination and delete the destination after
confirming its deletion.
Scanning to e-mail
Scanning to e-mail is supported by any e-mail program that supports the Messaging Application
Programming Interface (MAPI) protocol. Many versions of popular e-mail programs seem to be MAPIcompliant. See the support information for your e-mail program to determine whether or not it is
MAPI-compliant.
NOTE To use this feature in Windows, an e-mail destination must be programmed in the
scan setup before scanning to e-mail.. See Programming the all-in-one Scan To button. For
Macintosh operating systems, set up this function from the Monitor Device tab. See the
HP Director online Help.
1.
Load the originals that are to be scanned face-up in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input
tray. Adjust the media guides to hold the originals in place.
-orLift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed
scanner with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently
close the lid.
142
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Scan To.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select an e-mail destination.
4.
Press Start Scan or
Chapter 8
Scan
to attach the scanned item to a new e-mail message.
ENWW
Scanning to a file
To scan to a file by using the Scan To button on the all-in-one control panel, use the following
instructions.
NOTE To use this feature in Windows, a file destination must be programmed in the scan
setup before scanning to a file. See Programming the all-in-one Scan To button.
1.
Load the originals that are to be scanned face-up in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input
tray, with the top of the document forward, and adjust the media guides.
-orLift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed
scanner with the top, left corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the glass.
Gently close the lid.
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Scan To.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select a file destination.
4.
Press Start Scan or
to scan the document to a file.
Scanning to other programs
To scan to another program by using the Scan To button on the all-in-one control panel, use the
following instructions.
1.
Load the originals that are to be scanned face-up in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input
tray, with the top of the document forward, and adjust the media guides.
-orLift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed
scanner with the top, left corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the glass.
Gently close the lid.
ENWW
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Scan To.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select the program destination.
4.
Press Start Scan or
to open the scanned item in the selected program.
Scanning from the all-in-one control panel (Windows)
143
Scanning by using HP LaserJet Scan (Windows)
1.
In the Hewlett-Packard program group, select Scan to start HP LaserJet Scan.
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan.
2.
3.
Choose the action that you want to accomplish.
●
Select a destination to begin scanning immediately.
●
Select Scan after prompting me for settings to specify additional settings before you
begin scanning.
●
Select Set up the device to program the Scan To button.
Click OK.
NOTE OK should indicate the action that you want to accomplish.
144
Chapter 8
Scan
ENWW
Scanning from the all-in-one and HP Director (Macintosh)
For more information about tasks and settings described in this section, see the HP Director online
Help.
For more detailed instructions about loading original documents onto the flatbed scanner or into the
automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray, see Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan.
Scanning to e-mail
1.
Load the originals that are to be scanned face-up in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input
tray. Adjust the media guides to hold the originals in place.
-orLift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed
scanner with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently
close the lid.
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Scan To.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select an e-mail program such as Apple Mail.
4.
Press Start Scan. The original is scanned. The e-mail program that you selected in step 3 opens
on the computer. A blank e-mail message opens with the scanned document as an attachment.
5.
Enter an e-mail recipient, add text or other attachments, and then send the message.
Scanning to a file
1.
Load the originals that are to be scanned face-up in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input
tray. Adjust the media guides to hold the originals in place.
-orLift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed
scanner with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently
close the lid.
2.
If the all-in-one is connected directly to your computer, the HP Director opens after you insert an
item into the ADF input tray.
-orIf you are scanning from the flatbed scanner (or if the HP Director does not automatically open),
click the HP Director icon in the dock.
ENWW
3.
In the HP Director, click Scan.
4.
Click Select Destination.
5.
Click Save to file in the pop-up menu and then enter a name for the file.
6.
Click Save.
7.
Click Close to close HP LaserJet Scan.
Scanning from the all-in-one and HP Director (Macintosh)
145
Scanning to a software program
To scan to a software program, you scan an item using the program itself. Any TWAIN-compliant
program can scan an image. If the program that you are using is not TWAIN-compliant, you can save
the scanned image to a file and then place, open, or import the file in the software program. For more
information, see Scanning by using other software.
Using page-by-page scanning
NOTE For best results, load originals in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray, not
the flatbed scanner (on the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
1.
Load the originals that are to be scanned face-up in the ADF input tray. Adjust the media guides
to hold the originals in place.
2.
If the all-in-one is connected directly to your computer, the HP Director opens after you insert an
item into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray. If the HP Director does not
automatically open, click the HP Director icon in the dock.
3.
To open the HP LaserJet Scan dialog box, click the Scan button in the HP Director.
4.
Specify an image type.
5.
Click Scan First.
6.
After the scan process has finished, click Scan Next.
7.
Repeat step 6 for each page of the original.
8.
After all of the pages have been scanned, click Send....
-orClick the Save As icon to save the pages to a file.
Canceling a scan job
To cancel a scan job, use one of the following procedures.
●
On the all-in-one control panel, press Cancel.
●
Click the Cancel button in the onscreen dialog box.
If you cancel a scan job, remove the original from the flatbed scanner or from the automatic
document feeder (ADF) input tray.
NOTE
146
Chapter 8
Scan
These procedures vary with Macintosh operating systems.
ENWW
Scanning by using other software
The all-in-one is TWAIN-compliant and Windows Imaging Application (WIA)-compliant. The all-in-one
works with Windows-based programs that support TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant scanning
devices and with Macintosh-based programs that support TWAIN-compliant scanning devices.
Using TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant software
While you are in a TWAIN-enabled or WIA-enabled program, you can gain access to the scanning
feature and scan an image directly into the open program. For more information, see the Help file or
the documentation that came with your TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant software program.
Scanning from a TWAIN-enabled program
Generally, a software program is TWAIN-enabled if it has a command such as Acquire, File
Acquire, Scan, Import New Object, Insert from, or Scanner. If you are unsure whether the
program is compliant or you do not know what the command is called, see the software program
Help or documentation.
When scanning from a TWAIN-enabled program, the HP LaserJet Scan software program might start
automatically. If the HP LaserJet Scan program starts, you can make changes while you are
previewing the image. If the program does not start automatically, the image goes to the TWAINenabled program immediately.
To scan from a TWAIN-enabled program
Start the scan from within the TWAIN-enabled program. See the software program Help or
documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.
Scanning from a WIA-enabled program (Windows XP only)
WIA is another way to scan an image directly into a software program, such as Microsoft Word. WIA
uses Microsoft software to scan, instead of HP LaserJet Scan software.
Generally, a software program is WIA-enabled if it has a command such as Picture/From Scanner
or Camera in the Insert or File menu. If you are unsure whether the program is WIA-enabled, see
the software program Help or documentation.
To scan from a WIA-enabled program
Start the scan from within the WIA-enabled program. See the software program Help or
documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.
-OrIn the Cameras and Scanner folder, double-click the all-in-one icon. This opens the standard
Microsoft WIA Wizard, which enables you to scan to a file.
ENWW
Scanning by using other software
147
Scanning a photo or a book
Use the following procedures to scan a photo or a book.
Scanning a photo (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Place the photo on the flatbed scanner with the picture-side down and the upper-left corner of
the photo in the lower-right corner of the glass.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
2.
Gently close the lid.
3.
You are now ready to scan the photo by using one of the scanning methods. See
Understanding scanning methods for more information.
Scanning a book (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Lift the lid and place the book on the flatbed scanner with the page that you want to copy at the
lower-right corner of the glass.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
2.
Gently close the lid.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
148
Chapter 8
Scan
ENWW
3.
Gently press down on the lid to press the book to the flatbed scanner surface.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
4.
You are now ready to scan the book by using one of the scanning methods. See Understanding
scanning methods for more information.
Scanning by using optical character recognition (OCR)
software
You can use third-party OCR software to import scanned text into your preferred word-processing
program for editing.
Readiris
The all-in-one software CD-ROMs include the Readiris OCR program. If you want to use the Readiris
program, install it from the appropriate software CD-ROM, and then follow the instructions in the
online Help.
ENWW
Scanning by using optical character recognition (OCR) software
149
Scanner resolution and color
If you are printing a scanned image, and the quality is not what you expected, you might have
selected a resolution or color setting in the scanner software that does not match your needs.
Resolution and color affect the following features of scanned images:
●
Image clarity
●
Texture of gradations (smooth or rough)
●
Scan time
●
File size
Scanning resolution is measured in pixels per inch (ppi).
NOTE
Scanning ppi levels are not interchangeable with printing dpi (dots per inch) levels.
Color, grayscale, and black and white define the number of colors possible. You can adjust the
scanner hardware resolution to up to 1200 ppi with the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one
or up to 600 ppi with the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one. The software can perform an enhanced
resolution up to 19,200 ppi. You can set color and grayscale at 1 bit (black and white), or at 8 bit (256
levels of gray or color) to 24 bit (true color).
The resolution and color guidelines table lists simple tips that you can follow to meet your scanning
needs.
NOTE Setting the resolution and color to a high value can create large files that take up disk
space and slow the scanning process. Before setting the resolution and color, determine how
you are going to use the scanned image.
NOTE The best resolution for color and grayscale images is achieved by scanning from the
flatbed scanner rather than from the automatic document feeder (ADF).
150
Chapter 8
Scan
ENWW
Resolution and color guidelines
The following table describes the recommended resolution and color settings for different types of
scan jobs.
Intended use
Recommended resolution
Recommended color settings
Fax
150 ppi
●
Black and White
E-mail
150 ppi
●
Black and White, if the image
does not require smooth gradation
●
Grayscale, if the image requires
smooth gradation
●
Color, if the image is in color
Edit text
300 ppi
●
Black and White
Print (graphics or text)
600 ppi for complex graphics, or if you
want to significantly enlarge the
document
●
Black and White for text and line art
●
Grayscale for shaded or colored
graphics and photos
●
Color, if the image is in color
●
Black and White for text
●
Grayscale for graphics and photos
●
Color, if the image is in color
300 ppi for normal graphics and text
150 ppi for photos
Display on screen
75 ppi
Color
You can set the color values to the following settings when scanning.
ENWW
Setting
Recommended use
Color
Use this setting for high-quality color photos or documents in
which the color is important.
Black and White
Use this setting for text documents.
Grayscale
Use this setting when file size is an issue or when you want
a document or photograph to be scanned quickly.
Scanner resolution and color
151
To clean the scanner glass
Dirty glass, from fingerprints, smudges, hair, and so on, slows down performance and affects the
accuracy of special features such as fit-to-page and copy.
NOTE If streaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic
document feeder (ADF), clean the scanner strip (step 3). It is not necessary to clean the
scanner glass.
1.
Turn off the all-in-one, unplug the power cord from the electrical socket, and raise the lid.
2.
Clean the glass by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass
cleaner.
CAUTION Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the all-in-one; these can damage the all-in-one. Do not place
liquids directly on the glass. They might seep under it and damage the all-in-one.
3.
Clean the scanner strip by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with
nonabrasive glass cleaner.
4.
To prevent spotting, dry the glass by using a chamois or cellulose sponge.
NOTE In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of liquid
Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the
previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth. The cloth may be moistened with
water if desired.
152
Chapter 8
Scan
ENWW
9
Networking
●
Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one
only)
●
Using the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX
●
Setting a network password
●
Using the all-in-one control panel
●
Supported network protocols
●
TCP/IP configuration
●
Using DHCP
●
Using BOOTP
●
Configuring for LPD printing
●
TCP/IP
NOTE Configuring TCP/IP settings are complicated and should only be performed by
experienced network administrators. BOOTP will require a (PC, Unix, Linux, and so on.)
server to configure specific TCP/IP settings for the product. DHCP will also require a server,
but the TCP/IP settings will not be fixed for the all-in-one. Finally, the manual method to
configure specific TCP/IP settings can be done from the control panel, the embedded Web
server, the HP ToolboxFX. For additional help or network configuration, contact your network
provider.
ENWW
153
Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
Hewlett-Packard recommends that you use the HP software installer on the CDs that came with the
all-in-one to set up printer drivers for the following network setups.
NOTE
Networking capabilities are not available for the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Figure 9-1 Network port location
Configuring a network-port-connected all-in-one
To configure a network-port-connected all-in-one configuration (direct mode or peer-to-peer
printing)
In this configuration, the all-in-one is connected directly to the network, and all computers on the
network print directly to the all-in-one.
NOTE
154
This mode is the recommended network configuration for the all-in-one.
1.
Connect the all-in-one directly to the network by inserting a network cable into the all-in-one
network port.
2.
Use the all-in-one control panel to print a Configuration page.
3.
Insert the all-in-one CD into your computer. If you have already set up your all-in-one, click
Install Software to start the software installer. If the software installer does not start, navigate to
the hpsetup.exe file on the CD and double-click the file.
4.
Click Install HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one Software.
5.
On the Welcome screen, click Next.
6.
On the Installer updates screen, click Yes to search for installer updates on the Web.
7.
For Windows 2000/XP, on the Installation Options screen, choose the installation option.
Hewlett-Packard recommends a typical installation, if your system supports it.
8.
On the License Agreement screen, read the license agreement, indicate that you accept the
terms, and then click Next.
9.
For Windows 2000/XP, on the HP Extended Capabilities screen, choose whether you want
extended capabilities, and then click Next.
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
10. On the Destination Folder screen, choose the destination folder, and then click Next.
11. On the Ready to Install screen, click Next to begin installation.
NOTE If you want to change your settings, instead of clicking Next, click Back to return
to previous screens, and then change the settings.
12. On the Connection Type screen, select Through the network, and then click Next.
13. On the Identify Printer screen, identify the all-in-one either by searching or by specifying a
hardware or IP address, which is listed on the Configuration page you printed earlier. In most
cases an IP address is assigned, but you can change it if you want by clicking Specify the
printer by Address on the Identify Printer screen. Click Next.
14. Allow the installation process to complete.
Configuring a direct-connected shared all-in-one
To configure a direct-connected shared all-in-one (client server printing)
In this configuration, the all-in-one is connected to a computer through a USB cable, the computer is
connected to the network, and the all-in-one is shared with other computers on the network.
1.
Insert the all-in-one CD into your computer. If you have already set up your all-in-one, click
Install Software to start the software installer. If the software installer does not start, navigate to
the hpsetup.exe file on the CD and double-click the file.
2.
Click Install HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one Software.
3.
On the Welcome screen, click Next.
4.
On the Installer updates screen, click Yes to search for installer updates on the Web.
5.
For Windows 2000, on the Installation Options screen, choose the installation option. HewlettPackard recommends a typical installation, if your system supports it.
6.
On the License Agreement screen, read the license agreement, indicate that you accept the
terms, and then click Next.
7.
For Windows 2000, on the HP Extended Capabilities screen, choose whether you want
extended capabilities, and then click Next.
8.
On the Destination Folder screen, choose the destination folder, and then click Next.
9.
On the Ready to Install screen, click Next to begin installation.
NOTE If you want to change your settings, instead of clicking Next, click Back to return
to previous screens, and then change the settings.
10. On the Connection Type screen, select Directly to this computer, and then click Next.
11. Connect the USB cable.
12. Allow the installation process to complete.
ENWW
Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one only)
155
13. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.
●
In Windows XP, click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers and Faxes.
14. In the dialog box, right-click the all-in-one, and then click Sharing.
15. Select Share this printer, type the all-in-one name if necessary, and then click OK.
Changing from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a networkport-connected all-in-one
To change from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a network-port-connected all-in-one
configuration
156
1.
Uninstall the printer driver for the direct-connected all-in-one.
2.
Install the driver as a network configuration by using the steps in Configuring a network-portconnected all-in-one.
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
Using the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX
You can use the embedded Web server (EWS) or HP ToolboxFX to view or change your IP
configuration settings. To gain access to the embedded Web server, type the IP address for the all-inone in the address line of your Web browser.
You can view HP ToolboxFX when the all-in-one is directly connected to your computer or when it is
connected to the network. You must perform a complete software installation to use HP ToolboxFX.
Open HP ToolboxFX in one of these ways:
●
In the Windows system tray, double-click the HP ToolboxFX Device Status and Alerts icon.
●
On the Windows Start menu, click Programs (or All Programs in Windows XP), click HP, click
HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one, and then click HP ToolboxFX.
In HP ToolboxFX, click Device Settings, and then click the Network Settings tab.
From the Networking tab (EWS) or the Network Settings tab (HP ToolboxFX), you can change the
following configurations:
●
Host Name
●
Manual IP Address
●
Manual Subnet Mask
●
Manual Default Gateway
NOTE Changing the network configuration may require you to change the browser URL
before you can communicate with the all-in-one again. The all-in-one will be unavailable for a
few seconds while the network resets.
Setting a network password
Set my network password
Use HP ToolboxFX to set a network password.
1.
Open HP ToolboxFX and click Device Settings.
2.
Click the Network Settings tab.
NOTE If a password has been set for the all-in-one previously, you will be prompted to
type the password. Type the password, and then click Apply.
ENWW
3.
Click Password.
4.
In the Password box, type the password you want to set, and then in the Confirm password
box, type the same password again to confirm your choice.
5.
Click Apply to save the password.
Using the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX
157
Using the all-in-one control panel
The all-in-one allows you to set up an IP address automatically using BOOTP or DHCP. For more
information, see Default IP address configuration (AutoIP).
Network configuration page
The Network configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the all-in-one. To print the
Network configuration page from the all-in-one, complete the following steps.
1.
On the control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Network report, and then press
.
.
Configuration page
The Configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the all-in-one. You can print a
Configuration page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print the Configuration page from the allin-one, complete the following steps.
1.
On the control , press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Config report, and then press
.
.
A second page also prints. On that page, the Fax Settings and Imaging Settings sections provide
details about the all-in-one fax settings.
IP configuration
You can configure the IP address manually or automatically.
Manual configuration
To configure IP manually
158
1.
On the control , press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Network config., and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select TCP/IP config, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Manual, and then press
5.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to type the IP address, and then press
6.
If the IP address is incorrect, use the < or the > button to select NO, and then press . Repeat
step 5 with the correct IP address, and then repeat step 5 for the subnet mask and default
gateway settings.
Chapter 9
Networking
.
.
.
.
ENWW
Automatic configuration
To perform automatic configuration
1.
On the control , press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Network config., and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select TCP/IP config, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Automatic, and then press
.
.
.
It may take several minutes before the automatic IP address is ready for use.
NOTE If you want to disable or enable specific automatic IP modes (such as BOOTP,
DHCP, or AutoIP), these settings can be changed by using the embedded Web server or
HP ToolboxFX only.
Link speed and duplex settings
To set link speed and duplex
NOTE Incorrect changes to the link speed and duplex settings might prevent the all-in-one
from communicating with other network devices. For most situations, the all-in-one should be
left in automatic mode. Changes can cause the all-in-one to power cycle. Changes should
only be made while the all-in-one is idle.
1.
On the control , press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Network config., and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Link Speed, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select one of the following settings.
●
Automatic
●
10T Full
●
10T Half
●
100TX Full
●
100TX Half
.
.
NOTE The setting must match with the network all-in-one to which you are connecting
(a network hub, switch, gateway, router, or computer).
5.
ENWW
Press
. The all-in-one will power cycle.
Using the all-in-one control panel
159
Supported network protocols
The HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one supports the TCP/IP network protocol. It is the
most widely used and accepted networking protocol. Many networking services utilize this protocol.
The following table lists the networking services/protocols that are supported on the HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one.
The following operating systems support network printing:
●
Windows 98 SE
●
Windows Me
●
Windows 2000
●
Windows XP
Table 9-1 Printing
Service name
Description
port9100 (Direct Mode)
Printing service
Line printer daemon (LPD)
Printing service
Table 9-2 Network all-in-one discovery
Service name
Description
SLP (Service Location Protocol)
Device Discovery Protocol, used to help find and configure
network devices. Used primarily by Microsoft-based
software programs.
mDNS (multicast Domain Name Service - also known as
“rendezvous” or “bonjours”)
Device Discovery Protocol, used to help find and configure
network devices. Used primarily by Apple Macintosh-based
software programs.
Table 9-3 Messaging and management
160
Service name
Description
HTTP (hypertext transfer protocol)
Allows Web browsers to communicate with embedded Web
server.
EWS (embedded Web server)
Allows a user to manage the all-in-one through a Web
browser.
SNMP (simple network management protocol)
Used by network programs for all-in-one management.
SNMP V1 and standard MIB-II (Management Information
Base) objects are supported.
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
Table 9-4 IP addressing
ENWW
Service name
Description
DHCP (dynamic host configuration protocol)
For Automatic IP address assignment. DHCP server
provides the all-in-one with an IP address. Generally
requires no user intervention for all-in-one to obtain IP
address from a DHCP server.
BOOTP (bootstrap protocol)
For Automatic IP address assignment. BOOTP server
provides the all-in-one with an IP address. Requires
administrator to input the all-in-one MAC hardware address
on BOOTP server in order for all-in-one to obtain an IP
address from that server.
Auto IP
For Automatic IP address assignment. If neither a DHCP
server nor a BOOTP server is present, this service allows
the all-in-one to generate a unique IP address.
Supported network protocols
161
TCP/IP configuration
To operate correctly on a TCP/IP network, the all-in-one must be configured with valid TCP/IP
network configuration parameters, such as an IP address that is valid for your network.
CAUTION Changes to these settings might result in a loss of functionality with your all-inone. For example, network scanning, network faxing, or HP Web JetAdmin might stop working
with certain settings changes.
Server-based, AutoIP, and manual TCP/IP configuration
When in a factory-default state and powered on, the all-in-one will first try to obtain its TCP/IP
configuration using a server-based method, such as BOOTP or DHCP. If the server-based method
fails, the all-in-one will then be configured using the AutoIP protocol. The all-in-one may also be
configured manually. Manual-based tools include a Web browser, the all-in-one control panel, or the
HP ToolboxFX utility. TCP/IP configuration values assigned manually will be retained when the all-inone is powered off/on. The all-in-one can also be reconfigured to use either server-based only
(BOOTP and/or DHCP), and/or AutoIP only, or manual configuration of TCP/IP settings at any time.
Server-based TCP/IP configuration
In its factory-default state, the all-in-one will first try BOOTP. If this fails it will then try DHCP. If this
fails, it will then obtain an IP address via AutoIP. In addition, a default IP address will not be assigned
if a network cable is not attached to the all-in-one.
Default IP address configuration (AutoIP)
A default IP address will be assigned via the AutoIP protocol if the server based methods fail. When
DHCP or BOOTP fails to obtain an IP address, the all-in-one uses a link-local addressing technique
to assign a unique IP address. Link-local addressing may be referenced as AutoIP. The IP address
assigned will be in the range of 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255 (commonly referenced as
169.254/16), and should be valid. However, it can be further modified for your network using
supported TCP/IP configuration tools if necessary. With link-local addresses, subnetting is not used.
The subnet mask will be 255.255.0.0, and cannot be changed. Link-local addresses will not route off
the local link, and access to or from the Internet will not be available. The default gateway address
will be the same as the link-local address. If a duplicate address is sensed, the all-in-one will
automatically reassign its address, if necessary, in accordance with standard link-local addressing
methods. The IP address configured on your all-in-one may be determined by inspecting the network
configuration page for the all-in-one. Since it may take some time for the server-based protocols to
time out, the AutoIP process can be sped up by disabling the BOOTP and DHCP services on the allin-one. This can be done via a Web browser.
162
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
TCP/IP configuration tools
Depending on your all-in-one and operating system, the all-in-one can be configured with valid TCP/
IP parameters for your network in the following ways:
●
Using Software—You can use the HP ToolboxFX software, or you can use the all-in-one
Embedded Web server by entering the IP address in your Web browser.
●
BOOTP—You can download the data from a network-based server using BOOTP (Bootstrap
Protocol) each time the all-in-one is turned on. The BOOTP daemon, bootpd, must be running
on a BOOTP server that is accessible by the all-in-one.
●
DHCP—You can use Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). This protocol is supported
in HP-UX, Solaris, Red Hat Linux, SuSE Linux, Windows NT/2000/XP, NetWare and Mac
systems. (Refer to your network operating system manuals to verify that your server operating
system supports DHCP.)
NOTE Linux and UNIX systems: For more information, see the BOOTPD man page. On HPUX systems, a sample DHCP configuration file (dhcptab) may be located in the /etc directory.
Since HP-UX presently does not provide Dynamic Domain Name Services (DDNS) for its
DHCP implementations, HP recommends that you set all lease durations to infinite. This
ensures that IP addresses remain static until such time as Dynamic Domain Name Services
are provided.
Using DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP, RFC 2131/2132) is one of several auto configuration
mechanisms that the all-in-one uses. If you have a DHCP server on your network, the all-in-one
automatically obtains its IP address from that server.
NOTE DHCP services must be available on the server. Refer to your system documentation
or online help to install or enable DHCP services.
NOTE If the all-in-one and BOOTP/DHCP server are located on different subnets, IP
configuration may fail unless the routing device allows the transfer of DHCP requests between
subnets.
UNIX systems
For more information about setting up DHCP on UNIX systems, see the BOOTPD man page. On HPUX systems, a sample DHCP configuration file (dhcptab) may be located in the /etc directory. Since
HP-UX presently does not provide Dynamic Domain Name Services (DDNS) for its DHCP
implementations, HP recommends that you set all print server lease durations to infinite. This
ensures that print server IP addresses remain static until Dynamic Domain Name Services are
provided.
ENWW
Using DHCP
163
Windows systems
The all-in-one supports IP configuration from a Windows NT/2000/XP DHCP server. This section
describes how to set up a pool, or “scope,” of IP addresses that the Windows server can assign or
lease to any requester. When configured for BOOTP or DHCP operation and powered on, the all-inone automatically sends a BOOTP or DHCP request for its IP configuration. If properly set up, a
Windows DHCP server will respond with the print server’s IP configuration data.
NOTE This information is provided as an overview. For specific information or for additional
support, see the information supplied with your DHCP server software.
NOTE To avoid problems resulting from IP addresses that change, HP recommends that all
all-in-one devices be assigned IP addresses with infinite leases or reserved IP addresses.
Windows NT 4.0 Server
Using DHCP with Windows NT 4.0 Server
To set up a DHCP scope on a Windows NT 4.0 server, perform the following steps:
1.
At the Windows NT server, open the Program Manager window and double-click the Network
Administrator icon.
2.
Double-click the DHCP Manager icon to open this window.
3.
Select Server and select Server Add.
4.
Type the server IP address, then click OK to return to the DHCP Manager window.
5.
In the list of DHCP servers, click on the server you have just added, then select Scope and
select Create.
6.
Select Set up the IP Address Pool. In the IP Address Pool section, set up the IP address
range by typing the beginning IP address in the Start Address box and the ending IP address in
the End Address box. Also type the subnet mask for the subnet to which the IP address pool
applies. The starting and ending IP addresses define the end points of the address pool
assigned to this scope.
NOTE If desired, you can exclude ranges of IP addresses within a scope.
164
7.
In the Lease Duration section, select Unlimited, then select OK. HP recommends that all all-inone devices be assigned infinite leases to avoid problems resulting from IP addresses that
change. Be aware, however, that selecting an unlimited lease duration for the scope causes all
clients in that scope to have infinite leases. If you want clients on your network to have finite
leases, you can set the duration to a finite time, but you should configure all all-in-one devices
as reserved clients for the scope.
8.
Skip this step if you have assigned unlimited leases in the previous step. Otherwise, select
Scope and select Add Reservations to set up your all-in-one devices as reserved clients. For
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
each all-in-one, perform the following steps in the Add Reserved Clients window to set up a
reservation for that all-in-one:
9.
a.
Type the selected IP address.
b.
Obtain the MAC address or hardware address from the configuration page, and type this
address in the Unique Identifier box.
c.
Type the client name (any name is acceptable).
d.
Select Add to add the reserved client. To delete a reservation, in the DHCP Manager
window, select Scope and select Active Leases. In the Active Leases window, click on the
reservation you want to delete and select Delete.
Select Close to return to the DHCP Manager window.
10. Skip this step if you are not planning to use WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service).
Otherwise perform the following steps when configuring your DHCP server:
a.
From the DHCP Manager window, select DHCP Options and select one of the following:
●
Scope—if you want Name Services only for the selected scope.
●
Global—if you want Name Services for all scopes.
b.
Add the server to the Active Options list. From the DHCP Options window, select WINS/
NBNS Servers (044) from the Unused Options list. Select Add, then select OK. A warning
may appear requesting that you set the node type. You do this in step 10d.
c.
You must now provide the IP address of the WINS server by doing the following:
d.
●
Select Value, then Edit Array.
●
From the IP Address Array Editor, select Remove to delete any undesired addresses
previously set. Then type in the IP address of the WINS server and select Add.
●
Once the address appears in the list of IP addresses, select OK. This returns you to
the DHCP Options window. If the address you have just added appears in the list of
IP addresses (near the bottom of the window) go to step 10d. Otherwise, repeat step
10c.
In the DHCP Options window, select WINS/NBT Node Type (046) from the Unused
Options list. Select Add to add the node type to the Active Options list. In the Byte box,
type 0x4 to indicate a mixed node, and select OK.
11. Click Close to exit to Program Manager.
ENWW
Using DHCP
165
Windows 2000 Server
To set DHCP on a Windows 2000 Server
To set up a DHCP scope on a Windows 2000 server, perform the following steps:
1.
Run the Windows 2000 DHCP manager utility. Click Start, then select Settings and Control
Panel. Open the Administrative Tools folder and run the DHCP utility.
2.
In the DHCP window, locate and select your Windows 2000 server in the DHCP tree. If your
server is not listed in the tree, select DHCP and click the Action menu to add the server.
3.
After selecting your server in the DHCP tree, click the Action menu and select New Scope.
This runs the Add New Scope Wizard.
4.
In the Add New Scope Wizard, click Next.
5.
Enter a Name and Description for this scope, then click Next.
6.
Enter the range of IP addresses for this scope (beginning IP address and ending IP address).
Also, enter the subnet mask. Then click Next.
NOTE If subnetting is used, the subnet mask defines which portion of an IP address
specifies the subnet and which portion specifies the client all-in-one.
7.
If applicable, enter the range of IP addresses within the scope to be excluded by the server.
Then click Next.
8.
Set the IP address lease duration for your DHCP clients. Then click Next. HP recommends that
all all-in-one devices be assigned reserved IP addresses. This can be accomplished after you
set up the scope (see step 11).
9.
To configure DHCP options for this scope later, select No and then click Next. To configure
DHCP options now, select Yes and click Next.
a.
If desired, specify the IP address of the router (or default gateway) to be used by clients.
Then click Next.
b.
If desired, specify the Domain Name and DNS (Domain Name System) servers for clients.
Click Next.
c.
If desired, specify the Domain Name and DNS (Domain Name System) servers for clients.
Click Next.
d.
Select Yes to activate the DHCP options now, and click Next.
10. You have successfully set up the DHCP scope on this server. Click Finish to close the wizard.
11. Configure your all-in-one with a reserved IP address within the DHCP scope:
166
a.
In the DHCP tree, open the folder for your scope and select Reservations.
b.
Click the Action menu and select New Reservation.
c.
Enter the appropriate information in each field, including the reserved IP address for your
all-in-one.
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
NOTE The MAC address for your all-in-one is available on the network
configuration page.
d.
Under Supported types, select DHCP only, then click Add.
NOTE Selecting Both or BOOTP only will result in a configuration through BOOTP
due to the sequence in which the all-in-one initiates configuration protocol requests.
e.
Specify another reserved client, or click Close. The reserved clients added will be
displayed in the Reservations folder for this scope.
12. Close the DHCP manager utility.
NetWare systems
NetWare 5.x servers provide DHCP configuration services for network clients, including your HP allin-one. To set up DHCP services on a NetWare server, refer to Novell documentation and support.
To discontinue DHCP configuration
CAUTION Changes to an IP address on your all-in-one may require updates to all-in-one or
system printing configurations for clients or servers. If you do not want your all-in-one
configured through DHCP, you must reconfigure the all-in-one with a different configuration
method. You can manually modify the TCP/IP parameters through a supported Web browser
using the embedded Web server, the control panel, or HP ToolboxFX. If you change to
BOOTP configuration, the DHCP-configured parameters are released and the TCP/IP protocol
is initialized. If you change to Manual configuration, the DHCP-configured IP address is
released and the user-specified IP parameters are used. Therefore, if you manually provide
the IP address, you should also manually set all of the configuration parameters, such
as subnet mask and default gateway.
ENWW
Using DHCP
167
Using BOOTP
BOOTP (Bootstrap Protocol) provides a convenient way to automatically configure the all-in-one for
TCP/IP network operation. When powered on, the all-in-one sends a BOOTP request message onto
the network. A properly configured BOOTP server on the network will respond with a message that
contains basic network configuration data for the all-in-one. The BOOTP server’s response may also
identify a file that contains extended configuration data for the print server. The TFTP protocol (which
is not a supported feature for this all-in-one) is required to download this. Thus, the TFTP
configuration file that may be located on the BOOTP server, or a separate TFTP server will be
ignored. BOOTP servers are typically UNIX or Linux systems. Windows NT/2000/XP and NetWare
servers can respond to BOOTP requests. Windows NT/2000/XP servers are configured through
Microsoft DHCP services. For setup of NetWare BOOTP servers, refer to your NetWare
documentation.
NOTE If the all-in-one and the BOOTP/DHCP server are located on different subnets, IP
configuration may fail unless the routing device supports “BOOTP Relay” (allows the transfer
of BOOTP requests between subnets).
Why use BOOTP?
Using BOOTP to download configuration data has the following benefits:
●
Enhanced configuration control of the all-in-one. Configuration by other methods, such as an allin-one control panel, are limited to select parameters.
●
Ease of configuration management. Network configuration parameters for the entire network
can be in one location.
●
Ease of configuration. Complete network configuration can be automatically downloaded each
time the all-in-one is powered on.
NOTE BOOTP operation is similar to DHCP, but the resulting IP parameters will be the
same when powered off/on. In DHCP, IP configuration parameters are leased and may
change over time. When in its factory-default state and powered on, the all-in-one will attempt
to automatically configure itself using several dynamic methods, one of which is BOOTP.
168
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
BOOTP on UNIX
This section describes how to configure the print server using BOOTP (Bootstrap Protocol) services
on UNIX servers. BOOTP is used to download network configuration data from a server to the all-inone over the network.
Systems that use Network Information Service (NIS)
If your system uses NIS, you may need to rebuild the NIS map with the BOOTP service before
performing the BOOTP configuration steps. Refer to your system documentation.
Configuring the BOOTP server
For the all-in-one to obtain its configuration data over the network, the BOOTP server must be set up
with the appropriate configuration files. BOOTP is used by the all-in-one to obtain configuration data
located in the /etc/bootptab file on a BOOTP server. When the all-in-one is powered on, it broadcasts
a BOOTP request that contains its MAC (hardware) address. A BOOTP server daemon searches
the /etc/bootptab file for a matching MAC address, and if successful, sends the corresponding
configuration data to the all-in-one as a BOOTP reply. The configuration data in the /etc/bootptab file
must be properly entered. The BOOTP reply may contain the name of a configuration file containing
optional enhanced configuration parameters. Again, this file will be ignored by the all-in-one.
NOTE HP recommends that the BOOTP server be located on the same subnet as the all-inone it serves.
NOTE BOOTP broadcast packets may not be forwarded by routers unless the routers are
properly configured.
Bootptab file entries
An example of a /etc/bootptab file entry for a networked all-in-one is shown below. Note that the
configuration data contains tags to identify the various all-in-one parameters and their settings.
Entries and tags supported are listed in the Table 9-5 Tags supported in a BOOTP/DHCP boot file
table.
picasso:\
:ht=ether:\
:vm=rfc1048:\
:ha=0001E6123456:\
:ip=192.168.40.39:\
:sm=255.255.255.0:\
:gw=192.168.40.1:\
:lg=192.168.40.3:\
:T144=“hpnp/picasso.cfg”:
ENWW
Using BOOTP
169
Table 9-5 Tags supported in a BOOTP/DHCP boot file
Option
Description
Nodename
The name of the peripheral. This name identifies an entry
point to a list of parameters for a specific peripheral.
Nodename must be the first field in an entry. (In the example
above, nodename is “picasso”.)
ht
The hardware type tag. For the all-in-one, set this to ether
for Ethernet. This tag must precede the ha tag.
vm
The BOOTP report format tag (required). Set this parameter
to rfc1048.
ha
The hardware address tag. The hardware (MAC) address is
the link-level, or station address of the all-in-one. It can be
found on the all-in-one network configuration page as the
HARDWARE ADDRESS.
ip
The IP address tag (required). This address will be the IP
address of the all-in-one.
sm
The subnet mask tag. The subnet mask will be used by the
all-in-one to identify the portions of an IP address that
specify the network/subnetwork number and the host
address.
gw
The gateway IP address tag. This address identifies the IP
address of the default gateway (router) that the all-in-one will
use for communications with other subnets.
ds
DNS (Domain Name System) server’s IP address tag. Only
a single name server can be specified.
lg
The syslog server’s IP address tag. It specifies the server
that the all-in-one sends syslog messages to.
dn
Domain name tag. Specifies the domain name for the all-inone (for example, "support.hp.com"). It does not include the
host name; it is not the Fully Qualified Domain Name (such
as "printer1.support.hp.com").
tr
DHCP T1 timeout, specifying the DHCP lease renewal time
(seconds).
tv
DHCP T2 timeout, specifying the DHCP lease rebind time
(seconds).
NOTE A colon (:) indicates the end of a field, and a backslash (\) indicates that the entry is
continued on the next line. Spaces are not allowed between the characters on a line. Names,
such as host names, must begin with a letter and can contain only letters, numbers, periods
(for domain names only), or hyphens. The underline character (_) is not allowed. Refer to your
system documentation or online help for more information.
170
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
Configuring for LPD printing
Introduction
The all-in-one contains an LPD (Line Printer Daemon) Server to support LPD printing. This chapter
describes how to configure the all-in-one for use with various systems that support LPD printing.
These instructions include:
●
●
LPD on UNIX Systems
●
Configuring BSD-based UNIX systems using LPD
●
Configuring print queues using the SAM utility (HP-UX systems)
LPD on Windows NT/2000 systems
NOTE For other systems not listed, refer to your operating system documentation and online
help.
Recent versions of Novell NetWare (NetWare 5.x with NDPS 2.1 or greater) support LPD
printing. For setup instructions and support, refer to the documentation supplied with
NetWare. Also, refer to the Technical Information Documentation (TID) on Novell’s support
Web site.
ENWW
Configuring for LPD printing
171
About LPD
Line printer daemon (LPD) refers to the protocol and programs associated with line-printer spooling
services that may be installed on various TCP/IP systems.
Some of the widely used systems which are supported by your all-in-one using LPD include:
●
Berkeley-based (BSD) UNIX systems
●
HP-UX
●
Solaris
●
IBM AIX
●
Linux
●
Windows NT/2000/XP
The UNIX configuration examples in this section show the syntax for BSD-based UNIX systems. The
syntax for your system may vary. See your system documentation for the correct syntax.
NOTE The LPD functionality can be used with any host implementation of LPD that complies
with the RFC 1179 document. The process for configuring printer spoolers, however, may
differ. See your system documentation for information about configuring these systems.
The LPD programs and protocol include the following:
Table 9-6 LPD programs and protocols
Program Name
Purpose of Program
lpr
Queues jobs for printing.
lpq
Displays print queues.
lprm
Removes jobs from print queues.
lpc
Controls print queues.
lpd
Scans and prints the files if the specified all-in-one is connected to the system.
If the specified all-in-one is connected to another system, this process forwards the files to
an LPD process on the remote system where the files are to be printed.
172
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
Requirements for configuring LPD
Before you can use LPD printing, your all-in-one must be properly connected to the network and
have a valid IP address. This information is listed on the all-in-one network configuration page. You
must also have the following:
●
An operating system that supports LPD printing.
●
Superuser (root) or Administrator access to your system.
●
The LAN hardware address (or station address) of the print server. This address is printed on
the all-in-one network configuration page and is of the form:
HARDWARE ADDRESS: xxxxxxxxxxxx
where x is a hexadecimal digit (for example, 0001E6123ABC).
LPD setup overview
The following steps are necessary to configure the all-in-one for LPD printing:
1.
Setting up IP parameters.
2.
Setting up print queues.
3.
Printing a test file.
The following sections provide detailed descriptions for each step.
Step 1. Setting up IP parameters
TCP/IP configuration parameters (such as IP address, subnet mask, default gateway) can be
configured on the all-in-one in a variety of ways. These values can be configured manually, or they
can be automatically downloaded using DHCP or BOOTP each time the all-in-one is turned on. For
more information, see Configuring IP parameters.
Step 2. Setting up print queues
You must set up a print queue for each all-in-one or personality (PCL or PostScript) that you use on
the system. The all-in-one supports only one type of queue (raw). Therefore, it does not matter what
queue name is given as the all-in-one will treat each one the same. The all-in-one treats data from
any source as the same and has no provisions for adding carriage returns, tagging binary Postscript
data, special PJL sequences, user-defined strings, etc., to the job stream data. This all-in-one also
supports automatic PostScript binary mode stream detection, and thus it does not require (or allow) a
special queue type for this service.
Step 3. Printing a test file
Print a test file by using the LPD commands or by using other methods provided for your OS. For
instructions, see the information provided for your system.
ENWW
Configuring for LPD printing
173
LPD on UNIX systems
Configuring print queues for BSD-based systems
Edit the /etc/printcap file to include the following entries:
printer_name|short_printer_name:\
:lp=:\
:rm=node_name:\
:rp=remote_printer_name_argument:\ (this can be any queue name desired by the user)
:lf=/usr/spool/lpd/error_log_filename:\
:sd=/usr/spool/lpd/printer_name:
where printer_name identifies the all-in-one to the user, node_name identifies the all-in-one on
the network, andremote_printer_name_argument is the print queue designation.
For more information about printcap, see the printcap man page.
Example: Printcap entry
lj1_raw|raw1:\
:lp=:\
:rm=laserjet1:\
:rp=raw:\
:lf=/usr/spool/lpd/lj1_raw.log:\
:sd=/usr/spool/lpd/lj1_raw:
Make sure that your users know the name of each all-in-one, because they must type the names on
the command line for printing.
Create the spooling directory by making the following entries. At the root directory, type:
mkdir /usr/spool/lpd
cd /usr/spool/lpd
mkdir printer_name_1 printer_name_2
chown daemon printer_name_1 printer_name_2
chgrp daemon printer_name_1 printer_name_2
chmod g+w printer_name_1 printer_name_2
where printer_name_1 and printer_name_2 refer to the all-in-one devices to be spooled. You
may spool several all-in-one devices. The following example shows the command to create the
spooling directories for all-in-one devices used for printing.
174
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
Example: Creating spooling directory
mkdir /usr/spool/lpd
cd /usr/spool/lpd
mkdir lj1_raw lj1_raw
chown daemon lj1_raw lj1_raw
chgrp daemon lj1_raw lj1_raw
chmod g+w lj1_raw lj1_raw
Configuring print queues using SAM (HP-UX systems)
To configure print queues using SAM (HP-UX systems)
On HP-UX systems you can use the SAM utility to configure remote print queues.
Before you execute the SAM program, select an IP address for the all-in-one and set up an entry for
it in the /etc/hosts file on your system running HP-UX.
1.
Start the SAM utility as a superuser.
2.
Select Peripheral Devices from the Main menu.
3.
Select Printers/Plotters from the Peripheral Devices menu.
4.
Select Printers/Plotters from the Printers/Plotters menu.
5.
Select Add a Remote Printer from the Actions list, then select an all-in-one name.
Examples: my_printer or printer1
6.
Select a remote system name.
Example: hplj1 (node name of the all-in-one)
7.
Select a remote all-in-one name, and then type the queue name. (The name can be anything,
such as raw for example.)
8.
Check for a remote all-in-one on a BSD system. You must type Y.
9.
Click OK at the bottom of the menu. If the configuration is successful, the program prints the
message:
The printer has been added and is ready to accept print requests.
10. Click OK and select Exit from the List menu.
11. Select Exit Sam.
NOTE By default, the lpsched is not running. Make sure you turn the scheduler on when you
set up your print queues.
ENWW
Configuring for LPD printing
175
Printing a test file
To print a test file
To verify that the all-in-one and print server connections are correct, print a test file.
1.
At the UNIX system prompt type:
lpr -Pprinter_name file_name
where printer_name is the designated all-in-one andfile_name refers to the file to be printed.
Examples (for BSD-based systems):
PostScript File: lpr -Praw1 psfile.ps
For HP-UX systems, substitute lp -d for lpr -P.
2.
To get print status, type the following at the UNIX prompt:
lpq -Pprinter_name
where printer_name is the designated all-in-one.
Examples (for BSD-based systems):
lpq -Praw1
For HP-UX systems, substitute lpstat for lpq -P to get print status.
This completes the process for configuring the all-in-one to use LPD.
176
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
LPD on Windows NT/2000 systems
This section describes how to configure Windows NT/2000 networks to use the all-in-one LPD (Line
Printer Daemon) services.
The process consists of two parts:
●
Installing TCP/IP software (if not already installed).
●
Configuring a network LPD all-in-one.
Installing TCP/IP software (Windows NT)
To install TCP/IP software (Windows NT)
This procedure lets you check whether you have TCP/IP installed on your Windows NT system, and
to install the software if necessary.
NOTE You may need your Windows system distribution files or CDs to install TCP/IP
components.
1.
To check whether you have Microsoft TCP/IP Printing protocol and TCP/IP printing support:
●
Windows 2000—Click Start, Settings, Control Panel. Then double-click the Network and
Dial-up Connections folder. Double-click the Local Area Connection for your network
and click Properties.
If Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) is listed and enabled in the list of components used by this
connection, the necessary software is already installed. (See Configuring a network all-inone for Windows 2000 systems.) If not, go to step 2.
●
NT 4.0—Click Start, Settings, Control Panel. Then double-click the Network option to
display the Network dialog box.
If TCP/IP Protocol is listed in the Protocols tab, and Microsoft TCP/IP Printing is listed in
the Services tab, you have already installed the necessary software. (See Configuring a
network all-in-one for Windows NT 4.0 systems.) If not, go to step 2.
2.
If you have not previously installed the software:
●
Windows 2000—In the Local Area Connection Properties window, click Install. In the
Select Network Component Type window, select Protocol and click Add to add the
Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).
Follow the instructions on the screen.
●
NT 4.0—Click the Add button for each tab and install the TCP/IP Protocol and the
Microsoft TCP/IP Printing service.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
When prompted, type the full path to the Windows NT distribution files (you may need your
Windows NT workstation or server CD).
ENWW
Configuring for LPD printing
177
3.
Enter TCP/IP configuration values for the computer:
●
Windows 2000—On the General tab in the Local Area Connection Properties window,
select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and click Properties.
●
NT 4.0—You may be automatically prompted for TCP/IP configuration values. If not, select
the Protocols tab in the Networks window and select TCP/IP Protocol. Then click
Properties.
If you are configuring a Windows server, type the IP address, default gateway address, and
subnet mask in the appropriate spaces.
If you are configuring a client, check with your network administrator to learn whether you
should enable automatic TCP/IP configuration or whether you should type a static IP address,
default gateway address, and subnet mask in the appropriate spaces.
178
4.
Click OK to exit.
5.
If prompted, exit Windows and restart your computer for the changes to take effect.
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
Configuring a network all-in-one for Windows 2000 systems
To configure a network all-in-one for Windows 2000 systems
Set up the all-in-one as the default printer by performing the following steps.
1.
Verify that the Print Services for Unix is installed (required for LPR port availability):
a.
Click Start, Setup, and Control Panel. Double-click the Network and Dial-up
Connections folder.
b.
Click the Advanced menu and select Optional Networking Components.
c.
Select and enable Other Network File and Print Services.
d.
Click Details, and verify that Print Services for Unix is enabled. If not, enable it.
e.
Click OK, and then Next.
2.
Open the Printers folder (from the Desktop, click Start, Settings, and Printers).
3.
Double-click Add Printer. From the Add Printer Wizard welcome screen, click Next.
4.
Select Local printer, and disable automatic detection for Plug and Play installation. Click Next.
5.
Select Create a new port, and select LPR Port. Click Next.
6.
In the Add LPR compatible printer window:
a.
Enter the DNS name or IP address of the all-in-one.
b.
For the name of the all-in-one or print queue on the all-in-one, enter (in lowercase) any
queue name desired. (Queue names have no effect on output.)
c.
Then click OK.
7.
Select the manufacturer and all-in-one model. (If necessary, click Have Disk and follow the
instructions to install the printer driver.) Click Next.
8.
Choose to keep the existing driver, if prompted. Click Next.
9.
Enter an all-in-one name, and choose whether this all-in-one will be the default printer. Click Next.
10. Choose whether this all-in-one will be available to other computers. If shared, enter a share
name that identifies the all-in-one to other users. Click Next.
11. If desired, enter a location and other information for this all-in-one. Click Next.
12. Choose whether to print a test page, and click Next.
13. Click Finish to close the wizard.
ENWW
Configuring for LPD printing
179
Configuring a network all-in-one for Windows NT 4.0 systems
To configure a network all-in-one for Windows NT 4.0 systems
At the Windows NT 4.0 system, set up the all-in-one as the default printer by performing the following
steps.
1.
Click Start, select Settings, and click Printers. The Printers window opens.
2.
Double-click Add Printer.
3.
Select My Computer, then click Next.
4.
Click Add Port.
5.
Select LPR Port, and click New Port.
6.
In the Name or address of server providing lpd box, type the IP address or DNS name of the allin-one.
NOTE NT clients can enter the IP address or name of the NT server that is configured
for LPD printing.
7.
In the Name of printer or print queue on that server box, type (in lowercase) the name of the
print queue desired. Then click OK.
8.
Ensure that the port is selected in the Add Printer list of the available ports, then click Next.
9.
Follow the remaining instructions on the screen to complete the configuration.
Verifying the configuration
From within Windows NT, print a file from any software program. If the file prints correctly, the
configuration was successful.
If the print job is not successful, try printing directly from DOS using the following syntax:
lpr -S<ipaddress> -P<queuename> filename
where ipaddress is the IP address of the print server, queuename is the name of choice (such as
“raw”), and filename is the file you wish to print. If the file prints correctly, the configuration was
successful. If the file does not print, or prints incorrectly, see Network problems.
Printing from Windows clients
If the LPD all-in-one on the NT/2000 server is shared, Windows clients can connect to the all-in-one
on the NT/2000 server using the Windows Add Printer utility in the Printers folder.
180
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
LPD on Windows XP systems
This section describes how to configure Windows XP networks to use the all-in-one LPD (Line
Printer Daemon) services.
The process consists of two parts:
●
Adding Windows optional networking components
●
Configuring a network LPD all-in-one
Adding Windows optional networking components
To add Windows optional networking components
1.
Click Start.
2.
Click Control Panel.
3.
Click Network and Internet Connections.
4.
Click the Network Connections icon.
5.
Select Advanced in the top menu bar. In the drop-down list, select Optional Networking
Components.
6.
Select Other Network File and Print Services and click Next. (If you select Details before
selecting Next, you will see “Print Services for UNIX (R)” as a component of Other Network File
and Print Services.) The files being loaded will be shown.
7.
Close the Network Connections window. LPR port is now an option in the Properties of an all-inone under Ports, Add Port.
Configuring a network LPD all-in-one
Adding a new LPD all-in-one
1.
Open the Printers folder (from the desktop, click Start, Printers and Faxes).
2.
Click Add Printer. On the Add Printer Wizard welcome screen, click Next.
3.
Select Local printer, then uncheck the automatic detection for Plug and Play installation. Click
Next.
4.
Select Create a new port, and select LPR Port from the pull-down menu. Click Next.
5.
In the Add LPR Compatible Printer window, do the following:
6.
ENWW
a.
Type the Domain Name System (DNS) name or Internet protocol (IP) address of the all-inone.
b.
Type (in lowercase) the name of the print queue. (The name you use is not important.)
c.
Click OK.
Select the manufacturer and all-in-one model. (If necessary, click Have Disk and follow the
instructions to install the printer driver.) Click Next.
Configuring for LPD printing
181
7.
Click Yes to keep the existing driver, if prompted. Click Next.
8.
Type an all-in-one name and (if desired) click this all-in-one as default (if desired). Click Next.
9.
Select whether to share this all-in-one with other network computers (for example, if your
system is a printer server). If shared, type a share name to identify the all-in-one to other users.
Click Next.
10. If desired, enter a location and other information for this all-in-one. Click Next.
11. Click Yes to print a test page, then click Next.
12. Click Finish to close the wizard.
Creating an LPR port for an installed all-in-one
182
1.
Click Start, Printers and Faxes.
2.
Right-click the Printer icon, and select Properties.
3.
Select the Ports tab and Add Port.
4.
Select LPR Port from the Printer Ports dialog box, and select New Port.
5.
In the field labeled Name or address of server providing lpd, enter the DNS name or IP
address of the all-in-one.
6.
In the dialog box labeled Name of all-in-one or print queue on that server, (in lowercase) type
the name of the print queue for the all-in-one (for example: raw, anything, etc.).
7.
Select OK.
8.
Select Close and OK to close the Properties box.
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
TCP/IP
Introduction
This section is intended to provide information to help you gain a basic understanding of TCP/IP.
Similar to a common language that people use to communicate with each other, TCP/IP
(Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) is a suite of protocols designed to define the way
computers and other devices communicate with each other over a network.
TCP/IP is rapidly becoming the most used set of protocols. The main reason this is happening is the
fact that the Internet is based on TCP/IP. If you have a network that you wish to connect to the
Internet, you must be using TCP/IP to communicate.
Internet Protocol (IP)
When information is sent across the network, the data is broken down into small packets. Each
packet is sent independently of one another. Each packet is encoded with IP information, such as the
IP address of the sender and receiver. IP packets can be routed over routers and gateways, devices
that connect a network with other networks.
IP communications is connectionless. When IP packets are sent, there is no guarantee that they
arrive at their destination in the proper sequence. That task can be performed by higher level
protocols and applications thereby allowing IP communications to be efficient.
Each node or device that will communicate directly onto the network requires an IP address.
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
TCP handles breaking the data into packets and recombining the packets on the receiving end by
providing a connection-oriented, reliable, and guaranteed delivery service to another node on the
network. When data packets are received at their destination, TCP calculates a checksum for each
packet to verify the data is not corrupt. If the data in the packet has been corrupted during
transmission, TCP discards the packet and requests that the packet be resent.
User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
UDP provides similar services to TCP. However, UDP does not acknowledge data receipt and
supports request/reply transactions with no added reliability or guarantee of delivery. UDP is used
when acknowledgment and reliability are not required, such as during a “discovery broadcast.”
ENWW
TCP/IP
183
IP address
Every host (workstation or node) on an IP network requires a unique IP address for each network
interface. This address is a software address that is used to identify both the network and specific
hosts located on that network. Each IP address can be divided into two separate parts: the network
portion and the host portion. It is possible for a host to query a server for a dynamic IP address each
time the all-in-one boots up (for example, using DHCP and BOOTP).
NOTE When assigning IP addresses, always consult the IP address administrator. Setting
the wrong address can disable other equipment operating on the network or interfere with
communications.
IP address: network portion
Network addresses are managed by an organization in Norfolk, Virginia, recognized as InterNIC.
InterNIC has been contracted by the National Science Foundation to manage the Internet addresses
and domains. Network addresses are distributed to organizations that are in turn responsible for
making sure all attached devices or hosts on the network are properly numbered. For more
information about the network portion of an IP address, see IP address structure and class and
Subnets in this section.
IP address: host portion
Host addresses numerically identify specific network interfaces on an IP network. Usually a host has
only one network interface; thus, only one IP address. Because no two devices can share the same
number at the same time, administrators typically maintain address tables to assure correct
assignment of addresses in the host network.
IP address structure and class
An IP address is comprised of 32 bits of information and divided into 4 sections containing 1 byte
each section or 4 bytes total:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
For efficiency in routing, networks were broken down into three classes, so routing can begin simply
by identifying the leading byte of information in the IP address. The three IP addresses that InterNIC
assigns are class A, B, and C. The network class determines what each of the four IP address
sections identify as shown below:
Table 9-7 IP address class format
Class
First Address Byte
xxx.
Second Address
Byte xxx.
Third Address Byte
xxx.
Fourth Address Byte
xxx
A
Network.
Host.
Host.
Host.
B
Network.
Network.
Host.
Host.
C
Network.
Network.
Network.
Host.
As illustrated in Table 9-8 Network class characteristics, each network class differs by the leading bit
identifier, the address range, the number of each type available, and the maximum number of hosts
each class allows.
184
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
Table 9-8 Network class characteristics
Class
Network Class
Characteristics
Address Range
Maximum Number of Maximum Hosts in
Networks in the Class the Network
A
0
0.0.0.0 to
127.255.255.255.
126.
Over 16 Million.
B
10.
128.0.0.0 to
191.255.255.255.
16,382.
65,534.
C
110.
192.0.0.0 to
223.255.255.255.
Over 2 Million.
254.
Configuring IP parameters
TCP/IP configuration parameters (such as IP address, subnet mask, default gateway) can be
configured on the all-in-one in a variety of ways. These values can be configured manually (for
example, through Telnet, the embedded Web server, the arp and ping commands, and HP
management software), or they can be automatically downloaded using DHCP or BOOTP each time
the all-in-one is turned on.
When powered on, a new all-in-one that is unable to retrieve a valid IP address from the network will
automatically assign itself a default IP address. The default IP address will depend on the type of
network to which the all-in-one is connected. On a small private network, a technique called link-local
addressing is used to assign a unique IP address in the range of 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255,
which should be valid. On a large or enterprise network, a temporary address of 192.0.0.192 will be
assigned until it is properly configured for your network. The IP address configured on your all-in-one
may be determined by inspecting the all-in-one Configuration page.
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
DHCP allows a group of devices to use a set of IP addresses that are maintained by a DHCP server.
The device or host sends a request to the server, and if an IP address is available, the server
assigns it to that device.
BOOTP
BOOTP is a bootstrap protocol used to download configuration parameters and host information from
a network server. BOOTP uses UDP for its transport. In order for devices to boot and load
configuration information into RAM, they must communicate through the bootstrap protocol BOOTP
as a client with their server.
To configure the all-in-one, the client broadcasts a boot request packet containing at least the
hardware address of the all in one (all-in-one hardware address). The server answers with a boot
reply packet containing the information the all-in-one needs to configure.
ENWW
TCP/IP
185
Subnets
When an IP network address for a particular network class is assigned to an organization, no
provision is made for more than one network being present at that location. Local network
administrators use subnets to partition a network into several different subnetworks. Splitting a
network into subnets can result in better performance and improved use of limited network address
space.
Subnet mask
The subnet mask is a mechanism used to divide a single IP network into several different
subnetworks. For a given network class, a portion of an IP address that would normally be used to
identify a node is used, instead, to identify a subnetwork. A subnet mask is applied to each IP
address to specify the portion used for subnetworks, and the portion used to identify the node. For
example, see Table 9-9 Example: Subnet mask 255.255.0.0 applied to class A network.
Table 9-9 Example: Subnet mask 255.255.0.0 applied to class A network
Class A Network Address
Network 15
xxx
xxx
xxx
Subnet Mask
255
255
0
0
IP Address fields with Subnet
Mask applied
Network
Subnet
Host
Host
Example of a node’s IP Address
on Subnet 1
15
1
25
7
Example of a node’s IP Address
on Subnet 254
15
254
64
2
As illustrated in Table 9-9 Example: Subnet mask 255.255.0.0 applied to class A network, the Class
A IP network address “15” has been assigned to company ABC. To allow additional networks at
company ABC’s site, the subnet mask of 255.255.0.0 is used. This subnet mask specifies that the
second byte of the IP address will be used to identify up to 254 subnets. Using this designation, each
device is uniquely identified on its own subnet, but company ABC can incorporate up to 254
subnetworks without violating their assigned address space.
Gateways
Gateways (routers) are used to connect networks together. Gateways are devices that act as
translators between systems that do not use the same communication protocols, data formatting,
structures, languages, or architectures. Gateways repackage the data packets and change the
syntax to match that of the destination system. When networks are divided into subnets, gateways
are required to connect one subnet to another.
Default gateway
The default gateway is the gateway or router that, if not specified, will be used to move packets
between networks. It is specified by an IP address.
If multiple gateways or routers exist, then the default gateway is typically the address of the first, or
nearest, gateway or router. If no gateways or routers exist, then the default gateway will typically
assume the IP address of the network node (such as the workstation or all-in-one).
186
Chapter 9
Networking
ENWW
10 Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet
3392 all-in-one only)
ENWW
●
Understanding the convenience stapler
●
Loading staples
●
Using the convenience stapler
●
Clearing stapler jams
187
Understanding the convenience stapler
A convenience stapler is mounted to the front, right side of the HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one. Insert up
to 20 sheets of media (80 g/m2 or 20 lb) into the stapler slot to trigger the stapling mechanism and
force a single staple through the media.
NOTE The convenience stapler operates independently from the control panel and all-in-one
software and does not automatically staple print jobs. The stapler requires no settings and
generates no error messages or status messages.
Figure 10-1 Location of convenience stapler
188
Chapter 10
Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one only)
ENWW
Loading staples
Each staple cassette holds 1,500 unformed staples. To load staples into the all-in-one, insert a staple
cassette.
To load staples
1.
Open the stapler door.
NOTE
ENWW
Opening the stapler door disables the stapler.
2.
If you are replacing a staple cassette (for example, if your staple cassette has run out of
staples), remove the staple cassette from the all-in-one.
3.
Insert one 1,500-staple cassette into the opening inside the staple door.
Loading staples
189
4.
190
Close the stapler door.
Chapter 10
Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one only)
ENWW
Using the convenience stapler
Activate the stapling mechanism by inserting media into the convenience stapler.
To staple media by using the convenience stapler
1.
Insert up to 20 sheets of media (80 g/m2 or 20 lb) into the slot in the stapler door. Insert fewer
sheets to staple if the media weight is heavier than 80 g/m2 or 20 lb.
CAUTION Do not use the convenience stapler to staple plastic, cardboard, or wood.
Damage to the convenience stapler can result from attempting to staple these materials.
NOTE
2.
ENWW
Exceeding the recommended capacity could result in jams or damage.
Wait for the stapler to staple the sheets. When it is inserted all the way into the stapler slot, the
media should trigger the stapler mechanism.
Using the convenience stapler
191
3.
Remove the stapled media from the slot.
NOTE If you are unable to remove the media after stapling, carefully open the stapler
door and then slide your document out.
192
Chapter 10
Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one only)
ENWW
Clearing stapler jams
To reduce the risk of staple jams, make sure that you staple 20 or fewer pages of media (80 g/m2 or
20 lb) at a time.
To clear a staple jam from the convenience stapler
1.
Turn off the HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one, and then open the stapler door.
NOTE
ENWW
Opening the stapler door disables the stapler.
2.
Remove the staple cassette from the all-in-one.
3.
Clear any loose staples from the stapler and from the staple cassette.
Clearing stapler jams
193
194
4.
Replace the staple cassette.
5.
Close the stapler door and then turn on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.
6.
Insert media to test the convenience stapler. Repeat steps 1 through 6 if necessary.
Chapter 10
Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one only)
ENWW
11 How do I?
ENWW
●
Print: How do I?
●
Fax: How do I?
●
Copy: How do I?
●
Scan: How do I?
●
Network: How do I?
●
Other: How do I?
195
Print: How do I?
Use this section to answer printing questions.
Change the all-in-one print settings, such as volume or print
quality, in HP ToolboxFX
To change the default print settings in HP ToolboxFX, complete the following steps.
NOTE The changes that you make to the print settings in HP ToolboxFX apply to all future
print jobs.
1.
Open HP ToolboxFX and click Device Settings.
2.
Click the System Settings tab.
3.
On the System Settings tab, you can modify settings that appear on the following pages. Each
page offers Help for more information.
4.
●
Device Information
●
Paper Handling
●
Print Quality
●
Print Density
●
Print Modes
●
System Setup
●
Date/Time
●
Service
●
Device Polling
●
Save/Restore
Click Apply to save the changes that you make on these pages.
NOTE If you have similar settings in the printer driver, those settings take priority over the
settings that are established in HP ToolboxFX.
196
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Print on both sides (Windows)
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) is available using the automatic duplexer on the
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one. Manual duplexing is available on the HP LaserJet
3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one. To duplex manually, print on both sides of a page by feeding
the page through the all-in-one twice.
NOTE In the printer driver, Print on Both Sides (manually) is available only when duplex
printing is not available or when duplex printing is not supported for the type of print media
being used.
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
●
For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up, bottom-edge first.
●
For all other trays, load the letterhead paper with front side down, and the top edge at the
back of the tray.
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). This could lead
to a jam in the all-in-one.
2.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
3.
For Windows, on the Finishing tab, click Print on Both Sides.
4.
Click OK. The product is now ready to print on both sides of the paper.
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
NOTE The printer driver also contains instructions and graphics for manually duplexing.
1.
In the software program, open the all-in-one properties (printer driver).
2.
On the Finishing tab, select Print on Both Sides.
NOTE If the Print on Both Sides option is dimmed or unavailable, open the all-in-one
properties (printer driver). On the Device Settings tab or the Configure tab, select
Allow Manual Duplexing, and then click OK. Repeat steps 1 and 2.
3.
ENWW
Print the document.
Print: How do I?
197
4.
After one side has been printed, remove the remaining media from the input tray, and set it
aside until after you finish your manual duplexing job.
HP LaserJet 3050
5.
Gather the printed pages, keep the printed side facing down, and straighten the stack.
HP LaserJet 3050
6.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
Place the stack of media in the input tray again. The printed side should be facing down with the
top edge feeding into the all-in-one first.
1
HP LaserJet 3050
7.
198
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
On the computer screen, click OK and wait for the second side to print.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
●
For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up, bottom-edge first.
●
For all other trays, load letterhead paper with front side down, and the top edge at the back
of the tray.
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). Jamming could
result.
ENWW
2.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
3.
On the Finishing tab, select Print on Both Sides (manually).
4.
Click OK.
5.
Send the print job to the product.
6.
Go to the all-in-one. Remove any blank paper that is in tray 1. Insert the printed stack into the
tray that is specified on the control panel. Load the paper with the printed side up, and the
bottom-edge feeding into the all-in-one first. Follow the instructions in the pop-up window that
appears before feeding the output stack back for printing the second half of the job.
7.
A prompt might appear on the control-panel display that instructs you to press a button to
continue.
Print: How do I?
199
Print on both sides (Macintosh)
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) is available by using the automatic duplexer on the
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one. Manual duplexing is available on the HP LaserJet
3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one. To duplex manually, print on both sides of a page by feeding
the page through the all-in-one twice.
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
●
For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up and the bottom-edge feeding
into the all-in-one first.
●
For all other trays, load the letterhead paper with the front side down and the top edge at
the back of the tray.
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28-lb bond). Jamming might
result.
200
2.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
3.
Open the Layout pop-up menu.
4.
Next to Two Sided Printing, select either Long-Edge Binding or Short-Edge Binding.
5.
Click Print.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
1.
In the software program, open the all-in-one properties (printer driver).
2.
On the Finishing tab, select Manually print on 2nd side.
3.
Print the document.
4.
After one side has been printed, remove the remaining media from the input tray, and set it
aside until after you finish your manual duplexing job.
HP LaserJet 3050
5.
Gather the printed pages, keep the printed side facing down, and straighten the stack.
HP LaserJet 3050
6.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
Place the stack of media in the input tray again. The printed side should be facing down with the
top edge feeding into the all-in-one first.
1
HP LaserJet 3050
7.
ENWW
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
On the computer screen, click OK and wait for the second side to print.
Print: How do I?
201
To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) (Macintosh)
1.
Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
●
For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up, bottom-edge first.
●
For all other trays, load letterhead paper with front side down, and the top edge at the back
of the tray.
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). Jamming could
result.
2.
Open the printer driver (see Gaining access to the printer drivers).
3.
On the Finishing tab, select Print on Both Sides (manually).
4.
Click OK.
5.
Send the print job to the product.
6.
Go to the all-in-one. Remove any blank paper that is in tray 1. Insert the printed stack into the
tray that is specified on the control panel. Load the paper with the printed side up, and the
bottom-edge feeding into the all-in-one first. Follow the instructions in the pop-up window that
appears before feeding the output stack back for printing the second half of the job.
7.
A prompt might appear on the control-panel display that instructs you to press a button to
continue.
Use the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1)
The single-sheet priority input slot holds one sheet of media up to 163 g/m2 (43 lb) in weight or one
envelope, transparency, or card. Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed facing
up. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side media guides before feeding the media.
NOTE When feeding media into the single-sheet priority input slot, the all-in-one pulls the
media partially into the all-in-one. You must wait for the all-in-one to stop before feeding
another sheet of media. You can only feed one sheet of media at a time.
202
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Print on special media
Use these guidelines when printing on special types of media.
NOTE Not all features are available for all printer drivers or operating systems. See the all-inone properties (driver) online Help for information about the available features for the driver.
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
1.
Open the media input tray and remove any media.
2.
Load the media. Make sure that the top of the media is forward and the side to be printed on is
facing up.
3.
Adjust the media guides to the length and width of the media.
4.
For Windows printer drivers, on the Paper tab or the Paper/Quality tab, select your media type
from the Type is: drop-down list.
For Macintosh printer drivers, on the Paper/Quality tab or the Paper tab (the Paper Type/
Quality tab for some Macintosh drivers), select your media type.
5.
ENWW
Print the document.
Print: How do I?
203
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Open the rear output door.
2.
Before feeding the media, open the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1), and adjust the media
guides to the width of the media.
3.
Feed a single page into the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1). Make sure that the top of the
media is forward and the side to be printed (rough side) is facing up. The media feeds partially
into the all-in-one, and then the all-in-one pauses.
4.
For Windows printer drivers, open the all-in-one Properties (or Printing Preferences in
Windows 2000 and XP). See Gaining access to the printer drivers for instructions.
For Macintosh drivers, on the Paper/Quality tab or the Paper tab (the Printer Features tab for
some Mac drivers), choose the correct media type.
5.
204
Print the document. Remove the media from the back of the all-in-one as it prints to prevent it
from sticking together, and place the printed pages on a flat surface.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Transparencies and labels
Only use transparencies and labels that are recommended for use in laser printers, such as
HP transparency film and HP LaserJet labels. See Guidelines for using media for more information.
CAUTION Be sure to set the correct media type in the all-in-one settings. The all-in-one
adjusts the fuser temperature according to the media type setting. When printing on special
media such as transparencies or labels, this adjustment prevents the fuser from damaging the
media as it passes through the all-in-one.
CAUTION Inspect the media to make sure that it is not wrinkled or curled and that it does
not have any torn edges or missing labels.
NOTE You can load multiple transparencies in the main input tray (tray 2). However, do not
load more than 75 transparencies at a time.
Custom-size media and card stock
Use the main input tray for multiple sheets. See Supported media weights and sizes for the
supported media sizes.
CAUTION Make sure that the sheets are not stuck together before you load them.
Colored paper
●
Colored paper should be of the same high quality as white xerographic paper.
●
Pigments used must be able to withstand the fuser temperature of 200°C (392°F) for 0.1 second
without deterioration.
●
Do not use paper with a colored coating that was added after the paper was produced.
Envelopes
Only use envelopes that are recommended for laser printers. See Guidelines for using media for
more information.
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, you must load envelopes one at a time in
the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1).
To prevent the envelope from curling as it prints, open the rear output door (HP LaserJet 3390/3392
all-in-one).
ENWW
Print: How do I?
205
Heavy paper
●
Any tray will print most heavy media that does not exceed 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond).
●
Use tray 1 for card stock (135 g/m2 to 216 g/m2; 50 to 80 lb cover).
●
In either the software program or the printer driver, select Heavy (106 g/m2 to 163 g/m2; 28 to
43 lb bond) or Cardstock (135 g/m2 to 216 g/m2; 50 to 80 lb cover) as the media type, or print
from a tray that is configured for heavy paper. Because this setting affects all print jobs, it is
important to return the all-in-one back to its original settings after the job has printed.
CAUTION Using paper that is heavier than the media specification recommended for this allin-one can cause misfeeds, jams, reduced print quality, and excessive mechanical wear.
Some heavier media, such as HP Cover Stock, can be safely used.
Letterhead and preprinted forms
The all-in-one can print on letterhead and preprinted forms that can withstand temperatures of 200°C
(392°F).
NOTE To print a single-page cover letter on letterhead, followed by a multiple-page
document, feed the letterhead face up in the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1), and load
the standard paper in the main input tray (tray 2). The all-in-one automatically prints from the
single-sheet priority input slot first.
206
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Fax: How do I?
Use this section to answer fax questions.
Use the Setup Wizard
Before you can begin using the all-in-one fax features, you must complete the following tasks:
●
Setting the time and date
●
Setting the fax header
NOTE If you are installing the all-in-one software on your computer, you can skip the
remaining instructions in this chapter. The software installer automatically helps you to set up
the fax settings, unless you are using Microsoft Windows® 95 or Windows NT®. See the
electronic User Guide for instructions.
If you completed the software installation, you are ready to send faxes from your computer. If
you did not complete the fax setup process at the time you installed the software, you can
complete it at any time by using the Fax Setup Wizard in the all-in-one program group (click
Start, Programs, HP, the name of your all-in-one, and HP Fax Setup Wizard).
In the United States and many other regions/countries, setting the time, date, and other fax
header information is a legal requirement.
Send a fax from the all-in-one
1.
Use the alphanumeric buttons on the all-in-one control panel to dial the number.
If the fax number you are calling has been assigned to a one-touch key, press that key.
-orIf the fax number you are calling has a speed-dial entry, press Phone Book, use the
alphanumeric buttons to enter the speed-dial entry, and then press .
2.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or onto the flatbed
scanner.
If you are scanning from the flatbed scanner, select YES when Send from glass? 1=Yes 2=No
appears, and then press .
3.
Press Start Fax.
When the last page of the fax has exited the all-in-one, you can start sending another fax, copying, or
scanning.
To fax to numbers that you use regularly, you can assign a one-touch key or speed-dial entry. See
To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys and To program speed-dial entries or onetouch keys quickly. If you have electronic phone books available, you might be able to use them to
select recipients. Electronic phone books are generated by using third-party software programs.
ENWW
Fax: How do I?
207
Reprint a fax
If you want to reprint a fax because the print cartridge was empty or if the fax was printed on the
wrong type of media, you can try to reprint it. The amount of memory that is available determines the
actual number of faxes that are stored for reprinting. The most recent fax prints first; the oldest fax
that is in storage prints last.
These faxes are stored continuously. Reprinting them does not clear them from the memory. To
clear these faxes from the memory, see Deleting faxes from memory.
To reprint a fax
Use the following steps to reprint a fax:
NOTE You do not need to use this procedure if the fax does not print because of a jam or
because the media is completely depleted. During these situations, faxes are received to
memory. As soon as you clear the jam or replenish the media, fax printing automatically
resumes.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Press the > button once. Fax functions appears.
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button until Reprint last appears.
5.
Press
.
. The all-in-one begins reprinting the most recently printed fax.
NOTE
To stop the printing at any time, press Cancel.
CAUTION If this setting is set to Off, misprinted of faded faxes cannot be reprinted.
To change the fax reprint settings
The default fax reprint setting is On. To change this setting from the all-in-one control panel,
complete the following steps:
208
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Reprint faxes, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off, and then press
Chapter 11
How do I?
.
.
.
.
ENWW
Print the fax activity log
The fax activity log provides a chronological history of the last 40 faxes that were received, sent, or
deleted, and any errors that occurred. A fax activity log includes the following information:
●
All faxes that have been received to the all-in-one
●
All faxes that have been sent from the control panel
●
All faxes that have been sent from the fax software driver
To print the fax activity log
Use the following steps to print a fax activity log:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Activity log, and then press
4.
Press
.
.
to select Print log now. The all-in-one exits the menu settings and prints the log.
To set the fax activity log to print automatically
You can decide whether or not you want the fax log to print automatically after every 40 entries. The
factory-set default is On. Use the following steps to set the fax activity log to print automatically:
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Activity log, and then press
4.
Press the > button once to select Auto Log Print, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select On, and then press
.
.
.
to confirm your selection.
Fax: How do I?
209
Forward received faxes to another fax number
You can set your all-in-one to forward incoming faxes to another fax number. When the fax arrives at
your all-in-one, it is stored in the memory. The all-in-one then dials the fax number that you have
specified and sends the fax. If the all-in-one cannot forward a fax because of an error (for example,
the number is busy) and repeated redial attempts are unsuccessful, your all-in-one prints the fax.
If the all-in-one runs out of memory while receiving a fax, it terminates the incoming fax and only
forwards the pages and partial pages that have been stored in the memory.
When it is using the fax-forwarding feature, the all-in-one (rather than the computer) must be
receiving the faxes, and the answer mode must be set to Automatic (see Setting the answer mode).
To use fax forwarding
210
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Recv. setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Forward fax, and then press
5.
Press the > button to select On or Off, and then press
6.
If you turn on the fax-forwarding feature, use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the fax
number where the fax is to be sent, and then press to save your selection.
Chapter 11
How do I?
.
.
.
.
ENWW
Send and receive faxes by using a computer
This section contains basic instructions for sending faxes by using the software that came with the allin-one. All other software-related topics are covered in the software Help, which can be opened from
the software-program Help menu.
NOTE The HP fax software and HP ToolboxFX are not supported for Windows 98 or
Windows Me. The HP ToolboxFX software is not supported for Macintosh.
NOTE Receiving faxes by using a computer is not supported for Macintosh.
You can fax electronic documents from your computer if you meet the following requirements:
●
The all-in-one is connected directly to your computer or connected to your computer over a TCP/
IP network.
●
The all-in-one software is installed on your computer.
●
You are using Microsoft Windows 2000 or XP, or Mac OS X V10.3 or V10.4.
To send a fax from the software (Windows 2000 or XP)
The procedure to send a fax varies according to your specifications. The most typical steps follow.
1.
Click Start, click Programs (or All Programs in Windows XP), and then click Hewlett-Packard.
2.
Click either HP LaserJet all-in-one, and then click Send fax. The fax software appears.
3.
Enter the fax number of one or more recipients.
4.
Load the document in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray.
5.
Include a cover page. (This step is optional.)
6.
Click Send Now, or click Send Later and select a date and time.
NOTE You can also send a fax from HP ToolboxFX by navigating to the Fax Tasks section
and clicking the Fax Send button.
To send a fax from the software (Mac OS X V10.3 and V10.4)
ENWW
1.
Load the document into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray or the flatbed scanner.
2.
Open HP Director and click Fax. The fax software appears.
3.
Select Fax from the Print dialog.
4.
Enter the fax number of one or more recipients.
5.
Include a cover page (this step is optional).
6.
Click Fax.
Fax: How do I?
211
To send a fax from a third-party software program, such as Microsoft Word (all operating
systems)
1.
Open a document in a third-party program.
2.
Click the File menu, and then click Print.
3.
Select the fax print driver from the printer drop-down list. The fax software appears.
4.
Windows users: Complete steps 2 through 5 in the Windows section of Sending and receiving
faxes by using a computer.
-orMac users: Complete steps 2 through 6 in either the Mac OS X V10.3 or the Mac OS X V10.4
section of Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer.
Receiving faxes to your computer
To receive faxes to your computer, you must turn on the receive-to-PC setting in the software (see
the all-in-one software Help). The receive-to-PC setting can be activated only from one computer. If
for any reason that computer is no longer available, you can use the following procedure to turn the
receive-to-PC setting off from the all-in-one control panel.
212
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax functions, and then press
3.
After you select the Stop Recv to PC setting, any faxes that remain in the all-in-one memory
are printed.
Chapter 11
How do I?
.
ENWW
Add or delete a contact
Speed-dial entries 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with their
corresponding one-touch keys on the control panel. The one-touch keys can be used for speed-dial
or group-dial entries. A maximum of 50 characters can be entered for a single fax number.
NOTE To gain access to all of the speed-dial entries, you must use the Shift button. Speeddial entries 6 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 7 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), and 9 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are all available by pressing Shift
and the associated one-touch key on the control panel.
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily
programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries using HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
Complete the following steps to program speed-dial entries and one-touch keys from the all-in-one
control panel:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
to select Phone Book.
4.
Press
to select Individual setup.
5.
Press
to select Add/Edit.
6.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the speed-dial entry number that you want to associate
with this fax number, and then press . Selecting a number from 1 to 10, 1 to 12, or 1 to 16
also associates the fax number with the corresponding one-touch key.
.
NOTE When entering a fax number, press Pause until a comma (,) appears if you want
to insert a pause in the dialing sequence, or press * until W appears if you want the all-inone to wait for a dial tone.
7.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the fax number. Include any pauses or other needed
numbers, such as an area code, an access code for numbers outside a PBX system (usually a
9 or 0), or a long distance prefix.
8.
Press
9.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter a name for the fax number. To do so, repeatedly press
the alphanumeric button for the letter that you need until the letter appears. (For a list of
characters, see Using dialing characters.)
.
NOTE To insert punctuation, press the asterisk (*) button repeatedly until the character
that you want appears, and then press the > buttton to go to the next space.
10. Press
to save the information.
11. If you have more speed-dial entries or one-touch keys to program, repeat steps 1 through 10.
ENWW
Fax: How do I?
213
To delete speed-dial entries and one-touch keys
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
to select Phone Book.
4.
Press
to select Individual setup.
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Delete, and then press
6.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the number of the speed-dial entry you want to delete,
and then press .
7.
Press
.
.
to confirm the deletion.
Fax phone book
Use the Fax phone book to add and remove individuals or groups on your speed-dial list, import
phone books from a variety of sources, and update and maintain your contact list.
●
To add an individual contact to your speed-dial list, select the check box next to the speed dial
number that you want to specify. Type the contact name in the Contact name window. Type the
fax number in the Fax number window. Click Add/Edit.
●
To add a group of contacts to your speed-dial list, select the check box next to the speed-dial
number that you want to specify. Click New/Edit Group. Double-click a contact name from the
list on the left to move it to the group list on the right, or select a name on the left and then click
the appropriate arrow to move it to the group list on the right. You can also use those two
methods to move names from right to left. When you have created a group, type a name in the
Group name window, and then click OK.
●
To edit an existing individual speed-dial entry, click anywhere on the row containing the contact
name to select it, type changes in the appropriate windows, and then click Add/Edit. You can
also make changes directly in the phone book directory list by clicking the entry and typing your
changes. Make sure that you do not have a check mark in the Select column.
●
To edit an existing group-speed-dial entry, click anywhere on the row containing the group
name to select it, and then click New/Edit Group. Make any required changes, and then click
OK. You can make changes to the name of the group directly in the phone book directory list by
clicking the entry and typing your changes. Make sure that you do not have a check mark in the
Select column.
●
To delete an entry from the speed-dial list, select the item and then click Delete.
●
To move speed dial entries, you can select the entry and then click Move, or you can select
Move and then specify the entry in the dialog box. Either select Next empty row or specify the
number of the row where you want to move the entry.
NOTE If you specify a row that is occupied, the new entry will overwrite the existing
entry.
●
214
To import contacts from a phone book that exists in Lotus Notes, Outlook, or Outlook Express,
click Import Phone Book. Select the appropriate software program, navigate to the appropriate
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
file, and then click OK. You can also select individual entries from the phone book instead of
importing the entire phone book.
●
To select all of the entries in your speed-dial list, click the Select column heading.
In addition to numerical digits, the following are valid characters for fax numbers:
●
(
●
)
●
+
●
-
●
*
●
#
●
R
●
W
●
.
●
,
●
<space>
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
For more information about faxes, see Fax.
ENWW
Fax: How do I?
215
To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys
Speed-dial entries 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with their
corresponding one-touch keys on the control panel. The one-touch keys can be used for speed-dial
or group-dial entries. A maximum of 50 characters can be entered for a single fax number.
NOTE To gain access to all of the speed-dial entries, you must use the Shift button. Speeddial entries 6 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 7 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), and 9 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are all available by pressing Shift
and the associated one-touch key on the control panel.
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily
programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries using HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
Complete the following steps to program speed-dial entries and one-touch keys from the all-in-one
control panel:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
to select Phone Book.
4.
Press
to select Individual setup.
5.
Press
to select Add/Edit.
6.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the speed-dial entry number that you want to associate
with this fax number, and then press . Selecting a number from 1 to 10, 1 to 12, or 1 to 16
also associates the fax number with the corresponding one-touch key.
.
NOTE When entering a fax number, press Pause until a comma (,) appears if you want
to insert a pause in the dialing sequence, or press * until W appears if you want the all-inone to wait for a dial tone.
7.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the fax number. Include any pauses or other needed
numbers, such as an area code, an access code for numbers outside a PBX system (usually a
9 or 0), or a long distance prefix.
8.
Press
9.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter a name for the fax number. To do so, repeatedly press
the alphanumeric button for the letter that you need until the letter appears. (For a list of
characters, see Using dialing characters.)
.
NOTE To insert punctuation, press the asterisk (*) button repeatedly until the character
that you want appears, and then press the > buttton to go to the next space.
10. Press
to save the information.
11. If you have more speed-dial entries or one-touch keys to program, repeat steps 1 through 10.
216
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Create a new group list
If you send information to the same group of people on a regular basis, you can program a group-dial
entry to simplify the task. Group-dial entries are composed of speed-dial entries. Group-dial entries
using numbers 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with the corresponding
one-touch key on the control panel.
Any individual speed-dial entry can be added to a group. All group members must have programmed
speed-dial entries or one-touch keys assigned to them before being added to the group-dial entry.
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily
programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries by using the HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online
Help.
To program group-dial entries
1.
Assign a speed-dial entry to each fax number that you want in the group. (For instructions, see
To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys.)
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
4.
Press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Group setup, and then press
6.
Use the < or the > button to select Add/Edit group, and then press
7.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the number that you want to associate with this group,
and then press . Selecting 1 through 10, 1 through 12, or 1 through 16 also associates the
group with the corresponding one-touch key.
8.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter a name for the group, and then press
9.
Press a one-touch key, and then press
each group member you want to add.
.
to select Phone Book.
.
.
.
again to confirm the addition. Repeat this step for
-orSelect Phone Book, and then select the speed-dial entry for the group member you want to
add. Press to confirm the addition. Repeat this step for each group member you want to add.
10. When you are finished, press
.
11. If you have more group-dial entries to assign, press
ENWW
, and then repeat steps 1 through 10.
Fax: How do I?
217
To delete group-dial entries
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Group setup, and then press
.
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Delete group, and then press
.
6.
Using the alphanumeric buttons, enter the number of the group-dial that you want to delete, and
then press .
7.
Press
.
to select Phone Book.
to confirm the deletion.
To delete an individual from a group-dial entry
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Group setup, and then press
5.
Use the < or the > button to select Del. # in group, and then press
6.
Use the < or the > button to select the individual that you want to delete from the group.
7.
Press
8.
Repeat steps 6 and 7 to delete other individuals from the group.
.
to select Phone Book.
.
.
to confirm the deletion.
-orPress Cancel if you are finished.
NOTE Deleting a speed-dial entry also deletes that entry from any group-dial entries that
included that speed-dial entry.
218
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
To delete all phone book entries
You can delete all speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries that are programmed in
the all-in-one.
CAUTION After speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are deleted, they
cannot be recovered.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Delete all, and then press
5.
Press
.
to select Phone Book.
.
to confirm the deletion.
To use HP ToolboxFX to create a new group list, see Fax phone book.
Import contacts from another source
Use the Fax phone book to add and remove individuals or groups on your speed-dial list, import
phone books from a variety of sources, and update and maintain your contact list.
●
To add an individual contact to your speed-dial list, select the check box next to the speed dial
number that you want to specify. Type the contact name in the Contact name window. Type the
fax number in the Fax number window. Click Add/Edit.
●
To add a group of contacts to your speed-dial list, select the check box next to the speed-dial
number that you want to specify. Click New/Edit Group. Double-click a contact name from the
list on the left to move it to the group list on the right, or select a name on the left and then click
the appropriate arrow to move it to the group list on the right. You can also use those two
methods to move names from right to left. When you have created a group, type a name in the
Group name window, and then click OK.
●
To edit an existing individual speed-dial entry, click anywhere on the row containing the contact
name to select it, type changes in the appropriate windows, and then click Add/Edit. You can
also make changes directly in the phone book directory list by clicking the entry and typing your
changes. Make sure that you do not have a check mark in the Select column.
●
To edit an existing group-speed-dial entry, click anywhere on the row containing the group
name to select it, and then click New/Edit Group. Make any required changes, and then click
OK. You can make changes to the name of the group directly in the phone book directory list by
clicking the entry and typing your changes. Make sure that you do not have a check mark in the
Select column.
●
To delete an entry from the speed-dial list, select the item and then click Delete.
●
To move speed dial entries, you can select the entry and then click Move, or you can select
Move and then specify the entry in the dialog box. Either select Next empty row or specify the
number of the row where you want to move the entry.
NOTE
entry.
ENWW
If you specify a row that is occupied, the new entry will overwrite the existing
Fax: How do I?
219
●
To import contacts from a phone book that exists in Lotus Notes, Outlook, or Outlook Express,
click Import Phone Book. Select the appropriate software program, navigate to the appropriate
file, and then click OK. You can also select individual entries from the phone book instead of
importing the entire phone book.
●
To select all of the entries in your speed-dial list, click the Select column heading.
In addition to numerical digits, the following are valid characters for fax numbers:
●
(
●
)
●
+
●
-
●
*
●
#
●
R
●
W
●
.
●
,
●
<space>
NOTE
You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
For more information about faxes, see Fax.
Change the default light/dark (contrast) setting
The contrast affects the lightness and darkness of an outgoing fax as it is being sent.
To change the default light/dark (contrast) setting
The default light/dark setting is the contrast that is normally applied to items that are being faxed.
The slider is set to the middle as the default setting.
220
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Light/dark, and then press
5.
Use the < button to move the slider to the left to make the fax lighter than the original, or use the
> button to move the slider to the right to make the fax darker than the original.
6.
Press
Chapter 11
.
.
.
to save your selection.
How do I?
ENWW
Change resolution settings
NOTE Increasing the resolution increases the fax size. Larger faxes increase the send time
and could exceed the available memory in the all-in-one.
The factory-set default resolution setting is Fine.
Use this procedure to change the default resolution for all fax jobs to one of the following settings:
●
Standard: This setting provides the lowest quality and the fastest transmission time.
●
Fine: This setting provides a higher resolution quality than Standard that is usually appropriate
for text documents.
●
Superfine: This setting is best used for documents that mix text and images. The transmission
time is slower than Fine but faster than Photo.
●
Photo: This setting produces the best images, but greatly increases the transmission time.
To change the default resolution setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Send setup, and then press
.
4.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Resolution, and then press
.
5.
Use the < or the > button to change the resolution setting.
6.
Press
.
to save the selection.
To adjust the resolution for the current fax job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Resolution to show the current resolution setting.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select the appropriate resolution setting.
3.
Press
to save the selection.
NOTE This procedure changes the fax resolution for the current fax job. For instructions
about changing the default fax resolution, see Changing resolution settings.
NOTE To change the fax contrast or glass-scan size, you must change the default settings.
See Changing the default light/dark (contrast) setting or Changing the default glass-size setting.
ENWW
Fax: How do I?
221
Use the all-in-one control-panel buttons
The controls for sending faxes are located on the left side of the control panel.
Shift
05
06
07
08
HP LaserJet 3050
HP LaserJet 3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Enter text from the control panel
Use the following instructions to enter information from the all-in-one control panel with the
alphanumeric buttons and the < and the > buttons:
●
Numbers: To enter numbers, press the alphanumeric button for the number that you need.
●
Letters: To enter letters, repeatedly press the alphanumeric button for the letter that you need
until that letter appears. (For example, if the first letter that you need is a “C,” press 2 repeatedly
until a C appears in the control panel display.)
●
Punctuation marks: To enter punctuation marks, repeatedly press * until the character that you
need appears in the control panel display.
●
Spaces: After entering any character, press the > button twice to create a space after that
character and move the cursor to an insertion point after the space.
●
Errors: If you enter a character incorrectly, use the < button to erase the incorrect character,
and then enter the correct character.
NOTE
222
Chapter 11
For more information on control panel characters, see Using manual dial.
How do I?
ENWW
Copy: How do I?
Use this section to answer copying questions.
Copy two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
To copy a multiple-page stack of two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
Copies resulting from this procedure are printed on one side, and need to be hand-collated.
ENWW
1.
Load the documents to be copied into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray with the
first page facing down, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
2.
Press Start Copy. The odd-numbered pages are copied and printed.
3.
Remove the stack from the ADF output tray and reload the stack with the last page facing down,
and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
4.
Press Start Copy. The even-numbered pages are copied and printed.
5.
Collate the odd- and even-numbered printed copies.
Copy: How do I?
223
Copy two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)
To copy a multiple-page stack of two-sided documents (3052/3055 all-in-one)
Copies resulting from this procedure are printed on one side, and need to be hand-collated.
224
1.
Load the documents to be copied into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray with the
first page facing up, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
2.
Press Start Copy. The odd-numbered pages are copied and printed.
3.
Remove the stack from the ADF output tray and reload the stack with the last page facing up,
and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
4.
Press Start Copy. The even-numbered pages are copied and printed.
5.
Collate the odd- and even-numbered printed copies.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Use automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents
(HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use the 2-Sided button on the control panel display to use duplexing to achieve various results.
NOTE The default setting is 1–1. The 2-Sided LED on the control panel turns on when
another setting is used.
Table 11-1 2-Sided settings
Document type
2-Sided setting
Resulting copies
2-Sided LED
One-sided
1–1
One-sided
Off
One-sided
1–2
Two-sided
On
Two-sided
2–2
Two-sided
On
To make two-sided copies from one-sided documents
1.
Load the documents to be copied into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray with the
first page facing up, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press 2-Sided.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy to 1 to 2 sided, and then press
4.
Press Start Copy.
.
To make two-sided copies from two-sided documents
1.
Load the documents to be copied into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray with the
first page facing up, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
NOTE
Two-sided copying from the flatbed scanner glass is not supported.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
ENWW
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press 2-Sided.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy to 2 to 2 sided, and then press
4.
Press Start Copy.
.
Copy: How do I?
225
To change the default 2-Sided setting
226
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Default 2-sided, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select the option for how you normally want to use the automatic
duplexer when you copy documents.
5.
Press
Chapter 11
.
.
to save the selection
How do I?
ENWW
Reduce or enlarge copies
The all-in-one can reduce copies to as little as 25% of the original size or enlarge copies to as much
as 400% of the original size.
Adjusting the copy size
To reduce or enlarge copies for the current job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Reduce/Enlarge.
2.
Select the size to which you would like to reduce or enlarge the copies in this job (see the
settings listed under Reducing or enlarging copies).
NOTE If you select Custom: 25-400%, type a percentage by using the alphanumeric
buttons.
If you select 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet, select the orientation (portrait or
landscape).
3.
Press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy job, or press
the selection without starting the job.
to save
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has
been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel
display.
You must change the default media size in the media input tray to match the output size, or
part of your copy might be cut off.
To adjust the default copy size
NOTE The default copy size is the size to which copies are normally reduced or enlarged. If
you keep the factory default size setting of Original=100%, all copies will be the same size as
the original document.
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Redu/Enlrg, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select the option for how you normally want to reduce or enlarge
copies (see the reduction/enlargement settings listed in Reducing or enlarging copies).
.
.
NOTE If you select Custom: 25-400%, type in the percentage of the original size that
you normally want for copies.
If you select 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet, select the orientation (portrait or
landscape).
5.
ENWW
Press
to save your selection.
Copy: How do I?
227
Adjust the lighter/darker (contrast) setting
The lighter/darker setting affects the lightness or darkness (contrast) of the copy. Use the following
procedure to change the contrast for the current copy job only.
To adjust the lighter/darker setting for the current job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Lighter/Darker to see the current contrast setting.
2.
Use the < or the > button to adjust the setting. Move the slider to the left to make the copy
lighter than the original, or move the slider to the right to make the copy darker than the original.
3.
Press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy job, or press
the selection without starting the job.
to save
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job
has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one
control-panel display.
To adjust the default lighter/darker setting
NOTE
228
The default lighter/darker setting affects all copy jobs.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Light/dark, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to adjust the setting. Move the slider to the left to make all of the
copies lighter than the original, or move the slider to the right to make all of the copies darker
than the original.
5.
Press
Chapter 11
.
.
to save the selection.
How do I?
ENWW
Change the copy-collation setting
You can set the all-in-one to automatically collate multiple copies into sets. For example, if you are
making two copies of three pages and the automatic collation is on, the pages print in this order:
1,2,3,1,2,3. If automatic collation is off, the pages print in this order: 1,1,2,2,3,3.
To use the automatic collation, the original document size must fit into the memory. If it does not, the
all-in-one makes only one copy and a message appears notifying you of the change. If that happens,
use one of the following methods to finish the job:
●
Split the job into smaller jobs that contain fewer pages.
●
Make only one copy of the document at a time.
●
Turn off the automatic collation.
The collation setting you select is in effect for all copies until you change the setting.
To change the copy-collation setting for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one only)
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, change the default copy-collation setting to use
copy collation.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Collate.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off
3.
Press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy job, or press
the selection without starting the job.
to save
To change the default copy-collation setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select On or Off.
5.
Press
to select Def. Collation.
to save your selection.
NOTE
ENWW
.
The factory-set default for automatic copy collation is On.
Copy: How do I?
229
Adjust the copy quality
Five copy-quality settings are available: Draft,Text, Mixed, Film photo, and Picture.
The factory-set default for copy quality is Text. This setting is the best for items that contain mostly
text.
When making a copy of a photo or graphic, you can select the Film photo setting for photos or the
Picture setting for other graphics to increase the quality of your copy. Select the Mixed setting for
documents that include both text and graphics.
If you want to conserve toner, and the copy quality is not as important, select Draft.
To adjust the copy quality for the current job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Quality to see the current quality setting for the copy.
2.
Use the < or the > button to scroll through the quality setting options.
3.
Select a setting, and then press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy
job, or press to save the selection without starting the job.
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job
has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one
control-panel display.
To adjust the default copy quality
230
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to scroll through the choices.
5.
Press
Chapter 11
.
to select Default Quality.
to save the selection.
How do I?
ENWW
Copy onto media of different types and sizes
The all-in-one is set to copy on either letter- or A4-size paper, depending on the country/region in
which it was purchased. You can change the size and type of media that you copy to for the current
copy job or for all copy jobs.
Media-size settings
●
Letter
●
Legal
●
A4
Media-type settings
●
Plain
●
Preprinted
●
Letterhead
●
Transparency
●
Prepunched
●
Labels
●
Bond
●
Recycled
●
Color
●
Light
●
Heavy
●
Cardstock
●
Envelope
●
Vellum
●
Rough Paper
To change the media size and type for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone)
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, change the default media size and type settings
to change the media size and type.
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Paper.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select a media size, and then press
.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select a media type, and then press
.
4.
Press Start Copy.
Copy: How do I?
231
To change the default media-size setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. paper size, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select a media size and then press
5.
Press
.
.
.
to save the selection.
To change the default media-type setting
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Paper setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. paper type, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select a media type and then press
5.
Press
.
.
.
to save the selection.
Change tray selection (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
The all-in-one is set to automatically pull media from trays that contain media. The all-in-one always
pulls media from the priority input tray (tray 1) if you insert media into tray 1. If there is no media in
tray 1, the all-in-one attempts to pull media from tray 3, if installed, and then from tray 2.
You can specify which tray you want to use by changing the tray selection. Auto select, Tray 1,
Tray 2, and Tray 3 are available settings.
NOTE
Tray 3 is only available if a tray 3 is installed.
To change the tray selection for the current job
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Tray Select.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select the input tray that you want to use.
3.
Press Start Copy to save the selection and immediately start the copy job, or press
the selection without starting the job.
to save
To change the default tray selection
232
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. Tray Select, and then press
4.
Use the < or the > button to select a tray setting, and then press
Chapter 11
How do I?
.
.
.
ENWW
Change the number of copies
You can choose to have the default number of copies be any number from 1 to 99.
To change the number of copies for the current job (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, use the alphanumeric buttons to type the number of copies
(between 1 and 99) that you want to make for your current job.
2.
Press Start Copy to begin copying your job.
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job
has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one
control-panel display.
To change the number of copies for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press # of Copies.
2.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to type the number of copies (between 1 and 99) that you want to
make for your current job.
3.
Press Start Copy to begin copying your job.
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job
has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one
control-panel display.
To change the default number of copies
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Copy setup, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Def. # of copies, and then press
4.
Use the alphanumeric buttons to type the number of copies (between 1 and 99) that you want
as the default.
5.
Press
.
to save your selection.
NOTE
ENWW
.
The factory-set default for the number of copies is 1.
Copy: How do I?
233
Scan: How do I?
Use this section to answer scanning questions.
Use HP LaserJet Scan
1.
In the Hewlett-Packard program group, select Scan to start HP LaserJet Scan.
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan.
2.
3.
Choose the action that you want to accomplish.
●
Select a destination to begin scanning immediately.
●
Select Scan after prompting me for settings to specify additional settings before you
begin scanning.
●
Select Set up the device to program the Scan To button.
Click OK.
NOTE OK should indicate the action that you want to accomplish.
Scan from the all-in-one control panel
1.
Load the originals that are to be scanned in the automatic document feeder (ADF) and adjust
the media guides.
OR
Lift the flatbed scanner cover and load the original face-down on the glass, with the upper-left
corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently close the lid.
2.
234
Press Start Scan or Scan To on the control panel.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Program the all-in-one Scan To button
NOTE The Scan To button must be programmed before you can use it. However, some
destinations are programmed by default if the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
To program the Scan To button
1.
In the Hewlett-Packard program group, select Scan to start HP LaserJet Scan.
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan
when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
2.
Click Setup to open the Scan To Setup Wizard.
3.
Select Change the destinations that show up on the all-in-one control panel when I press
the Scan to Button and then click Next.
4.
Check the Allow me to scan by pressing the Scan To button on the all-in-one... check box.
5.
Choose destinations by moving them from the PC window (the left window) to the All-in-one
window (the right window).
NOTE The All-in-one window might contain items set up by other computers that are
connected to the all-in-one. You cannot make changes to these items.
NOTE
6.
Click New to create a new destination.
Click Update.
Create, modify, or delete destinations
1.
In the Hewlett-Packard program group, select Scan to start HP LaserJet Scan.
NOTE
2.
ENWW
Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan.
On the drop-down menu, select the action that you want to accomplish and then follow the
onscreen instructions.
●
Create a new destination. Set up a new destination using a settings wizard.
●
Modify an existing destination. Select an existing destination and then use a settings
wizard to make changes to the destination.
●
Delete a destination. Select an existing destination and delete the destination after
confirming its deletion.
Scan: How do I?
235
Scan to e-mail
Scanning to e-mail is supported by Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, and Lotus Notes.
NOTE To use this feature in Windows, an e-mail recipient must be programmed in the Scan
to tab. See Programming the all-in-one Scan To button. For Macintosh operating systems, set
up this function from the Monitor Device tab. See the HP Director online Help.
1.
Load the originals that are to be scanned face-up in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input
tray. Adjust the media guides to hold the originals in place.
OR
Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed
scanner with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently
close the lid.
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Scan To.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select an e-mail recipient.
4.
Press Start Scan or . The scanned item is attached to an e-mail message, which is then sent
automatically to the e-mail recipient that you selected.
Scan to a folder
To scan to a folder by using the Scan To button on the all-in-one control panel, use the following
instructions.
NOTE To use this feature in Windows, a folder must be set up in the Scan to tab prior to
use. See Programming the all-in-one Scan To button.
1.
Load the originals that are to be scanned face-up in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input
tray, with the top of the document forward, and adjust the media guides.
OR
Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed
scanner with the top, left corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the glass.
Gently close the lid.
236
2.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Scan To.
3.
Use the < or the > button to select a folder.
4.
Press Start Scan or . The document is scanned to a file, which is then saved in the folder that
you selected in step 3.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Network: How do I?
Use this section to answer network questions.
Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network
Hewlett-Packard recommends that you use the HP software installer on the CDs that came with the
all-in-one to set up printer drivers for the following network setups.
To configure a network port-connected all-in-one configuration (direct mode
or peer-to-peer printing)
In this configuration, the all-in-one is connected directly to the network, and all computers on the
network print directly to the all-in-one.
NOTE This mode is the recommended network configuration for the all-in-one.
1.
Connect the all-in-one directly to the network by inserting a network cable into the all-in-one
network port.
2.
At the all-in-one, use the control panel to print a Configuration page. See Configuration page.
3.
Insert the all-in-one CD into your computer. If you have already set up your all-in-one, click
Install Software to start the software installer. If the software installer does not start, navigate to
the hpsetup.exe file on the CD and double-click the file.
4.
Click Install HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one Software.
5.
On the Welcome screen, click Next.
6.
On the Installer updates screen, click Yes to search for installer updates on the Web.
7.
For Windows 2000, on the Installation Options screen, choose the installation option. HewlettPackard recommends a typical installation, if your system supports it.
8.
On the License Agreement screen, read the license agreement, indicate that you accept the
terms, and then click Next.
9.
For Windows 2000, on the HP Extended Capabilities screen, choose whether you want
extended capabilities, and then click Next.
10. On the Destination Folder screen, choose the destination folder, and then click Next.
11. On the Ready to Install screen, click Next to begin installation.
NOTE If you want to change your settings, instead of clicking Next, click Back to return
to previous screens, and then change the settings.
12. On the Connection Type screen, select Through the network, and then click Next.
13. On the Identify Printer screen, identify the all-in-one either by searching or by specifying a
hardware or IP address, which is listed on the Configuration page you printed earlier. In most
cases an IP address is assigned, but you can change it if you want by clicking Specify the
printer by Address on the Identify Printer screen. Click Next.
14. Allow the installation process to complete.
ENWW
Network: How do I?
237
To configure a direct-connected shared all-in-one (client server printing)
In this configuration, the all-in-one is connected to a computer through a USB cable, the computer is
connected to the network, and the all-in-one is shared with other computers on the network.
1.
Insert the all-in-one CD into your computer. If you have already set up your all-in-one, click
Install Software to start the software installer. If the software installer does not start, navigate to
the hpsetup.exe file on the CD and double-click the file.
2.
Click Install HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one Software.
3.
On the Welcome screen, click Next.
4.
On the Installer updates screen, click Yes to search for installer updates on the Web.
5.
For Windows 2000, on the Installation Options screen, choose the installation option. HewlettPackard recommends a typical installation, if your system supports it.
6.
On the License Agreement screen, read the license agreement, indicate that you accept the
terms, and then click Next.
7.
For Windows 2000, on the HP Extended Capabilities screen, choose whether you want
extended capabilities, and then click Next.
8.
On the Destination Folder screen, choose the destination folder, and then click Next.
9.
On the Ready to Install screen, click Next to begin installation.
NOTE If you want to change your settings, instead of clicking Next, click Back to return
to previous screens, and then change the settings.
10. On the Connection Type screen, select Directly to this computer, and then click Next.
11. Connect the USB cable.
12. Allow the installation process to complete.
13. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.
●
In Windows XP, click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers and Faxes.
14. In the dialog box, right-click the all-in-one, and then click Sharing.
15. Select Share this printer, type the all-in-one name if necessary, and then click OK.
238
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
To change from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a network portconnected all-in-one configuration
To change from a direct connection to a network configuration, complete the following steps.
1.
Uninstall the printer driver for the direct connect all-in-one.
2.
Install the driver as a network configuration by using the steps in To configure a network portconnected all-in-one configuration (direct mode or peer-to-peer printing).
Set my network password
Use HP ToolboxFX to set a network password.
1.
Open HP ToolboxFX and click Device Settings.
2.
Click the Network Settings tab.
NOTE If a password has been set for the all-in-one previously, you will be prompted to
type the password. Type the password, and then click Apply.
ENWW
3.
Click Password.
4.
In the Password box, type the password you want to set, and then in the Confirm password
box, type the same password again to confirm your choice.
5.
Click Apply to save the password.
Network: How do I?
239
Other: How do I?
Use this section to answer other questions about the all-in-one.
Clean the paper path
During the printing process, paper, toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the all-in-one.
Over time, this buildup can cause print-quality problems such as toner specks or smearing. This allin-one has a cleaning mode that can correct and prevent these types of problems.
To clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX
Use HP ToolboxFX to clean the paper path. This is the recommended cleaning method. If you do not
have access to HP ToolboxFX, use the method in To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control
panel.
240
1.
Make sure that the all-in-one is turned on and in the Ready state.
2.
Open HP ToolboxFX.
3.
On the Troubleshooting tab, click Maintenance, click Cleaning Page and then click Print. A
page with a pattern prints from the all-in-one.
4.
At the all-in-one, remove any print media that might be in tray 1.
5.
Remove the page that printed and load it face-down into tray 1.
6.
At the computer, click Clean.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel
If you do not have access to HP ToolboxFX, you can print and use a cleaning page from the all-inone control panel.
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to find the Service menu.
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to find Cleaning Mode.
5.
Press
6.
Load plain letter or A4 paper when you are prompted.
7.
Press
.
.
again to confirm and begin the cleaning process.
A page feeds through the all-in-one slowly. Discard the page when the process is completed.
Restore the factory-set defaults
Restoring the factory-set defaults returns all of the settings to the factory defaults, and it also clears
the fax header name and phone number.
CAUTION This procedure clears fax numbers and names that are associated with one-touch
keys and speed-dial codes, and deletes any pages that are stored in the memory. The
procedure then automatically restarts the all-in-one.
To restore the factory-set defaults
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Restore defaults, and then press
.
.
The all-in-one automatically restarts.
ENWW
Other: How do I?
241
Use the Embedded Web server (EWS)
The EWS is a Web-based interface that provides simple access to all-in-one status and
configurations, including network configurations and Smart Printing Supplies (SPS) functionality.
You can gain access to the EWS through the network connection to the all-in-one. Type the all-inone IP address in a Web browser to open the all-in-one EWS homepage in the browser. From the
homepage, you can use the tabs and left navigation menu to check the status of the all-in-one,
configure the all-in-one, or check the status of the supplies.
Supported browsers include:
●
Internet Explorer 5.0 or later
●
Netscape Navigator 4.75 or later
●
Opera 6.05 or later
●
Safari 1.2 or later
Find the user guide
User guide links
●
All-in-one parts
●
Control panel
●
Troubleshooting
Where to look for more information
Several references are available for use with this all-in-one.
Setting up the all-in-one
Getting started guide (printed)—Provides step-by-step instructions for installing and setting up the
all-in-one. This guide comes in the box with your all-in-one.
Accessory and supplies installation guides—Provide step-by-step instructions for installing the allin-one accessories and supplies and are packaged with the accessory or supply.
242
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Using the all-in-one
User guide—Contains detailed information for using the all-in-one and troubleshooting problems.
This guide is available on the CD that came with the all-in-one. It is also available through the
HP ToolboxFX software.
A Web-based (HTML) user guide is also available. Go to the appropriate Web site:
●
www.hp.com/support/lj3050
●
www.hp.com/support/lj3052
●
www.hp.com/support/lj3055
●
www.hp.com/support/lj3390
●
www.hp.com/support/lj3392
NOTE After connecting, click Manuals
Help—Each of the software components contains information about all-in-one options that are
available from within each software component. To view a Help file, open the Help through the
software component.
Receive toner warnings
Set the all-in-one to warn you when the amount of toner remaining in the print cartridge is low.
Receive toner warnings from the all-in-one at the all-in-one control panel
(HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
The Toner Low light on the all-in-one control panel lights up when the print cartridge level is low.
Receive toner warnings from the all-in-one at my computer (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use HP ToolboxFX to set up the all-in-one so that it will issue pop-up alerts to your computer when a
print cartridge level is low.
ENWW
1.
Open HP ToolboxFX and click the Alerts tab.
2.
Click the Set up Status Alerts page.
3.
Select Turn on alerts, select When the HP print cartridge is low or a non-HP cartridge is
installed, and then select As a pop-up message.
4.
Click Apply.
Other: How do I?
243
Receive toner warning e-mail messages from the all-in-one (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use HP ToolboxFX to set up the all-in-one so that it will issue e-mail message alerts to your
computer when a print cartridge level is low.
1.
Open HP ToolboxFX and click the Alerts tab.
2.
Click the Set up E-mail Alerts page.
3.
In the Address 1field, type the e-mail address to which you want messages sent.
4.
Under the Select Alert Events section Address 1 column, select Cartridge low.
NOTE If you want to receive e-mail messages for other listed events, select the check
boxes for those events as well.
5.
Click Apply.
NOTE
You must set up a simple mail transfer protocol (SMTP) server to send e-mail alerts.
View the control-panel menu items for the all-in-one (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use the all-in-one control panel to print a "menu map" that shows all of the control-panel menus that
you can navigate.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Menu structure, and then press
.
.
The all-in-one prints a menu map.
244
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Use the convenience stapler
Activate the stapling mechanism by inserting media into the convenience stapler.
To staple media by using the convenience stapler
1.
Insert up to 20 sheets of media (80 g/m2 or 20 lb) into the slot in the stapler door. Insert fewer
sheets to staple if the media weight is heavier than 80 g/m2 or 20 lb.
CAUTION Do not use the convenience stapler to staple plastic, cardboard, or wood.
Damage to the convenience stapler can result from attempting to staple these materials.
NOTE
2.
ENWW
Exceeding the recommended capacity could result in jams or damage.
Wait for the stapler to staple the sheets. When it is inserted all the way into the stapler slot, the
media should trigger the stapler mechanism.
Other: How do I?
245
3.
Remove the stapled media from the slot.
NOTE If you are unable to remove the media after stapling, carefully open the stapler
door and then slide your document out.
246
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Load staples
Each staple cassette holds 1,500 unformed staples. To load staples into the all-in-one, insert a staple
cassette.
To load staples
1.
Open the stapler door.
NOTE
ENWW
Opening the stapler door disables the stapler.
2.
If you are replacing a staple cassette (for example, if your staple cassette has run out of
staples), remove the staple cassette from the all-in-one.
3.
Insert one 1,500-staple cassette into the opening inside the staple door.
Other: How do I?
247
4.
248
Close the stapler door.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Clear stapler jams
To reduce the risk of staple jams, make sure that you staple 20 or fewer pages of media (80 g/m2or
20 lb) at a time.
To clear a staple jam from the convenience stapler
1.
Turn off the HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one, and then open the stapler door.
NOTE
ENWW
Opening the stapler door disables the stapler.
2.
Remove the staple cassette from the all-in-one.
3.
Clear any loose staples from the stapler and from the staple cassette.
Other: How do I?
249
250
4.
Replace the staple cassette.
5.
Close the stapler door and then turn on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.
6.
Insert media to test the convenience stapler. Repeat steps 1 through 6 if necessary.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Replace the print cartridge
To change the print cartridge
1.
Open the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3050
2.
ENWW
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Grasp the handle on the print cartridge and then pull the cartridge straight out to remove it. See
the recycling information inside the print cartridge box.
HP LaserJet 3050
3.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Remove the new print cartridge from its packaging, remove the orange cover from the print
cartridge, and then pull the orange tab straight out to remove the sealing tape.
Other: How do I?
251
4.
Insert the cartridge into the all-in-one until it is firmly in place.
HP LaserJet 3050
5.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Close the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3050
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
CAUTION If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothing in
cold water. Hot water sets toner into the fabric.
252
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Clear jams
This section contains instructions for clearing jams from the all-in-one.
Clear jams from the print cartridge area
To clear a jam in the print cartridge area, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
1.
Open the print-cartridge door, and remove the print cartridge.
HP LaserJet 3050
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, minimize its exposure to direct light.
2.
On the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, open the rear output door, and then rotate the green
pressure-release levers downward.
3.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3050
ENWW
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Other: How do I?
253
4.
Replace the print cartridge and close the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3050
5.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
On the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, close the rear output door.
Clear jams from the input trays (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the input trays, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
1.
Open tray 1 and pull any visible jammed media out of the all-in-one.
2.
If no media is visible, open the print-cartridge door, remove the print cartridge, and rotate the
upper media guide. Carefully pull the media up and out of the all-in-one.
3.
Close tray 1.
Clear jams from the input trays (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the input trays, perform the following steps:
254
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
1.
Open the rear output door.
2.
Rotate the green pressure release levers downward.
3.
Open the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1) door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
ENWW
Other: How do I?
255
4.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
CAUTION Pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one. Pulling jammed
media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
5.
Close the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1) door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
6.
256
Open tray 2 and tray 3.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
7.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
8.
If no media is visible, open the print-cartridge door, remove the print cartridge, and rotate the
upper media guide. Carefully pull the media up and out of the all-in-one.
9.
Close the main input tray (tray 2).
10. Close the rear output door.
ENWW
Other: How do I?
257
Clear jams from the output bin
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3050
258
Chapter 11
How do I?
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
ENWW
Clear jams from the straight-through output path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 allin-one)
To clear a jam in the straight-through output path, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
1.
Open the rear output door.
2.
Rotate the green pressure release levers downward.
3.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
NOTE If you cannot grasp the media with your hands, perform the procedure in Print
cartridge area.
ENWW
Other: How do I?
259
4.
Close the rear output door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
NOTE The pressure release levers automatically close when you close the rear output
door.
260
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
Clear jams from the automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) path
To clear a jam in the automatic two-sided path, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
ENWW
1.
Open the rear output door.
2.
Rotate the green pressure release levers downward.
3.
Remove tray 2.
4.
Push down on the green lever on the automatic two-sided path door on the front of the all-in-one.
Other: How do I?
261
262
5.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
6.
Close the automatic two-sided path door.
7.
Reinsert the main input tray (tray 2).
8.
Open the automatic two-sided path door on the back of the all-in-one.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
9.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
10. Close the automatic two-sided path door.
ENWW
Other: How do I?
263
Clear jams from the automatic document feeder (ADF)
Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a fax, copy, or scan job.
You are notified of a media jam by the Doc feeder jam Clear, Reload message that appears on the
all-in-one control-panel display.
●
The ADF input tray is loaded incorrectly or is too full. See Loading documents to fax, copy, or
scan for more information.
●
The media does not meet HP specifications, such as those for size or type. See Media
specifications for more information.
To clear a media jam from the ADF HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one
1.
Open the ADF cover.
NOTE Verify that any shipping tape inside the ADF has been removed.
264
2.
Remove the jam cleanout part. Using both hands, lift up on the two handles until the part
unsnaps. Rotate and lift out the cleanout part and set it aside.
3.
Lifting the green lever, rotate the pick mechanism until it stays open.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
ENWW
4.
Gently try to remove the page without tearing it. If you feel resistance, go to the next step.
5.
Open the ADF lid and gently loosen the media by using both hands.
6.
When the media is free, gently pull it out in the direction shown.
7.
Close the lid to the flatbed scanner.
8.
Lower the green lever.
Other: How do I?
265
9.
Reinstall the cleanout part by inserting it as shown. Push down on the two tabs until the part
snaps into place. Install the cleanout part correctly, because future jamming might occur if the
cleanout part is not replaced correctly.
10. Close the ADF lid.
Order new supplies
You can order supplies by using HP ToolboxFX. To order supplies, complete the following steps.
1.
Open HP ToolboxFX, and then, in the Other Links section, click Order Supplies.
A new browser window appears.
2.
Click Continue.
The browser shows the HP ordering Web site.
3.
266
Complete the ordering process by following the Web site instructions.
Chapter 11
How do I?
ENWW
12 Managing the all-in-one and
maintenance
ENWW
●
Information pages
●
HP ToolboxFX
●
Macintosh Configure Device (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)
●
Embedded Web server
●
Managing supplies
●
Cleaning the all-in-one
●
Changing the print cartridge
●
Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
●
Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller and load arm assembly
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
267
Information pages
Information pages reside within the all-in-one memory. These pages help to diagnose and solve
problems with the all-in-one.
NOTE If the all-in-one language was not correctly set during installation, you can set the
language manually so the information pages print in one of the supported languages. Change
the language by using HP ToolboxFX. See HP ToolboxFX.
Demo page
To print the Demo page, complete the following steps.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Demo page, and then press
.
.
You can also view this page from HP ToolboxFX.
Usage page
The Usage page shows usage statistics, such as the number of copies made from the flatbed
scanner or the automatic document feeder, the number of faxes sent or received, the number of
pages printed, or the number of pages jammed in the automatic document feeder.
You can print a Usage page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print a usage page from the allin-one, complete the following steps:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Usage page, and then press
.
.
Configuration page
The Configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the all-in-one. You can print a
Configuration page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print the Configuration page from the allin-one, complete the following steps.
268
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Config report, and then press
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
.
.
ENWW
1.
Product Information. This section contains basic information about the all-in-one, such as the
product name and the serial number.
2.
Memory. This section lists memory-related information, such as the total memory that is
installed.
3.
Paper Settings. This section lists information about the media type for each tray and about the
type settings for all the media that the all-in-one supports.
4.
Copy Settings. This section lists the all-in-one default copy settings.
5.
Product Settings. This section lists information that is gathered during software installation,
including the language and the company name.
6.
Installed Personalities and Options. This section contains information about optional items
that might be installed, such as a DIMM.
7.
Print Settings. This section contains information about all-in-one settings that are configured in
the printer driver or in HP ToolboxFX.
8.
Status Log. This section contains information about all-in-one errors.
A second page also prints. On that page, the Fax Settings section provide details about the all-inone fax settings.
ENWW
Information pages
269
Supplies Status page (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
The Supplies Status page lists the remaining life of the HP print cartridge. It also lists the estimated
pages remaining, the number of pages printed, and other supplies information. You can print a
Supplies Status page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print from the all-in-one, complete the
following steps.
1.
On the control panel menu, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Supplies Status, and then press
NOTE
.
.
Supplies information is also available through the HP ToolboxFX.
hp LaserJet
3390
1
2
3
270
1.
Print-cartridge area. This area contains a section for each of the print cartridges and provides
information about HP print cartridges. This information includes the part number for each print
cartridge, whether each print cartridge is low, and the life remaining for each print cartridge
expressed as a percentage, as a graphic, and as the estimated number of pages remaining.
This information might not be provided for non-HP supplies. In some cases, if a non-HP supply
is installed, an alert message appears instead.
2.
Ordering Information. This section contains basic information about how to order new
HP supplies. See Checking status and ordering supplies (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only).
3.
Recycling Information. This section contains a link to the Web site that you can visit for
information about recycling. See Replacing and recycling supplies.
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Network configuration page
The network configuration page lists the all-in-one network settings.
You can print a network configuration page from the all-in-one control or HP ToolboxFX. To print
from the all-in-one, complete the following steps:
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Network config., and then press
.
.
.
Fax logs and reports
For information about fax logs and reports, see Fax logs and reports.
ENWW
Information pages
271
HP ToolboxFX
HP ToolboxFX is a Web-based program that you can use to complete the following tasks:
●
Check the all-in-one status.
●
Configure the all-in-one settings.
●
View troubleshooting information.
●
View online documentation.
You can view HP ToolboxFX when the all-in-one is directly connected to your computer or when it is
connected to the network. You must perform a typical software installation to use HP ToolboxFX.
NOTE HP ToolboxFX is not supported for Windows 98 SE or Macintosh operating systems.
To use HP ToolboxFX, you must have TCP/IP protocol installed on your computer.
NOTE
You do not have to have Internet access to open and use HP ToolboxFX.
To view HP ToolboxFX
Open HP ToolboxFX in one of these ways:
●
In the Windows system tray or on your desktop, double-click the HP ToolboxFX icon.
●
On the Windows Start menu, click Programs (or All Programs in Windows XP), click HP, click
HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one, and then click HP ToolboxFX.
The HP ToolboxFX software contains the following sections:
272
●
Status
●
Alerts
●
Fax
●
Help
●
System settings
●
Print settings
●
Network settings
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Status
The HP ToolboxFX Status tab contains links to the following main pages:
●
Device Status. View all-in-one status information. This page indicates all-in-one conditions
such as a jam or an empty tray. After you correct a problem with the all-in-one, click Refresh
Status to update the all-in-one status.
●
Supplies Status (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one). View detailed supplies status such as the
estimated percent of toner remaining in the print cartridge and the number of pages that have
been printed with the current print cartridge. This page also has links to order supplies and to
find recycling information.
●
Device Configuration. View a detailed description of the current all-in-one configuration,
including the amount of memory installed and whether optional trays are installed.
●
Network Configuration. View a detailed description of the current network configuration,
including the IP address and network status.
●
Print Info Pages. Print the Configuration page and various other information pages that are
available for the all-in-one, such as the Supplies Status page and the Demo page.
NOTE HP ToolboxFX for the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one does not print the
Supplies Status page.
●
Event Log. View a history of all-in-one errors. The most recent error is at the top of the list.
Event log
The Event log is a four-column table where the all-in-one events are logged for your reference. The
log contains codes that correspond to the error messages that appears on the all-in-one controlpanel display. The number in the Page Count column specifies the total number of pages that the allin-one had printed when the error occurred. The Event log also contains a brief description of the
error. For more information about error messages, see Control-panel messages.
ENWW
HP ToolboxFX
273
Alerts
The HP ToolboxFX Alerts tab contains links to the following main pages:
●
Set up Status Alerts (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one). Set up the all-in-one to send you popup alerts for certain events, such as low toner levels.
●
Set up E-mail Alerts (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one). Set up the all-in-one to send you email alert messages for certain events, such as low toner levels.
Set up status alerts
Use HP ToolboxFX to set up the all-in-one so that it issues pop-up alerts to your computer when
certain events occur. Events that trigger alerts include jams, low levels of toner in HP print cartridges,
non-HP print cartridge in use, empty input trays, and specific error messages.
Select the pop-up format, the tray icon format, or both for the alerts. The pop-up alerts only appear
when the all-in-one is printing from the computer on which you set up the alerts.
NOTE
You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Set up e-mail alerts
Use HP ToolboxFX to configure up to two e-mail addresses to receive alerts when certain events
occur. You can specify different events for each e-mail address. Enter the information for the e-mail
server that will send out the e-mail alert messages for the all-in-one.
NOTE
274
Chapter 12
You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Fax
Use the HP ToolboxFX Fax tab to perform fax tasks from your computer. The Fax tab contains links
to the following main pages:
●
Fax Tasks. Perform such tasks as sending a fax or clearing the fax memory, or set the fax
receive mode.
●
Fax Phone Book. Add, edit, or delete entries in the all-in-one phone book.
●
Fax Send Log. View all of the recent faxes that have been sent from the all-in-one.
●
Fax Receive Log. View all of the recent faxes that have been received by the all-in-one.
●
Fax Data Properties. Manage the space used to store faxes on your computer. These settings
apply only if you have chosen to send or receive faxes remotely from your computer.
Fax tasks
The following three options are available when receiving a fax:
●
Print the fax. You can also select an option to have a message appear on your computer to
notifying you when the fax was printed.
●
Receive the fax on your computer. You can also select an option to have a message appear on
your computer to notifying you when the fax arrives. If the fax machine is connected to multiple
computers, only one computer can be designated to receive faxes.
●
Forward the fax to another fax machine.
For more information about fax tasks, see Fax.
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Fax phone book
Use the HP ToolboxFX Fax phone book to add and remove individuals or groups on your speed-dial
list, import phone books from a variety of sources, and update and maintain your contact list.
ENWW
●
To add an individual contact to your speed-dial list, select the check box next to the speed dial
number that you want to specify. Type the contact name in the Contact name window. Type the
fax number in the Fax number window. Click Add/Edit.
●
To add a group of contacts to your speed-dial list, select the check box next to the speed-dial
number that you want to specify. Click New/Edit Group. Double-click a contact name from the
list on the left to move it to the group list on the right, or select a name on the left and then click
the appropriate arrow to move it to the group list on the right. You can also use those two
methods to move names from right to left. When you have created a group, type a name in the
Group name window, and then click OK.
●
To edit an existing individual speed-dial entry, click anywhere on the row containing the contact
name to select it, type changes in the appropriate windows, and then click Add/Edit. You can
also make changes directly in the phone book directory list by clicking the entry and typing your
changes. Make sure that you do not have a check mark in the Select column.
●
To edit an existing group-speed-dial entry, click anywhere on the row containing the group
name to select it, and then click New/Edit Group. Make any required changes, and then click
HP ToolboxFX
275
OK. You can make changes to the name of the group directly in the phone book directory list by
clicking the entry and typing your changes. Make sure that you do not have a check mark in the
Select column.
●
To delete an entry from the speed-dial list, select the item and then click Delete.
●
To move speed dial entries, you can select the entry and then click Move, or you can select
Move and then specify the entry in the dialog box. Either select Next empty row or specify the
number of the row where you want to move the entry.
NOTE If you specify a row that is occupied, the new entry will overwrite the existing
entry.
●
To import contacts from a phone book that exists in Lotus Notes, Outlook, or Outlook Express,
click Import Phone Book. Select the appropriate software program, navigate to the appropriate
file, and then click OK. You can also select individual entries from the phone book instead of
importing the entire phone book.
●
To select all of the entries in your speed-dial list, click the Select column heading.
In addition to numerical digits, the following are valid characters for fax numbers:
●
(
●
)
●
+
●
-
●
*
●
#
●
R
●
W
●
.
●
,
●
<space>
NOTE
You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
For more information about faxes, see Fax.
276
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Fax send log
The HP ToolboxFX Fax send log lists all recently sent faxes and information about them, including
the date and time sent, job number, fax number, page count, and the results.
When you send a fax from a computer that is connected to the all-in-one, the fax contains a View
link. Clicking this link opens a new page that provides information about the fax.
Click any column heading in the Fax send log to re-sort the information in that column in ascending
or descending order.
The Results column provides the status of the fax. If the fax attempt was unsuccessful, this column
provides a description of why the fax was not sent.
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
For more information about faxes, see Fax.
Fax receive log
The HP ToolboxFX Fax receive log provides a list of all recently received faxes and information
about them including the date and time received, job number, fax number, page count, results, and
an abbreviated fax image.
When you receive a fax on a computer that is connected to the all-in-one, the fax contains a View
link. Clicking this link opens a new page that provides information about the fax.
Click on any column heading in the Fax receive log to re-sort the information in that column in
ascending or descending order.
The Results column provides the status of the fax. If the fax attempt was unsuccessful, this column
provides a description of why the fax was not received.
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
For more information about faxes, see Fax.
Help
The HP ToolboxFX Documentation tab contains links to the following main pages:
ENWW
●
Troubleshooting
●
How Do I? View the How Do I? Help for help with specific tasks.
●
Animated demonstrations
●
User Guide. View information about the all-in-one usage, warranty, specifications, and support.
The user guide is available in both HTML and PDF format.
●
Install Notes. View important information about the all-in-one that is not available in the user
guide. The late-breaking Install Notes contain last-minute information about the all-in-one (in
English only).
HP ToolboxFX
277
System settings
The HP ToolboxFX System Settings tab contains links to the following main pages:
●
Device information. View information about the all-in-one, such as the all-in-one description
and a contact person.
●
Paper handling. Change the all-in-one paper-handling settings, such as default paper size and
default paper type.
●
Print quality. Change the all-in-one print-quality settings.
●
Paper types. Change the all-in-one mode settings for a each media type, such as letterhead,
prepunched, or glossy paper.
●
System setup. Change the all-in-one system settings, such as all-in-one language and jam
recovery.
●
Service. Gain access to various procedures required to maintain the all-in-one.
●
Device polling. Change the all-in-one polling settings, which determine how often
HP ToolboxFX collects data from the all-in-one.
●
Save/restore settings. Save the current settings for the all-in-one to a file on your computer.
Use this file to load the same settings onto another all-in-one or to restore these settings to this
all-in-one at a later time.
Device information
The HP ToolboxFX Device information page stores data about your all-in-one for future reference.
The information that you type in these fields appears on the Configuration page. You can type any
character in each of these fields.
NOTE
278
Chapter 12
You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Paper handling
Use the HP ToolboxFX paper-handling options to configure your default settings. These are the
same options that are available on the Paper Handling and Printing menus on the control-panel.
For more information, see Using the all-in-one control panel.
You must set the asset number. The asset number is not set at the factory. This number is stored in
the all-in-one for identification purposes.
Three options are available for handling print jobs when the product is out of media:
●
Select Wait for paper to be loaded.
●
Select Cancel from the Paper out action drop-down list to cancel the print job.
●
Select Override from the Paper out time drop-down list to send the print job to another paper
tray.
The Paper out time field specifies how long the all-in-one waits before acting on your selections.
You can specify from 0 to 3600 seconds.
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Print quality
Use the HP ToolboxFX print-quality options to improve the appearance of your print jobs. These are
the same options that are available on the Print Quality menu on the control panel. For more
information, see Using the all-in-one control panel.
The four options provided for controlling print quality are resolution, REt (Resolution Enhancement
technology), print density, and Economode.
●
Resolution. Select 600 resolution for average print jobs and Fast Res 1200 for higher-quality
print jobs. Select ProRes 1200 for the highest-quality print job, but a longer printing time.
●
REt. You can turn on REt, which HP provides for improved print quality.
●
Print density. For increased print density, select a higher number. For decreased print density,
select a lower number.
●
Economode. Turn Economode on when you are printing average print jobs. Economode
reduces print quality, but increases the life of your print cartridge. To increase print quality, turn
Economode off. HP does not recommend full-time use of Economode.
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Paper types
Use these HP ToolboxFX Paper types options to configure print modes that correspond to the
various media types. When you select Restore Modes, all of the modes are reset to the factory
settings.
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
ENWW
HP ToolboxFX
279
System setup
Use the HP ToolboxFX system settings options to configure the settings for copy, fax, scan, and
print. These are the same options that are available on the System Settings menu on the control
panel. For more information, see Using the all-in-one control panel.
NOTE
You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Service
During the printing process, paper, toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the all-in-one.
Over time, this buildup can cause print-quality problems such as toner specks or smearing.
HP ToolboxFX provides an easy method for cleaning the paper path. For more information, see To
clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX.
Device Polling
You can turn off HP ToolboxFX device polling to reduce network traffic, but you will also disable
some HP ToolboxFX features: pop-up alerts, fax log updates, the ability to receive faxes to this
computer, and scanning using the Scan To button.
To turn device polling on, do both of the following:
●
Clear Turn off device polling in HP ToolboxFX.
●
Turn on one of the disabled device-polling features in HP ToolboxFX.
NOTE
You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Print settings
The HP ToolboxFX Print Settings tab contains links to the following main pages:
●
Printing. Change the default all-in-one print settings, such as number of copies and paper
orientation.
●
PCL5e. View and change the PCL5e settings.
●
PostScript. View and change the PS settings.
Printing
Use the HP ToolboxFX printing settings options to configure the settings for all print functions. These
are the same options that are available on the Print Settings menu on the control panel. For more
information, see Using the all-in-one control panel.
NOTE
280
Chapter 12
You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
PCL 5e
Use the PCL5e options to configure the settings when you are using the PCL5e print personality.
These are the same options that are available on the PCL5e menu on the control panel.
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
PostScript
Use the PostScript option when you are using the PostScript print personality. When the Print
PostScript error option is turned on, the PostScript error page automatically prints when PostScript
errors occur.
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
Network settings
The network administrator can use the HP ToolboxFX Network Settings tab to control the networkrelated settings for the all-in-one when it is connected to an IP-based network.
ENWW
HP ToolboxFX
281
Macintosh Configure Device (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac
OS X V10.4)
Macintosh Configure Device is a Web-based program that provides access to information about the
all-in-one (for example, information about supplies status and all-in-one settings). Use Macintosh
Configure Device to monitor and manage the all-in-one from the computer
NOTE You must perform a complete software installation to use Macintosh Configure Device.
●
Check the all-in-one status and print information pages.
●
Check and change all-in-one system settings.
●
Check default print settings.
●
Check and change fax settings, including fax send, fax receive, fax phone book and speed-dial
settings, and fax reports.
●
Check and change network settings, including IP configuration, Advanced, mDNS, SNMP,
network configuration, and password.
You can view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is directly connected to your computer
or when it is connected to the network.
NOTE You do not have to have Internet access to open and use Macintosh Configure Device.
To view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer
1.
Open HP Director by clicking the HP Director icon in the dock.
2.
In HP Director, click Settings.
3.
Select Configure device to open the Macintosh Configure Device home page in a browser.
To view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is connected to a network
1.
2.
282
Open one of the following supported Web browsers:
●
Safari 1.2 or later
●
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 or later
●
Netscape Navigator 4.75 or later
●
Opera 6.05 or later
Enter the IP address of the all-in-one into the Web browser to open the Macintosh Configure
Device home page.
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Embedded Web server
This all-in-one is equipped with an embedded Web server (EWS), which provides access to
information about all-in-one and network activities. A Web server provides an environment in which
web programs may run, much in the same way that an operating system, such as Windows, provides
an environment for programs to run on your computer. The output from these programs can then be
displayed by a Web browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Safari, or Netscape Navigator.
An “embedded” Web server resides on a hardware device (such as an all-in-one) or in firmware,
rather than as software that is loaded on a network server.
The advantage of an EWS is that it provides an interface to the all-in-one that anyone with a networkconnected all-in-one and computer can use. There is no special software to install or configure, but
you must have a supported Web browser on your computer. To gain access to the EWS, type the IP
address for the all-in-one in the address line of the browser. (To find the IP address, print a
Configuration page. For more information about printing a Configuration page, see Configuration
page.)
NOTE For Macintosh operating systems, you can use the EWS over a USB connection after
installing the Macintosh software included with the all-in-one.
Features
The EWS allows you to view all-in-one and network status and manage printing functions from your
computer. With the EWS, you can complete the following tasks:
ENWW
●
View all-in-one status information
●
Determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones
●
View and change part of the all-in-one configuration
●
View and print some internal pages
●
select the Language in which to display the EWS pages
●
View and change network configuration
Embedded Web server
283
Managing supplies
Checking status and ordering supplies (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 allin-one only)
You can check the supplies status by using the all-in-one control panel, printing a Supplies Status
page, or viewing the HP ToolboxFX. Hewlett-Packard recommends that you place an order for a
replacement print cartridge when you first receive the Low message for a print cartridge. When you
use a new, authentic HP print cartridge, you can obtain the following types of supplies information:
●
Amount of cartridge life remaining
●
Estimated number of pages remaining
●
Number of pages printed
●
Other supplies information
NOTE If the all-in-one is connected to the network, you can set the HP ToolboxFX to notify
you by e-mail when a print cartridge is low. If the all-in-one is directly connected to a
computer, you can set HP ToolboxFX to notify you when supplies are low.
To check supplies status by using the control panel
Do one of the following:
●
Check the all-in-one control panel, which indicates when a print cartridge is low or empty. The
control panel also indicates when a non-HP print cartridge is first installed. See Troubleshooting
tools for more information.
●
Print a Supplies Status page, and then check the supplies levels on the page. See Supplies
Status page (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) for more information.
If the supplies levels are low, you can order supplies through your local HP dealer, by telephone, or
online. See Accessories and ordering information for part numbers. See www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies to
order online.
To check supplies status by using HP ToolboxFX
You can configure HP ToolboxFX to notify you when the supplies are low. You can choose to receive
alerts by e-mail or as a pop-up message or taskbar icon.
284
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Storing supplies
Follow these guidelines for storing print cartridges:
●
Do not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it.
CAUTION To prevent damage, do not expose the print cartridge to light for more than a
few minutes.
●
See Environmental specifications for operating and storage temperature ranges.
●
Store the supply in a horizontal position.
●
Store the supply in a dark, dry location away from heat and magnetic sources.
Replacing and recycling supplies
To install a new HP print cartridge, follow the instructions that are included in the box that contains
the new supply, or see the getting started guide.
To recycle supplies, place the used supply in the box in which the new supply arrived. Use the
enclosed return label to send the used supply to HP for recycling. For complete information, see the
recycling guide that is included with each new HP supply item. See HP LaserJet printing supplies for
more information about HP's recycling program.
HP policy on non-HP supplies
Hewlett-Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non-HP supplies, either new or
remanufactured. Because they are not HP products, HP cannot influence their design or control their
quality. Service or repairs required as a result of using a non-HP supply will not be covered under the
warranty.
When you insert a supply into the all-in-one, the all-in-one will inform you if the supply is not a
genuine HP supply. If you insert a genuine HP supply that has reached the low state from another
HP device, the all-in-one identifies the supply as non-HP. Simply return the supply to the original
device to reactivate the HP features and functionality.
Resetting the all-in-one for non-HP supplies (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
When you install a non-HP print cartridge, Unauthorized appears on the control-panel display. In
order to print with this supply, you must press the first time you install this non-HP supply.
CAUTION The all-in-one will not stop printing when this type of supply is empty. Damage to
the all-in-one could occur if the all-in-one prints with an empty non-HP print cartridge. See
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement and Print Cartridge Limited Warranty Statement.
HP fraud hotline
Call the HP fraud hotline if the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX indicates that the print cartridge is not an
HP print cartridge and you think that it is genuine. HP will help determine if the product is genuine
and take steps to resolve the problem.
ENWW
Managing supplies
285
Your print cartridge might not be a genuine HP one if you notice the following issues:
●
You are experiencing a large number of problems with the print cartridge.
●
The print cartridge does not look like it usually does (for example, the pull tab or the box is
different).
In the United States, call toll-free: 1-877-219-3183.
Outside the United States, you can call collect. Dial the operator and ask to place a collect call to this
telephone number: 1-770-263-4745. If you do not speak English, a representative at the HP fraud
hotline who speaks your language will assist you. Or, if someone who speaks your language is not
available, a language line interpreter will connect approximately one minute after the beginning of the
call. The language line interpreter is a service that will translate between you and the representative
for the HP fraud hotline.
286
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Cleaning the all-in-one
To clean the exterior
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the exterior of the all-in-one.
To clean the scanner glass and white platen (HP LaserJet 3050 allin-one)
Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white platen, which can affect
performance. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white platen.
1.
Use the power switch to turn off the all-in-one, and then unplug the power cord from the
electrical socket.
2.
Tilt the control panel forward.
3.
Clean the glass strip and the white platen with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened
with nonabrasive glass cleaner.
CAUTION Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the all-in-one; these can damage the all-in-one. Do not place
liquids directly on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the all-in-one.
4.
Dry the glass and platen with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.
5.
Plug in the all-in-one and use the power switch to turn on the all-in-one.
NOTE In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of liquid
Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the
previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth. The cloth may be moistened with
water if desired.
ENWW
Cleaning the all-in-one
287
To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone)
Dirty glass, from fingerprints, smudges, hair, and so on, slows down performance and affects the
accuracy of special features such as fit-to-page and copy.
NOTE If streaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic
document feeder (ADF), clean the scanner strip (step 3). It is not necessary to clean the
scanner glass.
1.
Turn off the all-in-one, unplug the power cord from the electrical socket, and raise the lid.
2.
Clean the glass by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass
cleaner.
CAUTION Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the all-in-one; these can damage the all-in-one. Do not place
liquids directly on the glass. They might seep under it and damage the all-in-one.
3.
Clean the scanner strip by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with
nonabrasive glass cleaner.
4.
To prevent spotting, dry the glass by using a chamois or cellulose sponge.
NOTE In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of liquid
Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the
previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth. The cloth may be moistened with
water if desired.
288
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
To clean the lid backing (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone)
Minor debris can accumulate on the white document lid backing that is located underneath the all-inone lid.
1.
Turn off the all-in-one, unplug the power cord from the electrical socket, and raise the lid.
2.
Clean the white document lid backing by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened
with a mild soap and warm water. Also, clean the scanner strip next to the ADF scanner glass.
3.
Wash the backing gently to loosen debris; do not scrub the backing.
4.
Dry the backing by using a chamois or soft cloth.
CAUTION Do not use paper-based wipes because they might scratch the backing.
5.
If this does not clean the backing well enough, repeat the previous steps and use isopropyl
alcohol to dampen the cloth or sponge, and then wipe the backing thoroughly with a damp cloth
to remove any residual alcohol.
NOTE In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of liquid
Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the
previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth. The cloth may be moistened with
water if desired.
ENWW
Cleaning the all-in-one
289
To clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller
assembly (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
If your ADF has trouble feeding documents, you can clean the ADF pickup roller assembly.
1.
Turn off the all-in-one and unplug the power cord.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
290
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
2.
Open the ADF cover.
3.
Press the round green button while lifting the green lever. Rotate the green lever until it stops in
the open position. The pickup roller assembly should remain on the surface.
4.
Remove the assembly, and then wipe the assembly with a soft, dry cloth.
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
ENWW
5.
Return the assembly to the same place in the ADF. The largest roller goes in back, and the gear
side is away from you.
6.
Lower the green lever with the flat green part fitting in between the rollers. Press down on the
green lever until you hear a snap.
7.
To check for proper installation, lift the green lever until it remains open. The pickup roller
assembly should be secured to the lever assembly and should not fall out.
8.
Make sure that both sides of the assembly are secured by the green hooks.
Cleaning the all-in-one
291
9.
Lower the green lever assembly and close the ADF cover.
NOTE If you are experiencing jams in the ADF, contact your local HP-authorized
service provider. See HP Customer Care.
10. Plug in the all-in-one, and then turn on the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
292
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
ENWW
Cleaning the paper path
During the printing process, paper, toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the all-in-one.
Over time, this buildup can cause print-quality problems such as toner specks or smearing. This allin-one has a cleaning mode that can correct and prevent these types of problems.
To clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX
Use HP ToolboxFX to clean the paper path. This is the recommended cleaning method. If you do not
have access to HP ToolboxFX, use the method in To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control
panel.
ENWW
1.
Make sure that the all-in-one is turned on and in the Ready state.
2.
Open HP ToolboxFX.
3.
On the Troubleshooting tab, click Maintenance, click Cleaning Page and then click Print. A
page with a pattern prints from the all-in-one.
4.
At the all-in-one, remove any print media that might be in tray 1.
5.
Remove the page that printed and load it face-down into tray 1.
6.
At the computer, click Clean.
Cleaning the all-in-one
293
To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel
If you do not have access to HP ToolboxFX, you can print and use a cleaning page from the all-inone control panel.
1.
Press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to find the Service menu.
3.
Press
4.
Use the < or the > button to find Cleaning Mode.
5.
Press
6.
Load plain letter or A4 paper when you are prompted.
7.
Press
.
.
again to confirm and begin the cleaning process.
A page feeds through the all-in-one slowly. Discard the page when the process is completed.
294
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Changing the print cartridge
To change the print cartridge
1.
Open the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3050
2.
ENWW
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Grasp the handle on the print cartridge and then pull the cartridge straight out to remove it. See
the recycling information inside the print cartridge box.
HP LaserJet 3050
3.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Remove the new print cartridge from its packaging, remove the orange cover from the print
cartridge, and then pull the orange tab straight out to remove the sealing tape.
Changing the print cartridge
295
4.
Insert the cartridge into the all-in-one until it is firmly in place.
HP LaserJet 3050
5.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Close the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3050
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
CAUTION If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothing in
cold water. Hot water sets toner into the fabric.
296
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) on the
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
If the ADF on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one is damaged or not working, you can replace it.
For information about ordering supplies, see Accessories and ordering information.
CAUTION Do not attempt to change the ADF unless you are directed to do so by Customer
Care.
NOTE The ADF on an HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one is not replaceable.
To change the ADF
ENWW
1.
At the all-in-one, raise the lid.
2.
Disconnect the connector by squeezing the tabs together and lifting upward.
3.
Remove the ADF by lifting it upward and tilting it forward as the hinges nearly disconnect from
the all-in-one.
Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
297
298
4.
On the new ADF, unfold the hinges.
5.
Insert the hinges on the new ADF so that they are slightly tilted forward, and then push straight
down into the all-in-one.
6.
Insert the connector by pushing down on it until it clicks into place.
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup
roller and load arm assembly (HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
To change the ADF pickup roller and load arm assembly
If the ADF has trouble feeding documents, you can replace the ADF pickup roller and load arm
assembly. See Accessories and ordering information to order the assembly.
1.
Turn off the all-in-one and unplug the power cord.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
2.
ENWW
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Open the ADF cover.
Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller and load arm assembly
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
299
3.
Lift the load spring off of the post on the load arm.
CAUTION To make sure that you do not lose the load spring, hold on to the load spring
throughout this procedure.
300
4.
Rotate the load arm assembly.
5.
Lift the load arm assembly, slide the assembly toward the front of the all-in-one to disengage
the gear-end of the assembly, and then lift the assembly off of the all-in-one.
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
ENWW
6.
Insert the gear-end of the new load arm assembly into the all-in-one and then lower the
assembly into place.
7.
Reattach the load spring.
8.
Close the ADF cover.
Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller and load arm assembly
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
301
9.
Plug in the all-in-one, and then turn on the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
NOTE If you continue to experience jams in the ADF, contact your local HP-authorized
service provider. See HP Customer Care.
302
Chapter 12
Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW
13 Troubleshooting
ENWW
●
Troubleshooting checklist
●
Clearing jams
●
Control-panel messages
●
Print problems
●
Fax problems
●
Copy problems
●
Scan problems
●
Network problems
●
Control-panel display problems
●
Stapler problems (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one)
●
Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors
●
Troubleshooting common Macintosh problems
●
Troubleshooting tools
303
Troubleshooting checklist
Follow these steps when trying to solve a problem with the all-in-one.
Step
number
Verification step
Possible problems
Solutions
1
Is the power on?
No power due to failed power source,
cable, switch, or fuse.
1.
Verify that the all-in-one is plugged in.
2.
Verify that the power cable is
functional and that the power switch
is on.
3.
Check the power source by plugging
the all-in-one directly into the wall or
into a different outlet.
1.
Verify that the fuser shipping locks
have been removed. For more
information, see the Getting Started
Guide.
2.
Verify that the fuser locks on the
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one are
in the locked position by opening and
then closing the rear door.
3.
Verify that the print cartridge is
installed correctly. (See
HP ToolboxFX.) Follow the
instructions on the control panel to
remove and replace the cartridge.
4.
Verify that the top cover is closed.
When the all-in-one is
connected to a grounded
power source and is turned
on, the control panel shows
Hewlett Packard with moving
cursors indicating that the
firmware code is loading, and
the main motor rotates for
approximately 45 to 60
seconds. When the firmware
is done loading, Scanner
bulb warming up might
appear on the control-panel
display, and the scan head
moves back and forth for
10-15 seconds. If you lift the
scanner lid, you will see that
the scanner bulb is lit. Near
the end of this time, the
automatic document feeder
(ADF) motor turns on for
about two seconds.
Motor does not rotate.
ADF motor does not rotate.
Open the ADF cover and remove any
orange shipping tape inside the ADF.
Verify that the ADF cable is connected
correctly to the scanner. See Changing
the automatic document feeder (ADF) on
the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.
If the ADF motor still does not rotate,
replace the ADF. See Changing the
automatic document feeder (ADF) on the
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.
2
Does Ready appear in the
all-in-one control panel?
Scanner bulb does not light.
If the scanner bulb does not light, contact
HP Customer Care. See HP Customer
Care or the support flyer that came in the
all-in-one box.
Control panel shows an error.
See Control-panel messages for a list of
common messages that will help you
correct the error.
The control panel should
function without error
messages.
3
304
Do information pages print?
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one
box.
An error message appears on the controlpanel display.
See Control-panel messages for a list of
common messages that will help you
correct the error.
ENWW
Step
number
Verification step
Possible problems
Solutions
Print a Configuration page.
See Configuration page.
Media does not move smoothly through the
all-in-one paper path.
Make sure that media that meets
HP specifications. See Media specifications
Clean the paper path. See Cleaning the
paper path.
Poor print quality.
See Print quality problems.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one
box.
4
Does the all-in-one copy?
Poor copy quality from the ADF.
Place the Configuration page
into the ADF and make a
copy. The report should feed
smoothly through the ADF,
and copies should print
without print-quality problems.
Make a copy from the flatbed
as well.
Media does not move smoothly through the
ADF path.
Poor copy quality from the flatbed.
ENWW
1.
If the print quality from the internal
tests and the copy from the flatbed
were acceptable, clean the ADF
scanning strip. See To clean the
scanner glass (HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
2.
If the ADF is damaged, replace the
ADF. See Changing the automatic
document feeder (ADF) on the
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.
1.
Make sure that the media in the ADF
meets ADF specifications. See Table
3-6 Automatic document feeder
(ADF) specifications, HP LaserJet
3050 all-in-one.
2.
Clean the ADF pick roller and ADF
separation pad on the HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one. See
To clean the automatic document
feeder (ADF) pickup roller assembly
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392
all-in-one) .
3.
If the problem persists, replace the
ADF pick roller. See Changing the
automatic document feeder (ADF)
pickup roller and load arm assembly
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392
all-in-one).
4.
If the problem persists, replace the
ADF. See Changing the automatic
document feeder (ADF) on the
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.
1.
If the print quality from the internal
tests and the copy from the ADF
were acceptable, clean the flatbed
glass. See To clean the scanner
glass (HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
2.
If, after performing the maintenance,
the problem persists, see Copy
problems.
Troubleshooting checklist
305
Step
number
Verification step
Possible problems
Solutions
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support
flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
5
Does the all-in-one send a
fax?
Connect the telephone line
and press Start Fax to verify
that a dial tone exists (using a
hand set, if necessary).
Attempt to send a fax.
The telephone line is not operational or the
all-in-one is not plugged into the telephone
line.
Verify that the all-in-one is plugged into a
telephone line that you know works.
The telephone cord is faulty or is plugged
into the wrong connector.
1.
Try plugging the telephone cord into
the other connector.
2.
Try a new telephone cord.
The fax number is incorrect or incomplete..
Check the fax number and re-enter the
correct and complete fax number.
The all-in-one fax settings are set incorrectly. Review and reset the all-in-one fax
settings. See Fax.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one
box.
6
Does the all-in-one receive
a fax?
Sent fax is incomplete or of poor quality.
See Fax problems.
Too many telephone devices are plugged
in, or telephone devices are not connected
in the correct order.
Make sure that the HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one is the only device on
the telephone line and try again to receive
the fax.
Use another fax machine to
send a fax to the all-in-one.
The all-in-one fax settings are set incorrectly. Review and reset the all-in-one fax
settings. See Fax
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support
flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
7
Does the all-in-one print
from the computer?
Connect the network cable or
USB cable to the all-in-one
and the computer. Use a
word-processing program to
send a print job to the all-inone.
Software is not installed correctly or an
error occurred during software installation.
Uninstall and then reinstall the all-in-one
software. Verify that you are using the
correct installation procedure and the
correct port setting.
The cable is not connected correctly.
Reconnect the cable.
An incorrect driver is selected.
Select the proper driver.
Other devices are connected to the USB
port.
Disconnect the other devices and try
again to print.
There is a port driver problem in Microsoft
Windows.
Uninstall and then reinstall the all-in-one
software. Verify that you are using the
correct installation procedure and the
correct port setting.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support
flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
306
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Step
number
Verification step
Possible problems
Solutions
8
Does the all-in-one scan to
the computer?
The cable is not connected correctly.
Reconnect the cable.
Software is not installed correctly or an
error occurred during software installation.
Uninstall and then reinstall the all-in-one
software. Verify that you are using the
correct installation procedure and the
correct port setting.
Initiate a scan from the basic
desktop software at your
computer.
If the error persists, turn off the all-in-one and then turn on the all-in-one.
If the error still persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
ENWW
Troubleshooting checklist
307
Clearing jams
This section contains instructions for clearing jams from the all-in-one.
Causes of jams
Occasionally, paper or other print media can become jammed during a print job. Some causes
include the following events:
●
The input trays are loaded improperly or overfilled, or the media guides are not set properly.
●
Media is added to or removed from an input tray during a print job or an input tray is removed
from the all-in-one during a print job.
●
The cartridge door is opened during a print job.
●
Too many sheets have accumulated in an output area, or sheets are blocking an output area.
●
The print media that is being used does not meet HP specifications. See Media specifications.
●
The media is damaged or has foreign objects attached to it, such as staples or paper clips.
●
The environment in which the print media was stored is too humid or too dry. See Printing and
storage environment.
Tips to avoid jams
308
●
Verify that the input tray is not overfilled. The input tray capacity varies depending on the type of
print media that you are using.
●
Verify that the media guides are properly adjusted.
●
Check that the input tray is securely in place.
●
Do not add print media into the input tray while the all-in-one is printing.
●
Use only HP-recommended media types and sizes. See Media specifications for more
information about print media types.
●
Do not let print media stack up in the output bin. The print media type and the amount of toner
used affect the output bin capacity.
●
Check the power connection. Make sure that the power cord is firmly connected to both the allin-one and the power supply box. Plug the power cord into a grounded power outlet.
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Where to look for jams
Jams can occur in these locations:
●
Inside the all-in-one
●
In output areas
●
In the automatic document feeder (ADF)
●
In the automatic duplexer (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Find and remove the jam by using the instructions on the following pages. If the location of the jam is
not obvious, first look inside the all-in-one.
Loose toner might remain in the all-in-one after a jam. This problem typically resolves itself after a
few sheets have been printed.
Print cartridge area
To clear a jam in the print cartridge area, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one.
Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
1.
Open the print-cartridge door, and remove the print cartridge.
HP LaserJet 3050
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, minimize its exposure to direct light.
2.
ENWW
On the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, open the rear output door, and then rotate the green
pressure-release levers downward.
Clearing jams
309
3.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3050
4.
310
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Replace the print cartridge and close the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3050
5.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
On the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, close the rear output door.
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Input trays (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the input trays, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one.
Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
ENWW
1.
Open the tray 1 and pull any visible jammed media out of the all-in-one.
2.
If no media is visible, open the print-cartridge door, remove the print cartridge, and rotate the
upper media guide. Carefully pull the media up and out of the all-in-one.
3.
Close tray 1.
Clearing jams
311
Input trays (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the input trays, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one.
Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
1.
Open the rear output door.
2.
Rotate the green pressure release levers downward.
3.
Open the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1) door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
312
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
4.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
5.
Close the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1) door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
ENWW
6.
Open tray 2 and tray 3.
7.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
Clearing jams
313
8.
If no media is visible, open the print-cartridge door, remove the print cartridge, and rotate the
upper media guide. Carefully pull the media up and out of the all-in-one.
9.
Close the main input tray (tray 2).
10. Close the rear output door.
314
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Output bin
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3050
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
Straight-through output path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the straight-through output path, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one.
Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
ENWW
1.
Open the rear output door.
2.
Rotate the green pressure release levers downward.
Clearing jams
315
3.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
NOTE If you cannot grasp the media with your hands, perform the procedure in Print
cartridge area.
4.
Close the rear output door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
NOTE The pressure release levers automatically close when you close the rear output
door.
316
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) path (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the automatic two-sided path, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove
jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one.
Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
ENWW
1.
Open the rear output door.
2.
Rotate the green pressure release levers downward.
3.
Remove tray 2.
Clearing jams
317
318
4.
Push down on the green lever on the automatic two-sided path door on the front of the all-in-one.
5.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
6.
Close the automatic two-sided path door.
7.
Reinsert the main input tray (tray 2).
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
8.
Close the rear output bin, and then open the automatic two-sided path door on the back of the
all-in-one.
9.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
10. Close the automatic two-sided path door.
ENWW
Clearing jams
319
Jams occur in the automatic document feeder (ADF)
Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a fax, copy, or scan job.
You are notified of a media jam by the Doc feeder jam Clear, Reload message that appears on the
all-in-one control-panel display.
●
The ADF input tray is loaded incorrectly or is too full. See Loading documents to fax, copy, or
scan for more information.
●
The media does not meet HP specifications, such as those for size or type. See Media
specifications for more information.
To clear a media jam from the ADF (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
1.
Open the ADF lid.
2.
Carefully remove jammed media. Gently try to remove the page without tearing it.
3.
Close the ADF lid.
To clear a media jam from the ADF (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
1.
Open the ADF cover.
NOTE Verify that any shipping tape inside the ADF has been removed.
320
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
ENWW
2.
Remove the jam cleanout part. Using both hands, lift up on the two handles until the part
unsnaps. Rotate and lift out the cleanout part and set it aside.
3.
Lifting the green lever, rotate the pick mechanism until it stays open.
4.
Gently try to remove the page without tearing it. If you feel resistance, go to the next step.
5.
Open the ADF lid and gently loosen the media by using both hands.
6.
When the media is free, gently pull it out in the direction shown.
Clearing jams
321
7.
Close the lid to the flatbed scanner.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
8.
Lower the green lever.
9.
Reinstall the cleanout part by inserting it as shown. Push down on the two tabs until the part
snaps into place. Install the cleanout part correctly, because future jamming might occur if the
cleanout part is not replaced correctly.
10. Close the ADF lid.
322
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Control-panel messages
The majority of the control-panel messages are intended to guide the user through typical operation.
The control-panel messages indicate the status of the current operation, and include a page count on
the second line of the display, if appropriate. When the all-in-one is receiving fax data, print data, or
scanning commands, control-panel messages indicate this status. In addition, alert messages,
warning messages, and critical error messages indicate situations that might require some action.
Alert and warning messages
Alert and warning messages appear temporarily and might require the user to acknowledge the
message by pressing to resume or by pressing Cancel to cancel the job. With certain warnings,
the job might not complete or the print quality might be affected. If the alert or warning message is
related to printing and the auto-continue feature is on, the all-in-one will attempt to resume the
printing job after the warning has appeared for 10 seconds without acknowledgement.
Alert and warning message tables
Table 13-1 Alert and warning messages
Control panel message
Description
Recommended action
10.0000 Supply error
The print cartridge is not installed correctly.
1.
Reinstall print cartridge.
2.
Power cycle all-in-one.
3.
If the problem is not solved, replace
the cartridge.
ADF door is open
The ADF lid is open or a sensor is
malfunctioning.
Make sure that the ADF lid is closed.
Remove the ADF and reinstall it.
If the message persists, turn off the power
by using the power switch, wait at least 30
seconds, and then turn on the power and
wait for the all-in-one to initialize.
Try another power source.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Canceled copy. Clear document
The Cancel button was pressed to cancel
the current job while pages were feeding
from the ADF. The cancel process does not
automatically clear the ADF.
Remove the jammed item. See Jams occur
in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
Then, clear the items in the ADF tray and
start over.
Canceled scan. Clear document
The Cancel button was pressed to cancel
the current job while pages were feeding
from the ADF. The cancel process does not
automatically clear the ADF.
Remove the jammed item. See Jams occur
in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
Then, clear the items in the ADF tray and
start over.
Canceled send. Clear document
The Cancel button was pressed to cancel
the current job while pages were feeding
from the ADF tray. The cancel process
does not automatically clear the ADF.
Remove the jammed item. See Jams occur
in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
Then, clear the items in the ADF tray and
start over.
Comm. error
A fax communication error occurred
between the all-in-one and the sender or
receiver.
Allow the all-in-one to retry sending the fax.
Unplug the all-in-one telephone cord from
ENWW
Control-panel messages
323
Table 13-1 Alert and warning messages (continued)
Control panel message
Description
Recommended action
the wall, plug in a telephone, and try
making a call. Plug the all-in-one phone
cord into a jack for another phone line.
Try a different phone cord.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
The all-in-one experienced an internal
communication error.
This is a warning message only. Job output
might be affected.
Device is busy. Try again later
The all-in-one is currently in use.
Wait for the all-in-one to finish the current
job.
Doc feeder jam Clear, Reload
A piece of media is jammed in the ADF tray.
Open the document release door, clear the
jam, close the document release door, and
reload the paper into the ADF tray.
Device error. [
] to cont.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Document feeder mispick. Reload
Media in the ADF tray was not picked up.
Remove the media from the ADF tray, and
then reload it.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Engine error press
The all-in-one experienced an internal
communication error.
This is a warning message only. Job output
might be affected.
Fax delayed – Send memory full
Fax memory is full.
Cancel the fax by pressing
or Cancel.
Resend the fax. You might need to send
the fax in multiple sections if the error
occurs again.
Fax is busy Canceled send
The fax line to which you were sending a
fax was busy. The all-in-one has canceled
sending the fax.
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax
machine is on and ready.
Check that you are dialing the correct fax
number.
Check that the Redial if busy option is
enabled.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing Start Fax.
Make sure that the phone is working by
disconnecting the all-in-one, plugging in a
telephone to the phone line, and making a
voice call.
Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack
for another phone line, and then try sending
the fax again.
Try a different phone cord.
324
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Table 13-1 Alert and warning messages (continued)
Control panel message
Description
Recommended action
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Fax is busy Redial pending
The fax line to which you were sending a
fax was busy. The all-in-one automatically
redials the busy number. See Changing the
redial settings.
Allow the all-in-one to retry sending the fax.
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax
machine is on and ready.
Check that you are dialing the correct fax
number.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing Start Fax.
Make sure that the phone is working by
disconnecting the all-in-one, plugging in a
telephone to the phone line, and making a
voice call.
Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack
for another phone line, and try sending the
fax again.
Try a different phone cord.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Fax memory full Canceling recv.
During the fax transmission, the all-in-one
ran out of memory. Only the pages that fit
into memory will be printed.
Print all of the faxes and have the sender
resend the fax. Cancel all fax jobs or clear
the faxes from memory. See Deleting faxes
from memory.
Note: Adding a memory DIMM
(HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only)
does not help resolve this issue.
Fax memory full Canceling send
During the fax job, the memory filled. All
pages of the fax have to be in memory for a
fax job to work correctly. Only the pages
that fit into memory were sent.
Print all received faxes or wait until all
pending faxes are sent.
Ask the sender to send the fax again.
Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from
memory. See Deleting faxes from memory.
Fax recv. error
An error occurred while trying to receive a
fax.
Ask the sender to resend the fax.
Try faxing back to the sender or another fax
machine.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing Start Fax.
Check that the telephone cord is securely
connected by unplugging and replugging
the cord.
Make sure that you are using the telephone
cord that came with the all-in-one.
ENWW
Control-panel messages
325
Table 13-1 Alert and warning messages (continued)
Control panel message
Description
Recommended action
Make sure that the phone is working by
disconnecting the all-in-one, plugging in a
telephone to the phone line, and making a
voice call.
Turn off error-correction mode (ECM), and
turn off V.34. Ask the sender to resend the
fax. See Setting the fax-error-correction
mode or Changing the V.34 setting.
Connect the all-in-one to a different phone
line.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Fax Send error
An error occurred while trying to send a fax.
Try resending the fax.
Try faxing to another fax number.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing Start Fax.
Check that the telephone cord is securely
connected by unplugging and replugging
the cord.
Make sure that you are using the telephone
cord that came with the all-in-one.
Make sure that the phone is working by
disconnecting the all-in-one, plugging in a
telephone to the phone line, and making a
voice call.
Connect the all-in-one to a different phone
line.
Set the fax resolution to Standard instead
of the default of Fine. See Changing
resolution settings.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Fit to Page on flatbed only
The copy reduce/enlarge feature (called
"Fit to Page") applies only to copies made
from the flatbed scanner.
Use the flatbed or select another reduction/
enlargement setting.
Group dial not allowed in group
The speed-dial code that you typed is
programmed for a group. Adding a groupdial to another group-dial is not allowed.
Add one-touch buttons (programmed as an
individual speed dial) or speed-dial codes
to a group-dial.
Invalid date
An invalid date was entered, such as June
35.
Re-enter the date.
Invalid driver Press
You are using the incorrect printer driver.
Select the printer driver that is appropriate
for your all-in-one.
Invalid entry
Invalid data or response.
Correct the entry.
326
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Table 13-1 Alert and warning messages (continued)
Control panel message
Description
Recommended action
Mem. low 1 copy. Press [cancel]
The all-in-one completed making one copy.
The remaining copies have been canceled
because of low memory.
Press Cancel to clear the error. Break the
job into smaller jobs that contain fewer
pages.
Memory is low Try again later
The all-in-one does not have enough
memory to start a new job.
Wait until the current job is finished before
starting a new job.
Memory is low. Press
The all-in-one memory has been almost
completely filled.
Allow the all-in-one to finish the job, or
to cancel the job.
press
Memory low Only 1 copy made
The all-in-one does not have enough
memory to complete the collated copy job.
Break the job into smaller jobs that contain
fewer pages.
No Dial Tone
The all-in-one could not detect a dial tone.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing Start Fax.
Unplug the telephone cord from both the allin-one and the wall and replug the cord.
Make sure that you are using the telephone
cord that came with the all-in-one.
Unplug the all-in-one telephone cord from
the wall, plug in a telephone, and try
making a voice call.
Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack
for another phone line. See Changing the
detect-dial-tone setting.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
No document sent
The all-in-one did not scan any pages, or it
did not receive any pages from the
computer to transmit a fax.
Try sending the fax again.
No fax answer Redial pending
The receiving fax line did not answer. The
all-in-one attempts to redial after a few
minutes.
Allow the all-in-one to retry sending the fax.
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax
machine is on and ready.
Check that you are dialing the correct fax
number.
If the all-in-one continues to redial, unplug
the all-in-one telephone cord from the wall,
plug in a telephone, and try making a voice
call.
Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack
for another phone line.
Try a different phone cord.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
No fax answer. Canceled send
ENWW
Attempts to redial a fax number failed, or
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax
the “Redial-no answer” option was turned off. machine is on and ready.
Control-panel messages
327
Table 13-1 Alert and warning messages (continued)
Control panel message
Description
Recommended action
Check that you are dialing the correct fax
number.
Check that the redial option is enabled.
Unplug the telephone cord from both the allin-one and the wall and replug the cord.
Unplug the all-in-one telephone cord from
the wall, plug in a telephone, and try
making a voice call.
Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack
for another phone line.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
No fax detected
The all-in-one answered the incoming call
but did not detect that a fax machine was
calling.
Allow the all-in-one to retry receiving the fax.
Try a different phone cord.
Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack
for another phone line.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
No paper pickup
to cont.
The all-in-one has failed to pick up a piece
of media.
Verify that the media was inserted far
enough into the input tray. In tray 2
(HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one), verify
that the paper-length guide is in the correct
position for the media size that you are
using.
Reload the media in the input tray and
press
to continue the job.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Page too complex
to cont.
The all-in-one could not print the current
page because of its complexity.
Press
to clear the message.
Allow the all-in-one to finish the job, or
press Cancel to cancel the job.
Paper jam in (area)
The all-in-one has detected a jam in one of
the following areas: tray 1, tray 2, optional
tray 3, the registration area, or the fuser.
Clear the jam from the area indicated on
the all-in-one control panel, and then follow
the control panel instructions. See Clearing
jams.
Scanner reserved for PC scan
A computer is using the all-in-one to create
a scan.
Wait until the computer scan has finished,
or cancel the scan from the computer
software, or press Cancel.
Scanning error Cannot connect
The all-in-one cannot transmit scan
information to a computer.
Verify that the connection cable is not loose
or damaged. Replace the cable if
necessary, and try the scan again.
328
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Table 13-1 Alert and warning messages (continued)
Control panel message
Description
Recommended action
Settings cleared
The all-in-one has cleared job settings.
Re-enter any appropriate job settings.
A new supply has been installed that is not
made by HP. This message is shown until
is pressed.
an HP supply is installed or
If you believe you purchased an HP supply,
please call the HP fraud hotline at
1-877-219-3183. Service or repairs that are
required as a result of using nonHP supplies is not covered under
HP warranty.
Unauthorized supply in use/
Unauthorized black (to accept press [
]
To continue printing, press . The first
pending job will be cancelled.
ENWW
Control-panel messages
329
Critical error messages
Critical error messages can indicate some kind of failure. Cycling the power might fix the problem. If
a critical error persists, the all-in-one might require service.
Critical error message-tables
Table 13-2 Critical error messages
Control panel message
Description
Recommended action
49 Error
The all-in-one has experienced an internal
embedded software error.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one
to initialize.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
50.x Fuser Error
The all-in-one has experienced an internal
hardware error.
1.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, and then wait at least 30
seconds.
2.
If a surge protector is being used,
remove it. Plug the all-in-one directly
into the wall socket.
3.
Turn on the power and wait for the allin-one to initialize.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
51 Laser Error
The all-in-one has experienced an internal
hardware error.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one
to initialize.
If a surge protector is being used, remove
it. Plug the all-in-one directly into the wall
socket. Use the power switch to turn the allin-one on.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
52 Scanner Error
The all-in-one has experienced an internal
hardware error.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one
to initialize.
If a surge protector is being used, remove
it. Plug the all-in-one directly into the wall
socket. Use the power switch to turn the allin-one on.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
330
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Table 13-2 Critical error messages (continued)
Control panel message
Description
Recommended action
55.1 Error
The all-in-one has experienced an internal
hardware error.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one
to initialize.
If a surge protector is being used, remove
it. Plug the all-in-one directly into the wall
socket. Use the power switch to turn the allin-one on.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
57 Fan Error
The all-in-one has experienced a problem
with its internal fan.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one
to initialize.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
79 Error Turn off then on
The all-in-one has experienced an internal
firmware error.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one
to initialize.
If you have recently installed a memory
DIMM in the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone, turn off the all-in-one, remove the
memory DIMM, reinstall the DIMM to verify
that it is seated properly, and then turn on
the all-in-one.
If a surge protector is being used, remove
it. Plug the all-in-one directly into the wall
socket. Use the power switch to turn the allin-one on.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the
support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
ENWW
Control-panel messages
331
Print problems
Print quality problems
Occasionally, you might encounter problems with print quality. The information in the following
sections helps you identify and resolve these issues.
NOTE
If you are having copy problems, see Copy problems.
Improving print quality
Use the print-quality settings to prevent print-quality problems.
Understanding print-quality settings
Print-quality settings affect how light or dark the print is on the page and the style in which the
graphics are printed. You can also use the print-quality settings to optimize the print quality for a
specific media type.
You can change the settings in the all-in-one properties to accommodate the types of jobs that you
are printing. The following settings are available, depending on the printer driver that you are using:
●
600 dpi
●
Custom: This setting produces the same resolution as the default setting, but you can change
the scale patterns.
NOTE
Changing the resolution can change the formatting of your text.
To temporarily change print-quality settings
To change the print-quality settings only for the current software program, open the properties
through the Print Setup menu in the program that you are using to print.
To change print-quality settings for all future jobs
NOTE For Macintosh instructions, see Gaining access to the printer drivers for more
information.
For Windows 98, Windows 2000, and Windows Me:
1.
In the Windows system tray, click Start, select Settings, and then click Printers.
2.
Right-click the all-in-one icon.
3.
Click Properties (in Windows 2000, you can also click Printing Preferences).
4.
Change the settings, and click OK.
For Windows XP:
332
1.
In the Windows system tray, click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Printers and Faxes.
2.
Right-click the all-in-one icon.
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
3.
Click Properties, or click Printing Preferences.
4.
Change the settings, and click OK.
Identifying and correcting print defects
Use the checklist and print-quality issues charts in this section to solve print-quality problems.
Print-quality checklist
General print-quality problems can be solved by using the following checklist:
1.
Make sure that the paper or print media that you are using meets specifications. See Media
specifications. Generally, smoother paper provides better results.
2.
If you are using a special print media such as labels, transparencies, glossy, or letterhead,
ensure that you have printed by type. See Controlling print jobs.
3.
Print a Configuration page and Supplies Status page at the all-in-one control panel. See
Information pages. (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
4.
●
Check the Supplies Status page to see if any supplies are low or empty. No information is
provided for non-HP print cartridges. (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
●
If the pages do not print correctly, the problem is with the hardware. Contact HP Customer
Care. See HP Customer Care or the flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Print a Demo page from the HP ToolboxFX. If the page prints, the problem is with the printer
driver. Try printing from another printer driver. For example, if you are using the PCL 6 printer
driver, print from the PS printer driver.
●
Use the Add Printer Wizard in the Printers (or Printers and Faxes in Windows XP) dialog
box to install the PS driver.
5.
Try printing from a different program. If the page prints correctly, the problem is with the
program from which you were printing.
6.
Restart the computer and the all-in-one and try printing again. If the problem is not resolved,
see General print-quality issues.
General print-quality issues
The following examples depict letter-size paper that has passed through the all-in-one short-edgefirst. These examples illustrate problems that would affect all of the pages that you print. The topics
that follow list the typical cause and solution for each of these examples.
ENWW
Problem
Cause
Solution
Print is light or faded.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See Media
specifications.
The print cartridge might be low. If you
use a non-HP print cartridge, no
messages appear on the all-in-one
control panel or in the HP ToolboxFX.
Replace the print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
If the print cartridge is not low or
empty, inspect the toner roller to see if
the roller is damaged. If it is, replace
the print cartridge.
Print problems
333
Problem
Toner specks appear.
Dropouts appear.
Cause
Solution
If the whole page is light, the print
density adjustment is too light or
EconoMode might be turned on.
Adjust the print density, and disable
EconoMode in the all-in-one Properties.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See Media
specifications.
The paper path might need cleaning.
Clean the paper path. See Cleaning
the paper path, or see the
HP ToolboxFX online Help.
A single sheet of print media might be
defective.
Try reprinting the job.
The moisture content of the paper is
uneven or the paper has moist spots
on its surface.
Try different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser
printers. See Media specifications.
The paper lot is flawed. The
manufacturing processes can cause
some areas to reject toner.
Try different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser
printers. See Media specifications.
The print cartridge might be defective.
Replace the print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
If the error persists, contact
HP Customer Care. See HP Customer
Care or the support flyer that came in
the all-in-one box.
Vertical streaks or bands appear on the
page.
334
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
The print cartridge might be low or
defective. If you are using a nonHP print cartridge, no messages
appear on the all-in-one control panel
or in the HP ToolboxFX.
Replace the print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
ENWW
Problem
Cause
Solution
The amount of background toner
shading becomes unacceptable.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper with a lighter
basis weight. See Media specifications.
The single-sheet priority input tray
might be installed incorrectly.
Make sure that the single-sheet priority
input tray is in place.
The print-density setting is too high.
Decrease the print-density setting
through HP ToolboxFX or the
embedded Web server. This decreases
the amount of background shading.
Very dry (low humidity) conditions can
increase the amount of background
shading.
Check the all-in-one environment.
The print cartridge might be low. If you
are using a non-HP print cartridge, no
messages appear on the all-in-one
control panel or in the HP ToolboxFX.
Replace the print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See Media
specifications.
If toner smears appear on the leading
edge of the paper, the media guides
are dirty, or debris has accumulated in
the print path.
Clean the media guides and the paper
path. See Cleaning the paper path.
The print cartridge might be low. If you
are using a non-HP print cartridge, no
messages appear on the all-in-one
control panel or in the HP ToolboxFX.
Replace the print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
The fuser temperature might be too low.
In the printer driver, make sure the
appropriate media type is selected.
The all-in-one is not set to print on the
type of media on which you want to
print.
In the printer driver, select the Paper
tab and set Type is to match the type
of media on which you are printing.
Print speed might be slower if you are
using heavy paper.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See Media
specifications.
The paper path might need cleaning.
Clean the all-in-one. See Cleaning the
all-in-one.
The power source might be defective.
Plug the all-in-one directly into an AC
outlet instead of into a power strip.
The print cartridge might be low. If you
are using a non-HP print cartridge, no
messages appear on the all-in-one
control panel or in the HP ToolboxFX.
Replace the print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
The all-in-one is not set to print on the
type of media on which you want to
print.
In the printer driver, make sure that the
appropriate media type is selected.
Print speed might be slower if you are
using heavy paper.
Internal parts might have toner on them.
The problem typically corrects itself
after a few more pages.
Toner smears appear on the media.
The toner smears easily when touched.
Marks repeatedly appear at even
intervals on the page.
ENWW
Print problems
335
Problem
The printed page contains misformed
characters.
The printed page is curled or wavy.
Cause
Solution
The paper path might need cleaning.
Clean the all-in-one. See Cleaning the
all-in-one.
The print cartridge might be damaged.
If a repetitive mark occurs at the same
spot on the page, install a new HP print
cartridge. See Changing the print
cartridge.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser
printers. See Media specifications.
If characters are incorrectly formed so
that they produce a wavy effect, the
laser scanner might need service.
Verify that the problem also occurs on
the Configuration page. If so, contact
HP Customer Care. See HP Customer
Care or the support flyer that came in
the all-in-one box.
The all-in-one is not set to print on the
type of media on which you want to
print.
In the printer driver, make sure the
appropriate media type is selected.
If the problem persists, select a media
type that uses a lower fuser
temperature, such as transparencies or
light media.
Text or graphics are skewed on the
printed page.
336
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
The media might have been in the
input tray too long.
Turn over the stack of media in the
tray. Also, try rotating the media 180°
in the input tray.
The paper path is curling the media.
Open the rear output door to print to
the straight-through output path.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser
printers. See Media specifications.
Both high temperature and humidity
can cause paper curl.
Check the all-in-one environment.
The media might be loaded incorrectly
or the input tray might be too full.
Verify that the media is loaded
correctly and that the media guides are
not too tight or too loose against the
stack. See Loading media into the
input trays.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser
printers. See Media specifications.
ENWW
Problem
Cause
Solution
The printed page contains wrinkles or
creases.
The media might be loaded incorrectly
or the input tray might be too full.
Turn over the stack of paper in the
input tray, or try rotating the paper 180°
in the input tray.
Verify that the media is loaded
correctly and that the media guides are
not too tight or too loose against the
stack. See Loading media into the
input trays.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser
printers. See Media specifications.
The paper path is curling the media.
Open the rear output door to print to
the straight-through output path.
Air pockets inside envelopes can
cause them to wrinkle.
Remove the envelope, flatten it, and try
printing again.
Toner appears around the printed
characters.
The media might be loaded incorrectly.
Turn over the stack of paper in the tray.
If large amounts of toner have
scattered around the characters, the
paper might have high resistivity.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser
printers. See Media specifications.
An image that appears at the top of the
page (in solid black) repeats farther
down the page (in a gray field).
Software settings might affect image
printing.
In your software program, change the
tone (darkness) of the field in which the
repeated image appears.
In your software program, rotate the
whole page 180° to print the lighter
image first.
The order of images printed might
affect printing.
Change the order in which the images
are printed. For example, have the
lighter image at the top of the page,
and the darker image farther down the
page.
A power surge might have affected the
all-in-one.
If the defect occurs later in a print job,
turn the all-in-one off for 10 minutes,
and then turn on the all-in-one to
restart the print job.
Media-handling problems
Use the information in this section when the all-in-one experiences media-handling problems.
ENWW
Print problems
337
Print-media guidelines
●
For best results, make sure that the paper is of good quality, and free of cuts, nicks, tears,
spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles, voids, staples, and curled or bent edges.
●
For best-quality printing, use a smooth type of paper. Generally, smoother media produces
better results. For more information, see Media specifications.
●
If you are unsure what type of paper you are loading (such as bond or recycled), check the label
on the package of paper.
●
Do not use media that is designed for Inkjet printers only. Use media that is designed for
LaserJet printers.
●
Do not use letterhead paper that is printed with low-temperature inks, such as those used in
some types of thermography.
●
Do not use raised or embossed letterhead.
●
The all-in-one uses heat and pressure to fuse toner to the paper. Make sure that any colored
paper or preprinted forms use inks that are compatible with this fusing temperature (200°C or
392°F for 0.1 second).
CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines could cause jams or damage to the all-in-one.
Solving print-media problems
The following problems with media cause print-quality deviations, jamming, or even damage to the
all-in-one.
Problem
Cause
Solution
Poor print quality or toner adhesion
The paper is too moist, too rough, too
heavy or too smooth, or it is embossed
or from a faulty paper lot.
Try another kind of paper, between 100
and 250 Sheffield, with 4 to 6%
moisture content.
Dropouts, jamming, or curl
The paper has been stored incorrectly.
Store paper flat in its moisture-proof
wrapping.
The paper has variability from one side
to the other.
Turn the paper over.
The paper is too moist, has the wrong
grain direction, or is of short-grain
construction
Open the rear output bin, or use longgrain paper.
The paper varies from side-to-side.
Turn the paper over.
Jamming, damage to all-in-one
The paper has cutouts or perforations.
Use paper that is free of cutouts or
perforations.
Problems with feeding
The paper has ragged edges.
Use high-quality paper that is made for
laser printers.
The paper varies from side-to-side.
Turn the paper over.
The paper is too moist, too rough, too
heavy or too smooth, has the wrong
grain direction, or is of short-grain
Try another kind of paper, between 100
and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture
content.
Excessive curl
Open the rear output bin, or use longgrain paper.
338
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Problem
Cause
Solution
construction or it is embossed or from
a faulty paper lot.
Print is skewed (crooked).
The media guides might be incorrectly
adjusted.
Remove all media from the input tray,
straighten the stack, and then load the
media in the input tray again. Adjust
the media guides to the width and
length of the media that you are using
and try printing again.
More than one sheet feeds at one time.
The media tray might be overloaded.
Remove some of the media from the
tray. See Loading media into the input
trays.
The media might be wrinkled, folded,
or damaged.
Verify that the media is not wrinkled,
folded, or damaged. Try printing on
media from a new or different package.
The all-in-one might be in manual feed
mode.
●
If Manual feed appears on the allin-one control-panel display, press
to print the job.
●
Verify that the all-in-one is not in
manual feed mode and print your
job again.
The all-in-one does not pull media from
the media input tray.
The pickup roller might be dirty or
damaged.
Contact HP Customer Care. See
HP Customer Care or the support flyer
that came in the all-in-one box.
The paper-length adjustment control in
tray 2 or optional tray 3 (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one only) is set at a
length that is greater than the media
size.
Adjust the paper-length adjustment
control to the correct length.
Performance problems
Try the tips in this section if pages exit the all-in-one, but have nothing printed on them, or when the
all-in-one does not print any pages.
Problem
Cause
Solution
Pages print but are totally blank.
The sealing tape might still be in the
print cartridge.
Verify that the sealing tape has been
completely removed from the print
cartridge.
The document might contain blank
pages.
Check the document that you are
printing to see if content appears on all
of the pages.
The all-in-one might be malfunctioning.
To check the all-in-one, print a
Configuration page. See Configuration
page.
Certain media types can slow the print
job.
Print on a different type of media.
The all-in-one might not be pulling
media correctly.
See Media-handling problems.
Pages did not print.
ENWW
Print problems
339
Problem
Cause
Solution
The media is jamming in the all-in-one.
Clear the jam. See Clearing jams.
The USB cable might be defective or
incorrectly connected.
●
Disconnect the USB cable at both
ends and reconnect it.
●
Try printing a job that has printed
in the past.
●
Try using a different USB cable.
Other devices are running on your
computer.
340
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
The all-in-one might not share a USB
port. If you have an external hard drive
or network switchbox that is connected
to the same port as the all-in-one, the
other device might be interfering. To
connect and use the all-in-one, you
must disconnect the other device or
you must use two USB ports on the
computer.
ENWW
Fax problems
Problems receiving faxes
Use the table in this section to solve problems that might occur when receiving faxes.
NOTE You must use the fax cord that came with the all-in-one in order to ensure that the allin-one functions correctly.
Problem
Cause
Solution
The all-in-one cannot receive faxes
from an extension telephone.
The extension-telephone setting might
be disabled.
See Making an extension telephone
available to receive faxes for
instructions about changing this setting.
The fax cord might not be securely
connected.
Verify that the fax cord is securely
connected between the telephone jack
and the all-in-one (or another device
that is connected to the all-in-one).
Press 1-2-3 in sequence (tone-dial
mode only), wait for three seconds,
and then hang up.
The all-in-one dialing mode might be
incorrectly set, or the extension phone
might be incorrectly set.
Verify that the all-in-one dialing mode
is set to Tone. See Selecting tonedialing or pulse-dialing mode. Verify
that the extension phone is set up for
tone dialing as well.
The answer mode might be set to
Manual.
If the answer mode is set to Manual,
the all-in-one does not answer calls.
You have to start the fax-receiving
process manually. See Setting the
answer mode for more information.
The rings-to-answer setting might not
be set correctly.
Check the rings-to-answer setting for
your configuration. See Changing the
rings-to-answer setting to determine
which setting you need.
The answer-ring pattern feature might
be turned on, but you do not have the
service, or you do have the service and
the feature is not set correctly.
Check the answer-ring pattern feature
to verify that it is set properly. See
Changing ring patterns (distinctive ring).
The fax cord might not be correctly
connected, or the fax cord is not
working.
See the Getting Started Guide to check
the installation. Verify that you are
using the fax cord that came with the
all-in-one.
The all-in-one might not be able to
detect incoming fax tones because the
answering machine is playing a voice
message.
Re-record your answering machine
message, leaving at least two seconds
of silence at the beginning of the
message.
Too many devices might be connected
to the telephone line.
You should not have more than three
devices attached to the line. Try
removing the last device that was
connected and determine whether the
all-in-one works. If not, continue
removing devices one at a time and
retry after removing each one.
Incoming fax calls are not being
answered by the all-in-one.
ENWW
Fax problems
341
Problem
Cause
Solution
The telephone line might not be working. Do one of the following:
Incoming fax calls are not being
answered by the all-in-one.
Faxes are not printing.
Faxes are printing on two pages
instead of one.
Received faxes are too light or are
printing only on half of the page.
342
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
A voice-messaging service might be
interfering with the all-in-one as it
attempts to answer calls.
●
Increase the volume on the all-inone, and then press Start Fax on
the control panel. If you hear a
dial tone, the telephone line is
working.
●
Disconnect the all-in-one from the
telephone jack, and then connect
a telephone. Try to make a
telephone call to verify that the
telephone line is working.
Do one of the following:
●
Disable the messaging service.
●
Get a telephone line that is
dedicated to fax calls.
●
Set the all-in-one answer mode to
Manual. In manual mode, you
must start the fax-receive process
yourself. See Setting the answer
mode for more information.
●
Leave the all-in-one set to
automatic mode and lower the
rings-to-answer setting for the allin-one to a number less than the
rings-to-answer setting for the
voice mail (see Changing the
rings-to-answer setting). The all-inone will answer all incoming calls.
The all-in-one might be out of paper
and the memory is full.
Refill the media input tray. Press .
The all-in-one prints all of the faxes it
has saved in memory and then
resumes answering fax calls.
The media input tray is empty.
Load media. Any faxes that are
received while the input tray is empty
are stored in memory and will print
after the tray has been refilled.
The receive-to-PC option might be
selected, and faxes are being received
by the computer.
Check to determine whether the
computer is receiving faxes. See
Sending and receiving faxes by using a
computer.
The autoreduction setting might not be
set correctly.
Turn on the autoreduction setting. See
Changing autoreduction settings for
incoming faxes.
The incoming faxes might have been
sent on larger media.
Adjust the autoreduction setting to
allow larger pages to be printed on one
page. See Changing autoreduction
settings for incoming faxes.
The all-in-one ran out of toner while
printing a fax.
The all-in-one stores the most recently
printed faxes. (The amount of memory
ENWW
Problem
Cause
Solution
that is available determines the actual
number of faxes stored for reprinting.)
As soon as possible, replace the print
cartridge, and then reprint the fax. See
Reprinting a fax.
The fax that was sent was too light.
Contact the sender and have the
sender resend the fax after altering the
settings.
Problems sending faxes
Problem
Cause
Solution
The document stops feeding in the
middle of faxing.
The maximum length of a page that
you can load is 381 mm (15 inches).
Faxing of a longer page stops at 381
mm (15 inches).
Print the document on shorter media.
If the item is too small, it can jam inside
the automatic document feeder (ADF).
Use the flatbed scanner. The minimum
page size for the ADF is 127 x 127 mm
(5 x 5 inches).
If no jam exists and less than one
minute has elapsed, wait a moment
before pressing Cancel. If a jam exists,
see Clearing jams. Then, resend the job.
If a jam exists, see Clearing jams.
Then, resend the job.
Faxes stop during sending.
The all-in-one is receiving faxes but is
not sending them.
ENWW
The fax machine to which you are
sending might be malfunctioning.
Try sending to another fax machine.
Your telephone line might not be
working.
Do one of the following:
●
Turn up the volume on the all-inone, and then press Start Fax on
the control panel. If you hear a
dial tone, the telephone line is
working.
●
Disconnect the all-in-one from the
jack in the wall, and then connect
a telephone to the jack. Try to
make a telephone call to verify
that the telephone line is working.
A communication error might be
interrupting the fax job.
Change the redial-on-communicationerror setting to On (see the information
about changing the redial-oncommunication-error option under
Changing the redial settings).
If your all-in-one is on a PBX system,
the PBX system might be generating a
dial tone that the all-in-one cannot
detect.
Disable the detect-dial-tone setting.
See Changing the detect-dial-tone
setting.
A poor telephone connection might
exist.
Try again later.
The fax machine to which you are
sending might be malfunctioning.
Try sending to another fax machine.
Fax problems
343
Problem
344
Cause
Solution
Your telephone line might not be
working.
Do one of the following:
●
Turn up the volume on the all-inone and press Start Fax on the
control panel. If you hear a dial
tone, the telephone line is working.
●
Disconnect the all-in-one from the
telephone jack and connect a
telephone. Try to make a
telephone call to verify that the
telephone line is working.
Outgoing fax calls continue to be dialed.
The all-in-one automatically redials a
fax number if the redial options are set
to On.
To stop the redials while the all-in-one
is dialing, press Cancel. To cancel a
pending fax job, see Changing the
default light/dark (contrast) setting. See
Changing the redial settings to change
the redial setting.
Faxes that you send are not arriving at
the receiving fax machine.
The receiving fax machine might be off
or might have an error condition, such
as being out of paper.
Call the recipient to verify that the fax
machine is on and ready to receive
faxes.
The originals might be incorrectly
loaded.
Verify that the original documents are
correctly loaded into the ADF input tray
or flatbed scanner. See Loading media
into the input trays
A fax might be in memory because it is
waiting to redial a busy number, other
jobs that are ahead of it are waiting to
be sent, or the fax is set up for a
delayed send.
If a fax job is in memory for any of
these reasons, an entry for the job
appears in the fax log. Print the fax
activity log (see Printing the fax activity
log) and check the Status column for
jobs that show a Pending designation.
Faxes you send include a block of gray
shading at the end of each page.
You might be sending a fax from the
flatbed scanner with the glass-fax size
set incorrectly.
Verify that the setting is correct. See
Changing the default glass-size setting.
Faxes you send have data missing
from the end of each page.
You might be sending a fax from the
flatbed scanner with the glass-fax size
set incorrectly.
Verify that the setting is correct. See
Changing the default glass-size setting.
You receive a Low Memory error.
You might be sending a fax that is too
large, or the resolution might be too
high.
Try one of the following:
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
●
Divide a large fax into smaller
sections, and then fax them
individually.
●
Clear stored faxes to make more
memory available for outgoing
faxes.
●
Configure the outgoing fax as a
delayed fax, and then verify that it
will send completely.
●
Make sure that you are using the
lowest resolution setting
(Standard).
ENWW
Voice-call problems
Problem
Cause
Solution
Voice calls are not being received by
the telephone or answering machine
that is connected to the line.
The fax cord might not be correctly
connected.
See the Getting Started Guide to check
the installation. The all-in-one must be
the first device connected to the
telephone line.
The answer mode or rings-to-answer
settings might not be correctly set.
See Setting the answer mode or
Changing the rings-to-answer setting to
determine which settings you need.
The rings-to-answer must be set higher
than the answering machine setting.
The answering machine or telephone
might not be functioning.
Connect the telephone or answering
machine directly to the telephone line
and determine if it works by itself.
Media-handling problems
NOTE For information about removing jams, see Clearing jams.
Problem
Cause
Solution
Print is skewed.
The media input tray might be
overloaded.
Remove some of the media from the
input tray.
The media guides might be incorrectly
set, broken, or missing.
Verify that the guides are not adjusted
too tightly or too loosely against the
paper. Check for broken or missing
guides, and replace them if necessary.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See Media
specifications.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See Media
specifications.
The paper path might be affecting the
pages.
Open the rear output door on the back
of the all-in-one and use this paper path.
The media is not stored properly.
When possible, store media in its
sealed ream at room temperature.
The media has been in the input tray
too long.
Turn over the stack of media in the tray
or rotate the media 180° in the paper
tray.
Pages are curled or wrinkled.
ENWW
Fax problems
345
Performance problems
346
Problem
Cause
Solution
Faxes are transmitting or being
received very slowly.
The fax might be very complex, such
as one with many graphics.
Complex faxes take longer to be sent
or received. Breaking longer faxes into
multiple jobs and decreasing the
resolution can increase the
transmission speed.
The receiving fax machine might have
a slow modem speed.
The all-in-one only sends the fax at the
fastest modem speed that the receiving
fax machine can accept.
The resolution at which the fax was
sent or is being received might be very
high.
If you are receiving the fax, call and
ask the sender to lower the resolution
and resend the fax. If you are sending
the fax, lower the resolution and
resend the fax. See Changing
resolution settings to change the
default setting.
Your telephone line might not be
working.
Hang up and resend the fax. Have the
telephone company check the
telephone line.
You are sending a fax via an
international call.
You must allow more time to transmit
fax jobs internationally.
The fax activity logs or fax call reports
are printing at inappropriate times.
The fax activity log or fax call reports
settings are not correct.
Print a Configuration page and check
when the reports print. For instructions
about setting log or report printing
times, see Printing the fax activity log
or Setting print times for the fax call
report.
The all-in-one sounds are too loud or
too soft.
The volume setting might not be
adjusted correctly.
See Using the all-in-one volume controls.
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Copy problems
Preventing problems
The following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy quality:
●
Copy from the flatbed scanner. This will produce a higher quality copy than copying from the
automatic document feeder (ADF).
●
Use quality originals.
●
Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, causing unclear
images and problems with the OCR program. See Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan for
instructions.
●
Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
NOTE Verify that the media meets HP specifications. If the media meets HP specifications,
recurring feed problems indicate the pickup roller or separation pad is worn. Contact
HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Image problems
Problem
Cause
Solution
Images are missing or faded.
The print-cartridge toner-level might be
low.
Replace the print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
The original might be of poor quality.
If your original is too light or damaged,
the copy might not be able to
compensate, even if you adjust the
contrast. If possible, find an original
document in better condition.
The original might have a colored
background.
Colored backgrounds might cause
images in the foreground to blend into
the background, or the background
might appear in a different shade. If
possible, use an original document
without a colored background.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See Media
specifications.
The print-cartridge toner-level might be
low.
Replace the print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
Tray 1 (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055
all-in-one) or tray 2 (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one) might not be
installed correctly.
Verify that the tray is in place.
Vertical white or faded stripes appear
on the copy.
Unwanted lines appear on the copy.
ENWW
Copy problems
347
Problem
Cause
Solution
The flatbed scanner or the ADF glass
might be dirty.
Clean the flatbed scanner or the ADF
glass. See To clean the scanner glass
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one).
The photosensitive drum inside the
print cartridge might have been
scratched.
Install a new HP print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
Black dots or streaks appear on the
copy.
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an
unwanted substance might be on the
automatic document feeder (ADF) or
flatbed scanner.
Clean the all-in-one. See Cleaning the
all-in-one.
Copies are too light or dark.
The printer driver or all-in-one software
settings may be incorrect.
Verify that the quality settings are
correct. See Adjusting the copy quality.
See the all-in-one software Help for
more information about changing the
settings.
Text is unclear.
The printer driver or all-in-one software
settings may be incorrect.
Verify that the quality settings are
correct. See Adjusting the copy quality.
See the all-in-one software Help for
more information about changing the
settings.
Media-handling problems
Problem
Cause
Solution
Poor print quality or toner adhesion
The paper is too moist, too rough, too
heavy or too smooth, or it is embossed
or from a faulty paper lot.
Try another kind of paper, between 100
and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture
content.
Dropouts, jamming, or curl
The paper has been stored incorrectly.
Store paper flat in its moisture-proof
wrapping.
The paper has variability from one side
to the other.
Turn the paper over.
The paper is too moist, has the wrong
grain direction, or is of short-grain
construction
Open the rear output bin, or use longgrain paper.
The paper varies from side-to-side.
Turn the paper over.
Jamming, damage to all-in-one
The paper has cutouts or perforations.
Use paper that is free of cutouts or
perforations.
Problems with feeding
The paper has ragged edges.
Use high-quality paper that is made for
laser printers.
The paper varies from side-to-side.
Turn the paper over.
Excessive curl
348
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Problem
Cause
Solution
The paper is too moist, too rough, too
heavy or too smooth, has the wrong
grain direction, or is of short-grain
construction or it is embossed or from
a faulty paper lot.
Try another kind of paper, between 100
and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture
content.
Print is skewed (crooked).
The media guides might be incorrectly
adjusted.
Remove all media from the input tray,
straighten the stack, and then load the
media in the input tray again. Adjust
the media guides to the width and
length of the media that you are using
and try printing again.
More than one sheet feeds at one time.
The media tray might be overloaded.
Remove some of the media from the
tray. See Loading media into the input
trays.
The media might be wrinkled, folded,
or damaged.
Verify that the media is not wrinkled,
folded, or damaged. Try printing on
media from a new or different package.
The all-in-one might be in manual feed
mode.
●
If Manual feed appears on the allin-one control-panel display, press
to print the job.
●
Verify that the all-in-one is not in
manual feed mode and print your
job again.
The all-in-one does not pull media from
the media input tray.
ENWW
Open the rear output bin, or use longgrain paper.
The pickup roller might be dirty or
damaged.
Contact HP Customer Care. See
HP Customer Care or the support flyer
that came in the all-in-one box.
The paper-length adjustment control in
tray 2 or optional tray 3 (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one only) is set at a
length that is greater than the media
size.
Adjust the paper-length adjustment
control to the correct length.
Copy problems
349
Performance problems
Problem
Cause
Solution
No copy came out.
The input tray might be empty.
Load media in the all-in-one. See
Loading media into the input trays for
more information.
The original might have been loaded
incorrectly.
In the automatic document feeder
(ADF), load the original with the narrow
side forward and the side to be
scanned facing up.
On the flatbed scanner, place the
original document face-down with the
upper-left corner of the document at
the lower-right corner of the glass.
Copies are blank.
The sealing tape might not have been
removed from the print cartridge.
Remove the print cartridge from the allin-one, pull out the sealing tape, and
reinstall the print cartridge.
The original might have been loaded
incorrectly.
In the ADF, load the original with the
narrow side forward and the side to be
scanned facing up.
On the flatbed scanner, make sure that
the original document is placed facedown with the upper-left corner of the
document at the lower-right corner of
the glass.
350
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See Media
specifications.
The print-cartridge toner-level might be
low.
Replace the print cartridge. See
Changing the print cartridge.
The wrong original was copied.
The ADF might be loaded.
Make sure that the ADF is empty.
Copies are reduced in size.
The all-in-one software settings might
be set to reduce the scanned image.
See the HP ToolboxFX Help for more
information about changing the settings.
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Scan problems
Solving scanned-image problems
Problem
Cause
Solution
The scanned image is of poor quality.
The original might be a secondgeneration photo or picture.
●
To eliminate the patterns, try
reducing the size of the image
after scanning.
●
Print the scanned image to see if
the quality is better.
●
Verify that your resolution and
color settings are correct for the
type of scan job that you are
performing. See Scanner
resolution and color.
●
For best results, use the flatbed
scanner for scanning rather than
the automatic document feeder
(ADF).
Part of the image did not scan.
ENWW
The image that appears on the screen
●
might not be an accurate
representation of the quality of the scan.
Try adjusting your computer
monitor settings to use more
colors (or levels of gray).
Typically, you make this
adjustment by opening Display in
Windows Control Panel.
●
Try adjusting the resolution and
color settings in the scanner
software. See Scanner resolution
and color.
The original might have been loaded
incorrectly.
Use the media guides when you load
the originals into the ADF. See Loading
documents to fax, copy, or scan.
The scanner might be dirty.
Clean the scanner. See To clean the
scanner glass (HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
The graphics settings might not be
suitable for the type of scan job that
you are performing.
Try changing the graphics settings.
See Scanner resolution and color.
The original might have been loaded
incorrectly.
Use the media guides when you load
the originals into the ADF. See Loading
documents to fax, copy, or scan.
A colored background might be
causing images in the foreground to
blend into the background.
Try adjusting the settings before you
scan the original or enhancing the
image after you scan the original. See
Scanner resolution and color.
The original is longer than 381 mm (15
inches).
The maximum scannable length is 381
mm (15 inches) when you use the
automatic document feeder (ADF)
input tray. If the page exceeds the
maximum length, the scanner stops.
(Copies can be longer.)
Scan problems
351
Problem
Cause
Solution
CAUTION Do not try to pull
the original from the ADF; you
might damage the scanner or
your original. See Jams occur
in the automatic document
feeder (ADF).
The scan takes too long
352
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
The original is too small.
The minimum size that the flatbed
scanner supports is 25 x 25 mm (1 x 1
inch). The minimum size that the ADF
supports is 127 x 127 mm (5 x 5
inches). The original might be jammed.
See Jams occur in the automatic
document feeder (ADF).
The media size is incorrect.
In Scan settings, make sure that the
input media size is large enough for the
document that you are scanning. See
Scanner resolution and color.
The resolution or color level is set too
high.
Change the resolution and color level
settings to the correct settings for your
job. See Scanner resolution and color.
The software is set to scan in color.
The system default is color, which
takes longer to scan even when
scanning a monochrome original. If you
acquire an image through TWAIN or
WIA, you can change the settings so
that the original scans in grayscale or
black-and-white. See the all-in-one
software Help for details.
A print job or copy job was sent before
you tried to scan.
If someone sent a print job or copy job
before you tried to scan, the scan will
start if the scanner is not busy.
However, because the all-in-one and
scanner share memory, the scan might
be slower.
ENWW
Scan-quality problems
Preventing problems
The following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy and scan quality.
●
Use the flatbed scanner, rather than the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray, to scan.
●
Use high-quality originals.
●
Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, which causes unclear
images. See Loading media into the input trays for instructions.
●
Adjust the software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned page. See Scanner
resolution and color for more information.
●
If your all-in-one frequently feeds more than one page at a time, the separation pad might need
to be replaced. Contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the flyer that came in the
all-in-one box.
●
Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
Solving scan-quality problems
Problem
Cause
Solution
Blank pages
The original might have been loaded
upside down.
In the automatic document feeder
(ADF), put the top end of the stack of
originals into the ADF input tray, with
the media stack face-up and the first
page to be scanned on top of the stack.
On the flatbed scanner, place the
original document face-down with the
upper-left corner of the document at
the lower-right corner of the glass.
ENWW
Too light or dark
The resolution and color levels may be
set incorrectly.
Verify that you have the correct
resolution and color settings. See
Scanner resolution and color.
Unwanted lines
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an
unwanted substance might be on the
glass.
Clean the flatbed scanner surface. See
To clean the scanner glass
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one).
The ADF glass might be dirty.
Clean the ADF glass. See To clean the
scanner glass (HP LaserJet
3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
Black dots or streaks
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an
unwanted substance might be on the
glass.
Clean the flatbed scanner surface. See
To clean the scanner glass
(HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one).
Unclear text
The resolution and color levels may be
set incorrectly.
Verify that you have the correct
resolution and color settings. See
Scanner resolution and color.
Scan problems
353
Network problems
Verifying that the all-in-one is on and online
To verify that the all-in-one is on and online
Check the following items to make sure the all-in-one is ready to print.
1.
Is the all-in-one plugged in and turned on?
Make sure that the all-in-one is plugged in and turned on. If the problem persists, you might
have a defective power cable, power source, or all-in-one.
2.
Is the all-in-one Ready light on?
If the light is blinking, you might need to wait until the current job is completed.
3.
4.
Is the all-in-one control-panel display blank?
●
Make sure the all-in-one is turned on.
●
Make sure the all-in-one is installed correctly.
Does a message other than Ready appear on the all-in-one control-panel display?
●
See your all-in-one documentation for a complete list of control panel messages and
corrective actions.
Resolving communication problems with the network
To resolve communication problems with the network
Check the following items to verify that the all-in-one is communicating with the network. This
information assumes you have already printed a Network configuration page (see Configuration
page).
1.
Are there any physical connection problems between the workstation or file server and the all-inone?
Verify that the network cabling, connections, and router configurations are correct. Verify that
the network cable lengths meet network specifications.
2.
Are your network cables connected properly?
Make sure that the all-in-one is attached to the network using the appropriate port and cable.
Check each cable connection to make sure it is secure and in the right place. If the problem
continues, try a different cable or ports on the hub or transceiver. The amber activity light and
the green link status light next to the port connection on the back of the all-in-one should be lit.
3.
Are the link speed and duplex settings set correctly?
Hewlett-Packard recommends leaving this setting in automatic mode (the default setting). See
Link speed and duplex settings.
4.
Can you "ping" the all-in-one?
Use the command prompt to ping the all-in-one from your computer. For example:
354
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
ping 192.168.45.39
Ensure that the ping displays round-trip times.
If you are able to ping the all-in-one, verify that the IP address configuration for the all-in-one is
correct on the computer. If it is correct, delete and then add the all-in-one again.
If the ping command failed, verify that the network hubs are on, and then verify that the network
settings, the all-in-one, and the computer are all configured for the same network.
5.
Have any software programs been added to the network?
Make sure they are compatible and that they are installed correctly with the correct printer
drivers.
6.
Are other users able to print?
The problem may be workstation-specific. Check the workstation network drivers, printer
drivers, and redirection (capture in Novell NetWare).
7.
If other users are able to print, are they using the same network operating system?
Check your system for proper network operating system setup.
8.
Is your protocol enabled?
Check the status of your protocol on the Network configuration page. See Configuration page.
You can also use the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX to check the status of other
protocols. See Using the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX.
9.
ENWW
Does the all-in-one appear in HP Web Jetadmin or other management program?
●
Verify network settings on the Network configuration page.
●
Confirm the network settings for the all-in-one using the all-in-one control panel.
Network problems
355
Control-panel display problems
CAUTION Static electricity can cause unexpected black lines or dots to appear on the all-inone control-panel display. Do not touch the all-in-one control-panel display if there is a chance
that you have collected a static electric charge (for example, by walking on carpet in a lowhumidity environment).
Unexpected lines or dots might appear on the all-in-one control-panel display, or the display might
become blank if the all-in-one is exposed to an electric or magnetic field. To resolve this problem,
perform the following procedure:
1.
Turn the all-in-one off.
2.
Remove the all-in-one from the electric or magnetic field.
3.
Turn the all-in-one on again.
Stapler problems (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one)
The convenience stapler is designed to be free of staple jams. To reduce the risk of staple jams,
make sure that you staple 20 or fewer pages of media (80 g/m2 or 20 lb) at a time.
356
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors
The following situations are PS language specific and may occur when several all-in-one languages
are being used.
NOTE To receive a printed or screen displayed message when PS errors occur, open the
Print Options dialog box and click the selection next to the PS Errors section. You can also
use the embedded Web server.
Table 13-3 PS errors
ENWW
Symptom
Possible cause
Solution
The job prints in Courier (the all-inone's default typeface) instead of the
typeface you requested.
The requested typeface is not
downloaded. A personality switch may
have been performed to print a PCL
job just before the PS printing job was
received.
Download the desired font and send
the print job again. Verify the type and
location of the font. Download to the allin-one if applicable. Check with the
software documentation.
A legal page prints with clipped margins. Print job too complex.
You may need to print your job at
600 dots per inch, reduce the
complexity of the page, or install more
memory.
A PS error page prints.
Print job may not be PS.
Make sure the print job is a PS job.
Check to see whether the software
program expected a setup or PS
header file to be sent to the all-in-one.
Limit Check Error
Print job is too complex.
You may need to print your job at
600 dots per inch, reduce the
complexity of the page, or install more
memory.
VM Error
Font Error
Select unlimited downloadable fonts
from printer driver.
Range Check
Font Error
Select unlimited downloadable fonts
from printer driver.
Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors
357
Troubleshooting common Macintosh problems
Problems with Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4
Table 13-4 Problems with Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4
358
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Troubleshooting tools
The section describes the tools that can help you solve problems with your all-in-one.
All-in-one pages and reports
This section describes the pages and reports that help you diagnose and solve problems with the allin-one.
Demo page
To print the Demo page, complete the following steps.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu until the Reports menu appears, and then press
2.
Use the < or the > button until Demo page appears, and then press
.
.
Configuration page
The Configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the all-in-one. You can print a
Configuration page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print the Configuration page from the allin-one, complete the following steps.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Config report, and then press
.
.
For more information about the Configuration page, see Configuration page.
Supplies Status page (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
The Supplies Status page lists the remaining life of the HP print cartridge. It also lists the estimated
pages remaining, number of pages printed, and other supplies information. You can print a Supplies
Status page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print from the all-in-one, complete the following
steps.
1.
On the control panel menu, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Supplies Status, and then press
.
.
For more information about the Supplies Status page, see Supplies Status page (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one).
ENWW
Troubleshooting tools
359
Fax reports
This section describes the fax reports that help you diagnose and solve problems with the all-in-one.
NOTE
360
Chapter 13
For more information about fax reports, see Fax logs and reports.
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Fax activity log
The fax activity log provides a chronological history of the last 40 faxes that were received, sent, or
deleted, and any errors that occurred.
To print the fax activity log
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Activity log, and then press
4.
Press
.
.
to select Print log now. The all-in-one exits the menu settings and prints the log.
Fax call report
A fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received.
To print a fax call report
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Fax Call report, and then press
4.
Press
.
.
to select Print report now. The all-in-one exits the menu settings and prints the report.
Phone book report
A phone book report lists the fax numbers that are assigned to the one-touch buttons and speed-dial
and group-dial entries.
To print a phone book report
ENWW
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select PhoneBook report, and then press
the menu settings and prints the report.
.
. The all-in-one exits
Troubleshooting tools
361
Billing-code report
The billing-code report is a printed list of all of the fax billing codes and the total number of faxes that
have been billed to each code.
NOTE
After this report is printed, all billing data is deleted.
To print a billing-code report
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Billing report, and then press
menu settings and prints the report.
.
. The all-in-one exits the
HP ToolboxFX
HP ToolboxFX is a Web-based program that you can use for troubleshooting tasks.
To view HP ToolboxFX
Open HP ToolboxFX in one of these ways:
●
On the Windows desktop, double-click the HP ToolboxFX icon.
●
On the Windows Start menu, click Programs (All Programs in Windows XP), and then click
HP ToolboxFX.
Troubleshooting tab
HP ToolboxFX includes a Troubleshooting tab that contains links to the following main pages:
●
Control Panel Messages. View descriptions of all-in-one control-panel messages.
●
Clearing Jams. View information about locating and clearing jams.
●
Print Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve print problems.
●
Scan Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve scan problems.
●
Copy Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve copy problems.
●
Fax Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve fax problems.
●
Connectivity Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve networking problems.
●
Troubleshooting Tools. Employ such troubleshooting tools as a cleaning page to maintain the
all-in-one.
●
Animated Demonstrations. View animated Help demonstrations for the all-in-one.
NOTE Other tabs on HP ToolboxFX might be helpful in troubleshooting all-in-one problems.
For information about the other tabs on HP ToolboxFX, see HP ToolboxFX.
362
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
ENWW
Service menu
Use the control-panel Service menu to troubleshoot all-in-one problems.
Restoring the factory-set defaults
Restoring the factory-set defaults returns all of the settings to the factory defaults, and it also clears
the fax header name and phone number.
CAUTION This procedure clears fax numbers and names that are associated with one-touch
keys and speed-dial codes, and deletes any pages that are stored in the memory. The
procedure then automatically restarts the all-in-one.
To restore the factory-set defaults
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Restore defaults, and then press
.
.
The all-in-one automatically restarts.
Cleaning the paper path
The all-in-one features a special cleaning mode to clean the paper path.
NOTE If you have access to HP ToolboxFX, HP recommends cleaning the paper path by
using HP ToolboxFX. See Cleaning the paper path.
To clean the paper path
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Cleaning Mode, and then press
.
.
A page feeds through the all-in-one slowly. Discard the page when the process is completed.
4.
Load plain letter or A4 paper when you are prompted.
5.
Press
again to confirm and begin the cleaning process.
A page feeds through the all-in-one slowly. Discard the page when the process is completed.
ENWW
Troubleshooting tools
363
T.30 protocol trace
Use a T.30 protocol trace report to troubleshoot fax transmission issues.
To print a T.30 protocol trace report
Send a fax from the all-in-one or receive a fax to the all-in-one from another fax machine, and then
print a T.30 trace report after the fax prints.
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Print T.30, and then press
.
.
The all-in-one exits the menu settings and prints the reports.
Archive print
Archive print produces output that is less susceptible to toner smearing and dusting. Use archive
print to create documents that you want to preserve or archive.
To turn on archive print
364
1.
On the all-in-one control panel, press Menu.
2.
Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press
3.
Use the < or the > button to select Archive print, select On or Off, and then press
Chapter 13
Troubleshooting
.
.
ENWW
A
Accessories and ordering information
●
Supplies
●
Memory (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
●
Cable and interface accessories
●
Paper-handling accessories (HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one)
●
User-replaceable parts
●
Paper and other print media
●
Supplementary documentation
The following list of accessories was current at the time of printing. Ordering information and
availability of the accessories might change during the life of the all-in-one. For the most current
ordering information, visit the most appropriate of the following Web sites:
ENWW
●
North America: http://www.hp.com/go/ordersupplies-na
●
Europe and Middle East: http://www.hp.com/go/ordersupplies-emea
●
Asia Pacific countries/regions: http://www.hp.com/go/ordersupplies-ap
●
Latin America: http://www.hp.com/go/ordersupplies-la
365
Supplies
Product name
Description
Part number
Black print cartridge
Average yield for the standard print
cartridge is approximately 2000 pages
(HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one and
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one) and
2500 pages (HP LaserJet 3390 all-inone and HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one).
Actual yield depends on use.
Q2612A (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one
and HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)
1500–staple capacity each
Q7432A
Staple cassette (2 pack)
Q5949A and Q5949X (HP LaserJet
3390 all-in-one and HP LaserJet 3392
all-in-one)
Memory (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Product name
Description
Part number
Memory upgrades (DIMMs)
The standard 64 MB of memory in the
all-in-one can be expanded to up to
192 MB using the additional DIMM slot.
Q7707AX
32 MB
Memory upgrades (DIMMs)
64 MB
Q7708AX
Memory upgrades (DIMMs)
128 MB
Q7709AX
Font DIMM (100-pin)
You can install an 8-MB language font
ROM in the DIMM slot.
Visit http://www.hp.com for DIMM
availability and ordering.
Cable and interface accessories
Product name
Description
Part number
USB cable
2-meter standard USB-compatible
device connector
C6518A
Fax cord
Two-wire phone cord adapter.
8121–0811
Paper-handling accessories (HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one)
366
Product name
Description
Part number
Optional tray 3
250-sheet input tray for standard sizes.
Only one 250-sheet tray can be
installed.
Q7556A
Staple cassette (2 pack)
1500–staple capacity each
Q7432A
Appendix A
Accessories and ordering information
ENWW
User-replaceable parts
Product name
Description
Part number
Separation pad and pickup rollers
Replace when the all-in-one is picking
up multiple sheets or no sheets. Trying
different paper did not resolve the
problem.
Contact HP Customer Care to order
parts.
Automatic document feeder (ADF)
(HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Replace when the ADF is damaged or
not working correctly.
Contact HP Customer Care to order
parts.
Paper and other print media
NOTE Inkjet paper is not recommended for the all-in-one.
ENWW
Product name
Description
Part number
HP LaserJet paper
Premium HP-brand paper for use with
HP LaserJet printers.
HPJ1124 (letter)
HP Premium Choice LaserJet paper
HP bond paper with a weight of 120.32
g/m2 (32 lb.)
HPU1132 (letter)
HP Cover paper
HP-brand paper with a weight of 200 g/
m2 (75-lb cover). Use for printing
postcards and document covers.
Q2413A (letter) 100 sheets
HP Printing paper
HP-brand paper for use with
HP LaserJet printers.
HPP1122 (letter)
HP Multipurpose paper
HP-brand paper for a variety of uses.
HPM1120 (letter)
HP LaserJet Tough paper
Robust paper with a satin finish. Paper
will not tear and will withstand the
weather. For documents requiring
durability and longevity.
Q1298A (letter)
HP High Gloss laser paper
High-gloss finish coating on both sides.
Use for brochures, catalogs,
photographs, and whenever a highgloss finish is desired.
Q2419A (letter) 200 sheets
HP Soft Gloss laser paper
Satin finish coating on both sides. 105
g/m2 (28 lb)
Q2415A (letter) 500 sheets
HP Brochure Laser Paper, Matte
High opacity for two-sided printing with
no show-through, 44 lb.
Q6543A (letter) 150 sheets
HP Photo and Imaging Laser Paper,
Glossy
High-contrast glossy finish, 32 lb.
Q6545A (letter) 200 sheets
HP Photo and Imaging Laser Paper,
Matte
High-contrast matte finish, 52 lb.
Q6549A (letter) 100 sheets
HP Presentation Laser Paper, Soft
Gloss
Bright white for high contrast, 32 lb.
Q6541A (letter) 200 sheets
User-replaceable parts
367
Supplementary documentation
A printed copy of this user guide is available in the following languages.
Table A-1 User guides
Language
Part number
English
Q6500–90929
Chinese, simplified
Q6500–90939
Czech
Q6500–90930
Dutch
Q6500–90931
French
Q6500–90932
German
Q6500–90933
Hungarian
Q6500–90934
Italian
Q6500–90935
Korean
Q6500–90936
Polish
Q6500–90937
Portuguese
Q6500–90945
Russian
Q6500–90938
Spanish, Castilian
Q6500–90940
Swedish
Q6500–90941
Thai
Q6500–90943
Traditional Chinese
Q6500–90942
Turkish
Q6500–90944
A printed copy of the Getting started guide is available in the following languages.
Table A-2 Getting started guide
368
Language
Part number (HP LaserJet
3050 all-in-one)
Part number (HP LaserJet
3052/3055 all-in-one)
Part number (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one)
Arabic
Q6504–90904
Q6502–90905
Q6500–90905
Bulgarian
Q6504–90906
Q6502–90907
Q6500–90907
Chinese, simplified
Q6504–90907
Q6502–90908
Q6500–90908
Croation
Q6504–90906
Q6502–90907
Q6500–90907
Czech
Q6504–90905
Q6502–90906
Q6500–90906
Danish
Q6504–90903
Q6502–90904
Q6500–90904
Dutch
Q6504–90902
Q6502–90903
Q6500–90903
Appendix A
Accessories and ordering information
ENWW
Table A-2 Getting started guide (continued)
ENWW
Language
Part number (HP LaserJet
3050 all-in-one)
Part number (HP LaserJet
3052/3055 all-in-one)
Part number (HP LaserJet
3390/3392 all-in-one)
English
Q6504–90902, Q6504–
90903, Q6504–90904,
Q6504–90905, Q6504–
90906, Q6504–90907
Q6502–90903, Q6502–
90904, Q6502–90905,
Q6502–90906, Q6502–
90907, Q6502–90908
Q6500–90903, Q6500–
90904, Q6500–90905,
Q6500–90906, Q6500–
90907, Q6500–90908,
English only
Q6504–90901
Q6502–90902
Q6500–90902
Estonian
Q6504–90904
Q6502–90905
Q6500–90905
Finnish
Q6504–90903
Q6502–90904
Q6500–90904
French
Q6504–90902
Q6502–90903
Q6500–90903
German
Q6504–90902
Q6502–90903
Q6500–90903
Greek
Q6504–90903
Q6502–90904
Q6500–90904
Hebrew
Q6504–90903
Q6502–90904
Q6500–90904
Hungarian
Q6504–90905
Q6502–90906
Q6500–90906
Italian
Q6504–90902
Q6502–90903
Q6500–90903
Kazakh
Q6504–90904
Q6502–90905
Q6500–90905
Korean
Q6504–90907
Q6502–90908
Q6500–90908
Latvian
Q6504–90904
Q6502–90905
Q6500–90905
Lithuanian
Q6504–90904
Q6502–90905
Q6500–90905
Norwegian
Q6504–90903
Q6502–90904
Q6500–90904
Polish
Q6504–90905
Q6502–90906
Q6500–90906
Portuguese
Q6504–90902
Q6502–90903
Q6500–90903
Romanian
Q6504–90906
Q6502–90907
Q6500–90907
Russian
Q6504–90904
Q6502–90905
Q6500–90905
Slovak
Q6504–90905
Q6502–90906
Q6500–90906
Slovenian
Q6504–90906
Q6502–90907
Q6500–90907
Spanish
Q6504–90902
Q6502–90903
Q6500–90903
Swedish
Q6504–90903
Q6502–90904
Q6500–90904
Thai
Q6504–90907
Q6502–90908
Q6500–90908
Traditional Chinese
Q6504–90907
Q6502–90908
Q6500–90908
Turkish
Q6504–90906
Q6502–90907
Q6500–90907
Supplementary documentation
369
370
Appendix A
Accessories and ordering information
ENWW
B
ENWW
Service and support
371
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
HP PRODUCT
DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
One year limited warranty
HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in
materials and workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If HP receives notice of
such defects during the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or replace products which prove to
be defective. Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new.
HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of
purchase, for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed
and used. If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will replace software which does
not execute its programming instructions due to such defects.
HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is unable, within
a reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you will be entitled to a refund
of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product.
HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to
incidental use.
Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration, (b)
software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized modification or misuse, (d)
operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product, or (e) improper site preparation
or maintenance.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND
HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY,
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some countries/regions, states
or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitation or exclusion
might not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that
vary from country/region to country/region, state to state, or province to province. HP's limited warranty is valid
in any country/region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed
this product. The level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards. HP will not alter
form, fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country/region for which it was never intended to
function for legal or regulatory reasons.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE
YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR
ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN
CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow the exclusion
or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY
PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY
STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.
372
Appendix B
Service and support
ENWW
Print Cartridge Limited Warranty Statement
This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship.
This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refilled, refurbished, remanufactured, or
tampered with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, or
operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product, or (c) exhibit
wear from ordinary use.
To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description
of the problem and print samples) or contact HP customer support. At HP’s option, HP will either
replace products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANT Y IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT
OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION
TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT
TO YOU.
ENWW
Print Cartridge Limited Warranty Statement
373
Availability of support and service
Around the world, HP provides a variety of service and support options for purchase. Availability of
these programs will vary depending upon your location. For details, see the support flyer that is
included in the box with your all-in-one.
HP Customer Care
Online Services
For 24-hour access to updated HP all-in-one-specific software, product information, and support
information using an Internet connection, go to the appropriate Web site.
●
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one printer, fax, copier, scanner: www.hp.com/support/lj3050
●
HP LaserJet 3052 all-in-one printer, scanner, copier: www.hp.com/support/lj3052
●
HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one printer, fax, copier, scanner: www.hp.com/support/lj3055
●
HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one printer, fax, copier, scanner: www.hp.com/support/lj3390
●
HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one printer, fax, copier, scanner: www.hp.com/support/lj3392
Go to www.hp.com/support/net_printing for information about the HP Jetdirect external print server.
HP Instant Support Professional Edition (ISPE) is a suite of Web-based troubleshooting tools for
desktop computing and printing products. Go to http://instantsupport.hp.com.
Telephone support
HP provides free telephone support during the warranty period. For the telephone number for your
country/region, see the flyer that shipped with the all-in-one, or visit www.hp.com and click Contact
HP. Before calling HP, have the following information ready: the product name and serial number,
the date of purchase, and a description of the problem.
HP direct ordering for accessories or supplies
●
United States: www.hp.com/sbso/product/supplies.
●
Canada: www.hp.ca/catalog/supplies
●
Europe: www.hp.com/supplies
●
Asia-Pacific: www.hp.com/paper/
To order genuine HP parts or accessories, go to the HP Parts Store at www.hp.com/buy/parts (U.S.
and Canada only), or call 1-800-538-8787 (U.S.) or 1-800-387-3154 (Canada).
HP service information
To locate HP-Authorized Dealers, call 1-800-243-9816 (U.S.) or 1-800-387-3867 (Canada).
Outside the United States and Canada, call the customer support number for your country/region.
See the flyer that shipped in the box with the all-in-one.
HP service agreements
374
Appendix B
Service and support
ENWW
Call 1-800-835-4747 (U.S.) or 1-800-268-1221 (Canada).
HP service information
HP's customer self-repair programs offer our North American customers the fastest service under
either warranty or contract. It enables HP to ship replacement parts directly to you (the end user) so
that you can replace them. Using this program, you can replace parts at your own convenience.
Customer self-repair
The HP ToolboxFX
To check the all-in-one status and settings and view troubleshooting information and online
documentation, use the HP ToolboxFX. You must have performed a complete software installation in
order to use the HP ToolboxFX. See Software installation.
HP support and information for Macintosh computers
Go to www.hp.com/go/macosx for Macintosh OS X support information and HP subscription service
for driver updates.
Go to www.hp.com/go/mac-connect for products that are designed specifically for the Macintosh user.
Hardware service
If your hardware fails during the warranty period, Hewlett-Packard offers the following support options:
●
Hewlett-Packard repair services: Hewlett-Packard will arrange to pick up the unit, repair it,
and return it to you within 5 to 10 days, depending on your location.
●
Hewlett-Packard authorized service provider: You can return the unit to a local authorized
service dealer.
Extended warranty
HP Care Pack provides coverage for the HP product and all HP-supplied internal components. The
hardware maintenance covers a one to three-year period from the date of the HP product purchase.
The customer may purchase an HP Care Pack up to one year from the date of purchase of the
HP product. For more information, contact the HP Customer Care Service and Support group. See
HP Customer Care.
HP Care Pack options might be available after the standard warranty period has expired. Go to
http://www.hpexpress-services.com/10467a/ and enter the product number to identify the HP Care
Pack options that are available for your product.
ENWW
Hardware service
375
Guidelines for repacking the printer
Use the following guidelines when repacking the printer:
●
If possible, include print samples and 5 to 10 sheets of paper or other media that did not print
correctly.
●
Remove and keep any DIMMs (memory) installed in the printer.
CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs. When handling DIMMs, wear a
grounded, antistatic wrist strap.
●
Remove and keep any cables, trays, and optional accessories installed in the printer.
●
Remove and keep the print cartridge.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, store the print cartridge in its
original packing material, or store it so that it is not exposed to light.
376
●
If possible, use the original shipping container and packing material. Shipping damage as a
result of inadequate packing is your responsibility. If you have already disposed of the printer's
packing material, contact a local mailing service for information on repacking the printer.
●
Hewlett-Packard recommends that you insure the equipment for shipment.
Appendix B
Service and support
ENWW
C
All-in-one specifications
This section contains the following information about the all-in-one:
ENWW
●
Physical specifications
●
Electrical specifications
●
Power consumption
●
Environmental specifications
●
Acoustic emissions
377
Physical specifications
Table C-1 Physical specifications
Product
Height
Depth
Width
Weight
HP LaserJet 3050 allin-one
459 mm (18.07 inches)
443 mm (17.44 inches)
429 mm (16.89 inches)
10 kg (22 lb)
HP LaserJet 3052 allin-one
393 mm (15.47 inches)
406 mm (15.98 inches)
497 mm (19.56 inches)
12.4 kg (27.4 lb)
HP LaserJet 3055 allin-one
393 mm (15.47 inches)
406 mm (15.98 inches)
497 mm (19.56 inches)
12.4 kg (27.4 lb)
HP LaserJet 3390 allin-one
523 mm (20.6 inches)
518 mm (20.4 inches)
497 mm (19.6 inches)
17.8 kg (39.1 lb)
HP LaserJet 3392 allin-one with tray 3 (250sheet)
570 mm (22.4 inches)
518 mm (20.4 inches)
497 mm (19.6 inches)
21.8 kg (46.5 lb)
Electrical specifications
CAUTION Power requirements are based on the country/region where the all-in-one is sold.
Do not convert operating voltages. This will damage the all-in-one and void the product
warranty.
Table C-2 Electrical specifications
Item
110-volt models
220-volt models
Power requirements
110 to 127 V (+/- 10%)
220 to 240 V (+/- 10%)
50 / 60 Hz (+/- 2 Hz)
50 / 60 Hz (+/- 2 Hz)
4.5 A
2.3 A
Rated current
378
Appendix C
All-in-one specifications
ENWW
Power consumption
Table C-3 Power consumption (average, in watts)1
Product model
Printing2
Copying2
Ready2
PowerSave
Off
HP LaserJet 3050
all-in-one
380 W
380 W
7W
5W
0W
HP LaserJet 3052
all-in-one
380 W
380 W
14 W
9W
0W
HP LaserJet 3055
all-in-one
380 W
380 W
14 W
9W
0W
HP LaserJet 3390
all-in-one
351 W
339 W
15 W
13 W
0W
HP LaserJet 3392
all-in-one
351 W
339 W
15 W
13 W
0W
Values subject to change. See the appropriate Web site listed in HP Customer Care.
Power reported is highest values measured for monochrome printing/copying using all standard voltages.
Default time from Ready mode to PowerSave mode = 15 minutes.
Recovery time from PowerSave mode to start of printing = 5 seconds.
Maximum heat dissipation for all models in Ready mode = 51.2 BTU/hour.
HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one speed is 19 ppm letter-size and 18 ppm A4-size. HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
speed is 22 ppm letter-size and 21 ppm A4-size.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Environmental specifications
Table C-4 Environmental specifications
Recommended1
Storage1
(all-in-one and print cartridge)
20° to 27° C
15° to 32.5° C
0° to 40° C
Temperature
(68° to 81° F)
(59° to 90.5° F)
(32° to 104° F)
Relative humidity
20% to 70%
10% to 80%
95% or less
1
ENWW
Operating1
Values are subject to change. See the support Web sites listed in HP Customer Care for current information.
Power consumption
379
Acoustic emissions
Table C-5 Acoustic emissions (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
1
2
3
Sound Power Level
Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (18 ppm)
LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)]
Ready
Essentially Inaudible
Sound Pressure Level - Bystander Position
Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (18 ppm)
LpAm = 49 dB(A)
Ready
Essentially Inaudible
Acoustic values are subject to change. See www.hp.com/support/lj3050 for current information.
Configuration tested: HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, A10, A4
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one speed is 19 ppm letter-size and 18 ppm A4-size.
Table C-6 Acoustic emissions (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)
1
2
3
Sound Power Level
Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (18 ppm)
LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)]
Ready
Essentially Inaudible
Sound Pressure Level - Bystander Position
Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (18 ppm)
LpAm = 50 dB(A)
Ready
Essentially Inaudible
Acoustic values are subject to change. See www.hp.com/support/lj3052 and www.hp.com/support/lj3055 for current
information.
Configuration tested: HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one, A10, A4
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one speed is 19 ppm letter-size and 18 ppm A4-size.
Table C-7 Acoustic emissions (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
1
2
3
380
Sound Power Level
Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (22 ppm)
LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)]
Ready
LWAd = 5.6 Bels (A) [56 dB (A)]
Sound Pressure Level - Bystander Position
Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (22 ppm)
LpAm = 49 dB(A)
Ready
Essentially Inaudible
Acoustic values are subject to change. See www.hp.com/support/lj3390 and www.hp.com/support/lj3392 for current
information.
Configuration tested: HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one, A4
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one speed is 22 ppm letter-size and 21 ppm A4-size.
Appendix C
All-in-one specifications
ENWW
D
Regulatory information
This section contains the following regulatory information:
ENWW
●
FCC compliance
●
Environmental Product Stewardship program
●
Telephone Consumer Protection Act (United States)
●
IC CS-03 requirements
●
EU statement for telecom operation
●
New Zealand telecom statements
●
Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3390, 3392, 3055, and 3050)
●
Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3052)
●
Country-/region-specific safety statements
381
FCC compliance
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy. If it is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, it
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off
and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
●
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
●
Increase separation between equipment and receiver.
●
Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located.
●
Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician.
NOTE Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by
Hewlett-Packard could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of
FCC rules.
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On the back of this equipment is a label that
contains, among other information, the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence number
(REN) for this equipment. If requested, this information must be provided to the telephone company.
The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected to the telephone line.
Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an
incoming call. In most, but not all, areas, the sum of the RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be
certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line, as determined by the total RENs,
contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area.
This equipment uses the following USOC jacks: RJ11C.
An FCC-compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This equipment
is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular
jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment cannot be used on telephone company-provided
coin service. Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs. If this equipment causes
harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary
discontinuance of service may be required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company
will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint
with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes in its
facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If
this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make the
necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted service. If trouble is experienced with this
equipment, please see the numbers in the front of this manual for repair and (or) warranty
information. If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may
request you remove the equipment from the network until the problem is resolved. The following
repairs can be done by the customer: Replace any original equipment that came with the device.
This includes the print cartridge, the supports for trays and bins, the power cord, and the telephone
cord. It is recommended that the customer install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this
382
Appendix D
Regulatory information
ENWW
device is connected. This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and
other electrical surges.
Environmental Product Stewardship program
Protecting the environment
Hewlett-Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound
manner. This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our
environment.
Ozone production
This product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O3).
Power consumption
Power usage drops significantly while in PowerSave mode (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone), which saves natural resources and saves money without affecting the high performance of this
product.This product qualifies for ENERGY STAR®, which is a voluntary program established
to encourage the development of energy-efficient office products.
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered service mark of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As
an ENERGY STAR® partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has determined that this product meets
ENERGY STAR® Guidelines for energy efficiency. For more information, see
http://www.energystar.gov.
Toner consumption
Economode uses significantly less toner, which might extend the life of the print cartridge.
Paper use
The all-in-one manual/automatic duplex features (two-sided printing) (see Print on both sides
(Windows) for Windows and Printing on both sides (Macintosh) for Macintosh) and N-up printing
capability (multiple pages printed on one sheet) (see Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper
for Windows and Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper (Macintosh) for Macintosh) can
reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources.
Plastics
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability
to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the all-in-one's life.
ENWW
Environmental Product Stewardship program
383
HP LaserJet printing supplies
It's easy to retrun and recycle your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges—free of charge—with HP
Planet Partners. HP is committed to providing inventive, high-quality products and services that are
environmentally sound, from product design and manufacturing to distribution, operation, and
recycling processes. We ensure your returned HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled properly,
processing them to recover valuable plastics and metals for new products and diverting millions of
tons of waste from landfills. Since this cartridge is being recycled and used in new materials, it will
not be returned to you. Your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled responsibly when you
participate in the HP Planet Partners program. Thank you for being environmentally responsible!
In many countries/regions, this product's printing supplies (for example, the print cartridge, drum) can
be returned to HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program. An easy-to-use
and free takeback program is available in more than 35 countries/regions. Multi-lingual program
information and instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies
package.
HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program Information
Since 1992, HP has offered HP LaserJet supplies return and recycling free of charge. In 2004, HP
Planet Partners for LaserJet Supplies was available in 85% of the world market where HP LaserJet
supplies are sold. Postage-paid and pre-addressed labels are included within the instruction guide in
most HP LaserJet print cartridge boxes. Labels and bulk boxes are also available through the
website: http://www.hp.com/go/recycle
Use the label to return empty, original HP LaserJet print cartridges only. Please do not use this label
for non-HP cartridges, refilled or remanufactured cartridges, or warranty returns. Printing supplies or
other objects inadvertently sent to the HP Planet Partners program cannot be returned.
More than 10 million HP LaserJet print cartridges were recycled globally in 2004 through the HP
Planet Partners supplies recycling program. This record number represents 26 million pounds of print
cartridge materials diverted from landfills. Worldwide, in 2004, HP recycled an average of 59% of the
print cartridge by weight consisting primarily of plastic and metals. Plastics and metals are used to
make new products such as HP products, plastic trays and spools. The remaining materials are
disposed of in an environmentally responsible manner.
U.S. returns
For a more environmentally responsible return of used cartridges and supplies, HP encourages the
use of bulk returns. Simply bundle two or more cartridges together and use the single, pre-paid, preaddressed UPS label that is supplied in the package. For more information in the U.S., call (1) (800)
(340-2445) or visit the HP website at http://www.hp.com/go/recycle.
Non-U.S. returns
Non-U.S. customers should visit the http://www.hp.com/go/recycle Web site for further information
regarding availability of the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program.
Paper
This all-in-one is capable of using recycled papers, when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in
the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide, which you can.view on the Web at www.hp.com/
support/ljpaperguide. This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper according to
EN12281:2002.
Material restrictions
384
Appendix D
Regulatory information
ENWW
This HP product contains mercury in the fluorescent lamp or scanner that may require special
handling at end-of-life.
This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at end of life.
Type:
Lithium Carbon Monofluoride (solid button cell)
Weight:
approx. 1 gram
Location:
on formatter PC board (one battery per product)
User Removable:
No
Nederlands
Toepassing: De batterij wordt gebruikt als reserve-energiebron voor de tijdklok (die wordt gebruikt
voor het faxgedeelte van het apparaat).
Locatie van de batterij: De batterij wordt bij de fabricage/distributie van het product op de formatter
gesoldeerd.
Voorschriften:
●
Richtlijn van de Europese Unie met betrekking tot batterijen: Deze batterij komt niet in
aanmerking voor de richtlijnen.
●
Bijzondere bepaling A45 voor UN-standaard: Deze batterij is een niet-gevaarlijk artikel.
Levensduur: De batterij is ontworpen om minstens even lang mee te gaan als het product.
Batterijfabrikanten: Rayovac, Madison, WI, USA; and Panasonic, Secaucus, NJ, USA.
Het ontwerp en de specificaties kunnen zonder kennisgeving worden gewijzigd.
Taiwan
For recycling information, you can contact http://www.hp.com/go/recycle or contact your local
authorities or the Electronics Industry Alliance: http://www.eiae.org .
ENWW
Environmental Product Stewardship program
385
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private household in the
European Union
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of
with your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste equipment
by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic
equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will
help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human
health and the environment. For more information about where you can drop off your waste
equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service
or the shop where you purchased the product.
Material safety data sheet
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) for supplies containing chemical substances (for example, toner)
can be obtained by visiting the HP Website at: www.hp.com/go/msds or www.hp.com/hpinfo/
community/environment/productinfo/safety
For more information
Visit www.hp.com/go/environment or www.hp.com/hpinfo/community/environment/productinfo/safety
for more information about the following environmental topics.
386
●
Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products
●
Hewlett Packard's commitment to the environment
●
Hewlett Packard's environmental management system
●
Hewlett Packard's end-of-life product return and recycling program
●
MSDS
Appendix D
Regulatory information
ENWW
Telephone Consumer Protection Act (United States)
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer
or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless such message
clearly contains, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or
individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,
other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided cannot be a 900 number or any other
number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.)
ENWW
Telephone Consumer Protection Act (United States)
387
IC CS-03 requirements
Notice: The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means the
equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational, and safety
requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document
(s). The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user’s satisfaction. Before
installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be
connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be
installed using an acceptable method of connection. The customer should be aware that compliance
with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations. Repairs to
certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier. Any
repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the
telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment. Users should
ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone
lines, and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together. This precaution can
be particularly important in rural areas.
CAUTION Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should
contact the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate. The Ringer
Equivalence Number (REN) of this device is 0.7.
Notice: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an
indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface.
The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the
requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Number of all the devices does not exceed five
(5.0). The standard connecting arrangement code (telephone jack type) for equipment with direct
connections to the telephone network is CA11A.
388
Appendix D
Regulatory information
ENWW
EU statement for telecom operation
This product is intended to be connected to the analog Public Switched Telecommunication
Networks (PSTN) of European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions. It meets requirements of EU
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries appropriate CE conformity marking. For more
details, see Declaration of Conformity issued by the manufacturer in another section of this manual.
However, due to differences between individual national PSTNs, the product may not guarantee
unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point. Network
compatibility depends on the correct setting being selected by the customer in preparation of its
connection to the PSTN. Please follow the instructions provided in the user manual. If you
experience network compatibility issues, please contact your equipment supplier or Hewlett-Packard
help desk in the country/region of operation. Connecting to a PSTN termination point may be the
subject of additional requirements set out by the local PSTN operator.
New Zealand telecom statements
The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has
accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no
endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it
provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of
Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is
compatible with all of Telecom’s network services.
This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected to
the same line.
This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom “111” Emergency Service.
This product has not been tested to ensure compatability with the FaxAbility distinctive ring service
for New Zealand.
ENWW
EU statement for telecom operation
389
Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3390, 3392, 3055,
and 3050)
Declaration of Conformity
according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014
Manufacturer's Name:
Manufacturer's Address:
Hewlett-Packard Company
11311 Chinden Boulevard,
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares, that the product
Product Names:
HP LaserJet 3390, 3392, 3055, and 3050
Regulatory Model Number3)
Toner Cartridges5)
Product Options:
BOISB-0402-03, BOISB-0405-03, and BOISB-0405-04
Q5949A, Q5949X, and Q2612A
ALL
conforms to the following Product Specifications:
Safety:
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1: 2001 \ A11
IEC 60825-1:1993 + A1 +A2
EN 60825-1:1994 + A1 + A2 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)
GB4943-2001
EMC:
CISPR 22:1993+A1+A2 / EN 55022:1994+A1+A2 - Class B1)
EN 61000-3-2:2000
EN 61000-3-3:1995+A1
EN 55024:1998+A1+A2
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B2) / ICES-003, Issue 4
GB9254-1998, GB17625.1-1998
TELECOM
TBR-21:1998; EG 201 121:1998; FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 684)
Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, the R&TTE
Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II), and carries the CE-Marking accordingly.
1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems.
2) This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3) For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not be confused with the marketing
name or the product number(s).
4) Telecom approvals and standards appropriate for the target countries/regions have been applied to this product, in addition to those
listed above.
5) LaserJet 3050 and 3055 cartridge: Q2612A. LaserJet 3390 and 3392 cartridge: Q5949A yields (2500 standard page capacity), or
Q5949X (6000 standard page capacity) (declared capacity yield value according to ISO/IEC 19752.)
Boise, Idaho 83713, USA
August 1, 2005
For regulatory topics only:
Australia Contact:
Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd., 31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130,
Australia
European Contact:
Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE /
Standards Europe, Herrenberger Strasse 140, Böblingen, D-71034, Germany, (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
USA Contact:
Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, Idaho 83707-0015,
USA, (Phone: 208-396-6000)
390
Appendix D
Regulatory information
ENWW
Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3052)
Declaration of Conformity
according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014
Manufacturer's Name:
Manufacturer's Address:
Hewlett-Packard Company
11311 Chinden Boulevard,
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares, that the product
Product Names:
HP LaserJet 3052
Regulatory Model Number3)
Toner Cartridges
Product Options:
BOISB-0405-02
Q2612A
ALL
conforms to the following Product Specifications:
Safety:
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1: 2001 \ A11
IEC 60825-1:1993 + A1 +A2
EN 60825-1:1994 + A1 + A2 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)
GB4943-2001
EMC:
CISPR 22:1993+A1+A2 / EN 55022:1994+A1+A2 - Class B1)
EN 61000-3-2:2000
EN 61000-3-3:1995+A1
EN 55024:1998+A1+A2
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B2) / ICES-003, Issue 4
GB9254-1998, GB17625.1-1998
Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, and carries
the CE-Marking accordingly.
1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems.
2) This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3) For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not be confused with the marketing
name or the product number(s).
Boise, Idaho 83713, USA
August 1, 2005
For regulatory topics only:
Australia Contact:
Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd., 31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130,
Australia
European Contact:
Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE /
Standards Europe, Herrenberger Strasse 140, Böblingen, D-71034, Germany, (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
USA Contact:
Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company,, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, Idaho 83707-0015,
USA, (Phone: 208-396-6000)
ENWW
Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3052)
391
Country-/region-specific safety statements
Laser safety statement
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is
mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The printer is certified as a "Class 1" laser
product under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance
Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968.
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and
external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
WARNING! Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than those
specified in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation.
Canadian DOC statement
Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements.
«Conforme àla classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilité électromagnétiques (CEM).»
Korean EMI statement
392
Appendix D
Regulatory information
ENWW
Finnish laser statement
LASERTURVALLISUUS
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one -laserkirjoitin on käyttäjän kannalta
turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite. Normaalissa käytössä kirjoittimen suojakotelointi estää
lasersäteen pääsyn laitteen ulkopuolelle.
Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on määritetty standardin EN60825-1 (1994) mukaisesti.
VAROITUS!
Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa
käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
VARNING!
Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren
utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.
HUOLTO
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 -kirjoittimen sisällä ei ole käyttäjän huollettavissa olevia kohteita.
Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkilö. Tällaiseksi
huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota väriainekasetin vaihtamista, paperiradan puhdistusta tai
muita käyttäjän käsikirjassa lueteltuja, käyttäjän tehtäväksi tarkoitettuja ylläpitotoimia, jotka
voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoistyökaluja.
VARO!
Mikäli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan, olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle laitteen
ollessa toiminnassa. Älä katso säteeseen.
VARNING!
Om laserprinterns skyddshölje öppnas då apparaten är i funktion, utsättas användaren för
osynlig laserstrålning. Betrakta ej strålen.
Tiedot laitteessa käytettävän laserdiodin säteilyominaisuuksista:
Aallonpituus 770-800 nm
Teho 5 mW
Luokan 3B laser
ENWW
Country-/region-specific safety statements
393
394
Appendix D
Regulatory information
ENWW
Glossary
ADF Automatic document feeder. The ADF is used to automatically feed originals into the device for copying,
scanning, or faxing.
all-in-one A designation given to HP devices that can perform several functions, such as printing, faxing,
copying, and scanning.
browser Short for Web browser, a software program that is used to locate and open Web pages.
collate The process of printing a multiple-copy job in sets. When collate is selected, the device prints an
entire set before printing additional copies. Otherwise, the device prints the specified number of copies of one
page before printing the subsequent pages.
comma (,)
sequence.
A comma in a fax dial sequence indicates that the device will pause at that point in the dialing
contrast The difference between the dark and light areas of an image. The lower the number value, the more
closely the shades resemble each other. The higher the number, the more the shades appear separate from
each other.
dedicated line
A single telephone line that is used exclusively for either voice calls or fax calls.
DIMM Dual inline memory module, a small circuit board that holds memory. A single in-line memory module
(SIMM) has a 32-bit path to the memory, whereas a DIMM has a 64-bit path.
distinctive ring A service offered by some telephone companies in some regions/countries that allows two or
three phone numbers to be set up on the same telephone line. Each phone number has a different ring pattern,
and the fax machine can be configured to recognize the distinctive ring of the fax number.
dots per inch (dpi) A measurement of resolution that is used for printing. Generally, more dots per inch result
in a higher resolution, more visible detail in the image, and a larger file size.
DSL Digital subscriber line, a technology that enables a high-speed, direct connection to the Internet through
telephone lines.
e-mail (electronic mail) An abbreviation for electronic mail. Software that can be used to electronically
transmit items over a communications network.
fax An abbreviation of facsimile. The electronic encoding of a printed page and the transmission of the
electronic page over a telephone line. The device software can send items to electronic fax programs, which
require a modem and fax software.
fax functions Fax-related tasks that are done from the control panel or software that affect only the current
job, or are done only once before returning to the Ready state, such as clearing memory. These functions are
in their own section in the control-panel menu.
ENWW
Glossary
395
fax settings Fax-related items that, when set or changed, continue to use the choice made until changed
again. An example would be the number of times set for the device to redial a busy number. These settings are
in their own section of the control panel menu.
file format The way the contents of a file are structured by a program or group of programs.
grayscale Shades of gray that represent light and dark portions of an image when color images are
converted to grayscale; colors are represented by various shades of gray.
halftone An image type that simulates grayscale by varying the number of dots. Highly colored areas consist
of a large number of dots, while lighter areas consist of a smaller number of dots.
HP Director A software screen that is used when working with documents. When the document is loaded into
the automatic document feeder (ADF) and the computer is connected directly to the device, the HP Director
appears on the computer screen to initiate faxing, copying, or scanning.
HP ToolboxFX The HP ToolboxFX is a Web page that opens in a Web browser and provides access to the
device management and troubleshooting tools, embedded Web server, and device documentation.
HP ToolboxFX does not support Windows 98, Windows Me, or Macintosh operating systems.
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) is a suite of internationally adopted standards for end-to-end
digital communication over the public telephone network.
link A connection to a program or device that can be used to send information from the device software to
other programs, such as e-mail, electronic fax, and OCR links.
optical character recognition (OCR) software OCR software converts an electronic image of text, such as
a scanned document, into a form that word processor, spreadsheet, and database programs can use.
pixels per inch (ppi) A measurement of resolution that is used for scanning. Generally, more pixels per inch
result in a higher resolution, more visible detail in the image, and a larger file size.
printer driver A printer driver is a program that software programs use to gain access to a device’s features.
A printer driver translates a software program’s formatting commands (such as page breaks and font selection)
into a printer language (such as PostScript or PCL), and then sends the print file to the device.
private branch exchange (PBX) A small telephone switching system that typically is used by large
businesses or universities to connect all telephone extensions within the organization. A PBX also connects to
the public switched telephone network (PSTN) and may be either manual or dial, depending on the method
used by extensions to place incoming or outgoing calls. Normally, the equipment is owned by the customer
rather than leased from the telephone company.
public switched telephone network (PSTN) The worldwide dial-up telephone network or a portion of that
network. Users are assigned unique phone numbers, which allow them to connect to the PSTN through local
telephone exchange companies. Often, this phrase is used when referring to data or other non-telephone
services carried over a path initially established using normal telephone signaling and ordinary switched longdistance telephone circuits.
Readiris An optical character recognition (OCR) program that was developed by I.R.I.S. and that is included
with the device software.
resolution
resolution.
shared line
The sharpness of an image, measured in dots per inch (dpi). The higher the dpi, the greater the
A single telephone line that is used for both voice and fax calls.
surge protector A device that protects a power supply and communications lines from electrical surges.
396
Glossary
ENWW
TWAIN An industry standard for scanners and software. By using a TWAIN-compliant scanner with a TWAINcompliant program, a scan can be initiated from within the program.
URL Uniform resource locator, the global address of documents and resources on the Internet. The first part
of the address indicates what protocol to use, the second part specifies the IP address or the domain name
where the resource is located.
USB Universal serial bus (USB) is a standard that was developed by the USB Implementers Forum, Inc., to
connect computers and peripherals. USB is designed to concurrently connect a single computer USB port to
multiple peripherals.
watermarks A watermark adds background text to a document that is being printed. For example,
“Confidential” can be printed in the background text of a document to indicate that the document is confidential.
A selection can be made from a set of predefined watermarks, and the font, size, angle, and style can be
changed. The printer can place the watermark on the first page only or all pages.
WIA Windows Imaging Architecture (WIA) is an imaging architecture that is available in Windows Me and
Windows XP. A scan can be initiated from within these operating systems by using a WIA-compliant scanner.
ENWW
Glossary
397
398
Glossary
ENWW
Index
Symbols/Numerics
600 dpi print-quality setting 332
A
accessibility features 6
accessories
installation guides 242
ordering 374
part numbers 366
acoustic emissions 380
activity log, fax
printing 95, 209, 361
troubleshooting 346
ad hoc groups, sending faxes to
71
Add or Remove Programs,
Windows 20
ADF
copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3050 130, 223
copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
131, 224
copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
132, 225
jams 264, 320
loading originals 38
locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12
page sizes supported 343
paper specifications 35
part number 367
pickup roller assembly,
replacing 299
replacing 297
alarm volume, adjusting 45
ENWW
alert messages 323
alerts, setting up 273
answer mode, setting 102
answering machines, connecting
fax settings 105
HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone 113
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone 116
phone lines 111
troubleshooting 345
Apple Macintosh. See Macintosh
AutoIP 162
automatic document feeder (ADF)
copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3050 130
copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 131
copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 132
jams 264, 320
loading originals 38
locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12
page sizes supported 343
paper specifications 35
part number 367
pickup roller assembly,
replacing 299
replacing 297
automatic two-sided printing path
copying documents 132, 225
jams, clearing 261, 317
using with Macintosh 57, 200
using with Windows 51, 197
autoreduction settings, fax 79
B
background, gray 335
bands, troubleshooting 334
battery specifications 384
billing codes, fax
report, printing 97, 362
using 88
bins, output
jams, clearing 258, 315
locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12
selecting 60
black and white scanning 151
blank copies, troubleshooting 350
blank pages
adding to printouts 50
troubleshoooting 339
blank scans, troubleshooting 353
block-fax list, printing 98
blocking faxes 80
books
copying 135
scanning 148
BOOTP 168
both sides, copying
HP LaserJet 3050 130, 223
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 131,
224
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 132,
225
both sides, printing on
duplex jams, clearing 261, 317
Macintosh 57, 200
Windows 51, 197
busy signals, redialing options 78
Index
399
C
cables
part numbers 366
USB, troubleshooting 340
call report, fax
printing 96, 361
troubleshooting 346
caller-ID boxes, connecting
HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone 113
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone 116
phone lines 111
calling cards 73
Canadian DOC statement 392
canceling
copy jobs 121
faxes 75
print jobs 65
scan jobs 146
capacity
output bins 60
trays 2, 3, 4, 33, 34
card stock
guidelines for using 31
printing on 60, 63, 205
priority input slot, loading 40
specifications 33, 34, 64, 206
cartridge-door release, locating
HP LaserJet 3050 7
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 10
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12
cartridges
HP fraud hotline 285
non-HP 285
pages per 2, 3, 4
part numbers 366
recycling 285, 384
replacing 251, 295
status page, printing 270, 359
status, checking 284
status, viewing with
HP ToolboxFX 273
storing 285, 379
warranty 373
characters, troubleshooting 336
cleaning
exterior 287
glass 152, 287
lid backing 289
400
Index
cleaning page, printing 240, 293,
363
client server printing 155
clock, setting 69
collating copies 127, 229
color, scanning settings 150, 151
colored paper, specifications 63,
205
Configuration page 158, 268, 359
configurations, all-in-one
HP LaserJet 3050 2
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4
connecting
additional devices 111
all-in-one to phone line 108
consumables. See supplies
contrast settings
copy 123, 228
fax 75, 220
control panel
fax, using 222
HP LaserJet 3050 9
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 11
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 13
HP ToolboxFX settings 280
key-press volume, adjusting 46
language, selecting 43
messages, troubleshooting 323
scanning from (Windows) 141
supplies status, checking from
284
text, entering 81
convenience stapler
about 188
jams, clearing 193, 249
loading staples 189, 247
locating 12
specifications 5
supplies, part numbers 366
using 191, 245
copying
books 135
canceling 121
collating 127, 229
contrast, adjusting 123, 228
enlarging 124, 227
loading originals in ADF 38
loading originals on flatbed
scanner 38
media settings 128, 231
media, troubleshooting 348
number of copies 126, 233
photos 135
quality, adjusting 122, 230
quality, troubleshooting 347
reducing 124, 227
size, troubleshooting 350
starting a job 120
tray selection 134, 232
troubleshooting 350
two-sided documents, HP
LaserJet 3050 130, 223
two-sided documents, HP
LaserJet 3052/3055 131, 224
two-sided documents, HP
LaserJet 3390/3392 132, 225
viewing settings 137
covers, document
card stock, printing on 60
Macintosh 56
paper specifications 33, 34
Windows settings 50
creases, troubleshooting 337
crooked pages 336, 339
curled media 336
custom paper sizes
driver settings 50
printing on 63, 205
Customer Care 374
D
dark copying 348
darkness, contrast settings
copy 123, 228
fax 75, 220
date, setting 69
declaration of conformity 390, 391
dedicated fax line
additional devices, connecting
111
connecting all-in-one 108
defaults, restoring 241, 363
delaying fax sending 87
deleting faxes from memory 90
Demo page, printing 268, 359
device polling 280
DHCP
about 163
discontinuing 167
ENWW
NetWare 167
Unix 163
Windows 164
dial-tone detection settings 106
dialing
from a telephone 106
internationally 81
manually 73
pauses, inserting 81
prefixes, inserting 86
redialing automatically, settings
78
redialing manually 74
tone or pulse settings 77
troubleshooting 344
dimensions, all-in-one 378
DIMMs
Configuration page 269
part numbers 366
direct mode, network 154
distinctive-ring settings 104
documentation 242, 368
Documentation tab, HP ToolboxFX
277
dots per inch (dpi)
fax 76, 221
print settings 332
specifications 5
dots, troubleshooting 334
double-sided
duplex jams, clearing 261
double-sided copying
HP LaserJet 3050 130, 223
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 131,
224
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 132,
225
double-sided printing
duplex jams, clearing 317
Macintosh 57, 200
Windows 51, 197
dpi (dots per inch)
fax 76, 221
print settings 332
specifications 5
drivers
accessing 19
help, Windows 18
Linux and UNIX 17
Macintosh settings 55
ENWW
presets (Macintosh) 55
quick sets (Windows) 48
selecting 18
specifications 5
supported 17
Windows settings 48
duplex settings, network 159
duplexing
copying documents 132, 225
jams, clearing 261, 317
Macintosh 57, 200
Windows 51, 197
E
e-mail alerts, setting up 273
e-mail, scanning to
Macintosh 145
resolution settings 151
Windows 142, 236
electrical specifications 378, 379
electronic faxes
receiving 100, 212
sending 99, 211
embedded Web server (EWS)
browsers supported 20, 242
features 283
network settings 157
energy consumption 383
Energy Star compliance 5
enlarging
copies 227
enlarging documents
copying 124, 227
printing 49
envelopes
guidelines for using 30
output path 60
printing on 64, 205
priority input slot, loading 40
specifications 33, 34
storing 31
environmental specifications
all-in-one 379
paper 36
error messages
control panel 323
critical 330
error-correction setting, fax 93
errors, PostScript 357
EU statement for telecom operation
389
Event log 273
EWS. See embedded Web server
(EWS)
extended warranty 375
extension phones
receiving faxes from 107
sending faxes from 106
F
factory-set defaults, restoring
241, 363
faded print 333
fax
activity log 95, 209, 361
ad hoc groups 71
additional devices, connecting
111
answer mode 102
autoreduction 79
billing code report, printing
97, 362
billing codes 88
blocked list, printing 98
blocking 80
call report, printing 96, 361
canceling 75
contrast setting 75, 220
control panel, using 222
date, setting 69
delaying sending 87
deleting from memory 90
detect-dial-tone settings 106
dial prefixes 86
dialing, tone or pulse 77
error messages 324
error-correction 93
extension phone receiving 107
factory-set defaults, restoring
241, 363
forwarding 91, 210
glass-size setting 77
group-dial entries 71, 84, 217
header, setting 69
jams, troubleshooting 345
loading originals in ADF 38
manual dialing 73
one-touch keys 81, 82, 83,
213, 216
Index
401
originals on flatbed scanner 38
pauses, inserting 81
phone book, printing 97, 361
polling 91
receive log 277
receiving from software 100,
212
receiving on shared line 107
receiving when you hear fax
tones 102
redial settings 78
redialing manually 74
reports, printing all 98
reports, troubleshooting 346
reprinting from memory 89, 208
resolution 76, 221
ring patterns 104
rings-to-answer 105
send log 277
sending from a telephone 106
sending from software 99, 211
sending to multiple recipients
70
sending to one recipient 70
silence-detect mode 92
speed-dial entries 81, 82, 83,
213, 216
stamp-received 92
T.30 protocol trace report 364
time, setting 69
troubleshooting receiving 341
troubleshooting sending 343
V.34 setting 93
volume settings 94
volume, adjusting 45
fax ports, locating
HP LaserJet 3050 8
HP LaserJet 3055 11
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 13
Fax tab, HP ToolboxFX 275
FCC compliance 382
features
all-in-ones 5
HP LaserJet 3050 2
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4
feeding problems, troubleshooting
339
file, scanning to
Macintosh 145
402
Index
G
gateways 186
Getting started guide 242, 368
glass, cleaning 152, 287
glass-size setting 77
glossary of terms 395
gray background, troubleshooting
335
grayscale scanning 151
group-dial entries
adding 84, 217
deleting 84, 218
list of, printing 97, 361
sending faxes to 71
guides, documentation 242
features 2
parts, locating 7
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one
control panel 11
features 3
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
control panel 13
features 4
HP LaserJet Scan (Windows) 144
HP Printing Supplies Returns and
Recycling Program 384
HP ToolboxFX
Documentation tab 277
factory-set defaults, restoring
241, 363
Fax tab 275
Help tab 277
network settings 157
Network Settings tab 281
opening 272
password, network 157
Print Settings tab 280
Status tab 273
supplies status, checking from
284
System Settings tab 278
Troubleshooting tab 362
HP-UX systems 175
humidity specifications
all-in-one environment 379
paper, storing 36
H
header, fax 69
heavy paper
guidelines for using 31
printing on 60, 63, 205
priority input slot, loading 40
specifications 33, 34, 64, 206
help
documentation 243
printer drivers, Windows 18
Help tab, HP ToolboxFX 277
HP Customer Care 374
HP Director (Macintosh), scanning
from 145
HP fraud hotline 285
HP Instant Support 374
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one
control panel 9
I
IC CS-03 requirements 388
image quality
cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363
copy, troubleshooting 347
HP ToolboxFX settings 279
print, troubleshooting 332, 333
scans, troubleshooting 351,
353
information pages
Configuration 158, 268, 359
Demo 268, 359
language, selecting 43
Network configuration 158, 271
Supplies Status 270, 359
T.30 protocol trace report 364
Usage 268
Finnish laser statemnet 393
first page
blank 50
Macintosh settings 56
Windows settings 50
Fit to Page setting, fax 79
flatbed scanner
cleaning 287
default glass-size, setting 77
loading 38
folder, scanning to
Windows 236
font DIMMs, part numbers 366
forwarding faxes 91, 210
fraud hotline 285
ENWW
ink cartridges. See print cartridges
input trays. See trays
installation guides, accessories
and supplies 242
installation, software
Macintosh 22
minimum 16
typical 16
Windows 20
Instant Support 374
interface ports
cables, ordering 366
HP LaserJet 3050 8
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 11
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 13
types included 5
international dialing 73, 81
IP address
AutoIP 162
automatic configuration 159
BOOTP configuration 168
class 184
DHCP 163
host portion 184
manual configuration 158
network portion 184
overview 183, 184
parameters, configuring 185
protocols supported 161
structure 184
J
jack, connecting
additional devices 111
all-in-one 108
jams
ADF, clearing 264, 320
causes of 308
duplexer, clearing 261, 317
fax 345
input tray, clearing 254, 311,
312
locating 309
output bins, clearing 258, 315
preventing 308
print cartridge area, clearing
253, 309
stapler, clearing 193, 249
ENWW
straight-through output path,
clearing 259, 315
K
key-press volume, adjusting 46
Korea EMI statement 392
L
labels
guidelines for using 29
output path 60
printing 63, 205
specifications 33, 34
languages
control-panel display, setting
43
user guides 368
laser safety statements 392
LaserJet Scan (Windows) 144
last page, blank 50
letterhead
guidelines for using 32
output path 60
printing on 64, 206
letters, entering with control panel
81, 222
lid, cleaning 289
light copying 348
light print, troubleshooting 333
lightness
copy contrast 123, 228
faded print, troubleshooting
333
fax contrast 75, 220
lines, troubleshooting
copies 347
printed pages 334
scans 353
link speed settings 159
Linux drivers 17
loading
input trays 38
originals in ADF 38
originals on flatbed scanner 38
priority input slot 40
staples 189, 247
tray 2 or tray 3 40, 41
localized user guides 368
logs, fax
activity 95, 209, 361
billing codes 97, 362
block-fax list 98
call (last fax sent or received)
96, 361
phone book 97, 361
printing all 98
troubleshooting 346
loose toner, troubleshooting 335
LPD
about 172
adding Windows optional
networking components 181
configuring a network LPD allin-one 181
programs and protocols 172
requirements 173
setup steps 173
UNIX 174
Windows 2000 179
Windows NT 177, 180
Windows XP 181
M
Macintosh
driver settings 55
drivers supported 17
drivers, accessing 19
faxing from 99, 211
installing for direct connections
22
installing for networks 23
problems, troubleshooting 358
scanning from HP Director 145
scanning from TWAINcompliant software 147
scanning page-by-page 146
scanning to e-mail 145
scanning to file 145
software features 21
support Web sites 375
uninstalling software 23
Macintosh Configure Device 21,
282
manual dialing 73
manual redialing 74
manuals 242, 368
media
ADF, sizes supported 343
colored paper 63, 205
copy settings 128, 231
Index
403
curled, troubleshooting 336
custom sizes, setting 50
custom-sized, printing on 63,
205
default size, changing 43
document size, selecting 49
fax autoreduction settings 79
first page, Macintosh settings
56
first page, Windows settings 50
heavy paper 64, 206
HP ToolboxFX settings 279
HP, part numbers 367
jams 308
loading input trays 38
output options 60
pages per sheet, Macintosh 56
pages per sheet, Windows 51
priority input slot 40
recommended 26
selecting 26
special, printing on 61, 203
specifications 33
tray selection 42
tray settings, changing defaults
44
troubleshooting 338
troubleshooting paper 28
types to avoid 27
wrinkled 337
memory
Configuration page 269
deleting faxes 90
error messages 327
HP LaserJet 3050, base 2
HP LaserJet 3052/3055, base
3
HP LaserJet 3390/3392, base
4
part numbers 366
reprinting faxes 89, 208
mercury specifications 384
messages
control panel 323
critical 330
Microsoft Windows. See Windows
Microsoft Word, faxing from 100,
212
minimum software installation 16
models
404
Index
HP LaserJet 3050 2
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4
modems, connecting
HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone 113
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone 116
phone lines 111
multiple pages per sheet
Macintosh 56
Windows 51
N
n-up printing
Macintosh 56
Windows 51
NetWare 167
network
all-in-one discovery 160
AutoIP configuration 162
BOOTP 168
changing connection type 156
configuring 153
control panel, using 158
device polling 280
DHCP 163
direct mode 154
duplex settings 159
embedded Web server settings
157
gateways 186
HP ToolboxFX settings 157
IP address configuration 158
IP address parameters 185
link speed settings 159
Macintosh software installation
23
manual TCP/IP configuration
162
password, setting 157
protocols supported 160
server-based configuration
162
sharing the all-in-one 155
subnets 186
TCP/IP 183
TCP/IP configuration 162
TCP/IP configuration tools 163
troubleshooting 354
Network configuration page 158
Network configuration page,
printing 271
network port
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 11
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 13
setting up 154
Network Settings tab,
HP ToolboxFX 281
New Zealand telecom statements
389
noise specifications 380
non-HP print cartridges 285
number of copies, changing 126,
233
O
OCR software 149
on/off switch, locating
HP LaserJet 3050 8
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 10
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12
one-touch keys, fax
deleting 83, 214
deleting all 85, 219
editing 82, 213, 216
list of, printing 97, 361
programming 81, 83
online help
documentation 243
printer drivers, Windows 18
operating environment,
specifications 379
operating systems supported 17
optical character recognition
software 149
options. See settings
ordering supplies and accessories
366, 374
originals, loading
ADF 38
flatbed scanner 38
output bins
jams, clearing 258, 315
locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10
ENWW
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12
selecting 60
output quality
cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363
copy, troubleshooting 347
HP ToolboxFX settings 279
print, troubleshooting 332, 333
scans, troubleshooting 351,
353
outside lines
dial prefixes 86
pauses, inserting 81
ozone specifications 383
P
Page Setup 42
page-by-page scanning
(Macintosh) 146
pages
blank 339
not printing 339
skewed 336, 339
pages per minute
HP LaserJet 3050 2
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4
pages per sheet
Macintosh 56
WIndows 51
paper
ADF, sizes supported 343
colored 63, 205
copy settings 128, 231
curled, troubleshooting 336
custom sizes, setting 50
custom-sized, printing on 63,
205
default size, changing 43
document size, selecting 49
fax autoreduction settings 79
first page, Macintosh settings
56
first page, Windows settings 50
heavy 64, 206
HP ToolboxFX settings 279
HP, part numbers 367
jams 308
loading input trays 38
ENWW
output options 60
pages per sheet, Macintosh 56
pages per sheet, Windows 51
priority input slot 40
recommended 26
selecting 26
special, printing on 61, 203
specifications 33
tray selection 42
tray settings, changing defaults
44
troubleshooting 28, 338
types to avoid 27
wrinkled 337
paper input trays
feeding problems,
troubleshooting 339
paper path, cleaning 240, 293,
363
part numbers
cables 366
media 367
memory 366
supplies 366
trays 366
user guides 368
user-replaceable parts 367
parts, user-replaceable 367
password, network 157
pauses, inserting 81
PCL drivers
automatic switching 5
selecting 18
supported 17
PDEs, Macintosh 22
peer-to-peer printing 154
phone book, fax
adding entries 81
deleting all entries 85, 219
HP ToolboxFX tab 214, 219,
275
printing 97, 361
phone lines
connecting additional devices
111
connecting all-in-one 108
phone numbers
HP fraud hotline 285
HP Printing Supplies Returns
and Recycling Program 384
phone support 374
phones
receiving faxes from 102, 107
sending faxes from 106
phones, connecting extra
HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone 114
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone 117
lines, types of 111
photos
copying 135
scanning 148
scanning, troubleshooting 351
physical specifications 378
pick-up rollers, ordering 367
pickup roller assembly, ADF 299
pixels per inch (ppi), scanning
resolution 150
polling faxes 91
polling, device 280
ports
cables, ordering 366
HP LaserJet 3050 8
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 11
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 13
types included 5
PostScript driver, HP ToolboxFX
settings 281
PostScript, errors 357
power
consumption 383
requirements 378, 379
power consumption 379
power switch, locating
HP LaserJet 3050 8
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 10
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12
ppi (pixels per inch), scanning
resolution 150
prefixes, dial 86
preprinted paper
guidelines for using 32
output path 60
presets (Macintosh drivers) 55
print cartridge area jams, clearing
253, 309
print cartridges
Index
405
door release, locating on HP
LaserJet 3050 7
door release, locating on HP
LaserJet 3052/3055 10
door release, locating on HP
LaserJet 3390/3392 12
HP fraud hotline 285
non-HP 285
pages per 2, 3, 4
part numbers 366
recycling 285, 384
replacing 251, 295
status page, printing 270, 359
status, checking 284
status, viewing with
HP ToolboxFX 273
storing 285, 379
warranty 373
Print dialog box 42
Print Document On 49
print jobs, canceling 65
print media. See media
print quality
cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363
HP ToolboxFX settings 279
settings 332
troubleshooting 332, 333
Print Settings tab, HP ToolboxFX
280
printer drivers
accessing 19
help, Windows 18
Linux and UNIX 17
Macintosh settings 55
presets (Macintosh) 55
quick sets (Windows) 48
selecting 18
specifications 5
supported 17
Windows settings 48
printing
blank pages, adding 50
both sides, Macintosh 57, 200
both sides, Windows 51, 197
canceling 65
card stock 63, 205
cover pages, Macintosh 56
covers, Windows 50
custom paper sizes 50
406
Index
custom-size media 63, 205
labels 63, 205
letterhead 64, 206
LPD 172
multiple pages per sheet,
Macintosh 56
multiple pages per sheet,
Windows 51
output path, selecting 60
presets, Macintosh 55
quick sets, Windows 48
resizing documents 49
settings, changing 42
special media 61, 203
transparencies 63, 205
tray selection 42
troubleshooting 339
watermarks, Windows 49
priority input slot
capacity 2, 3, 4
loading 40
locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12
problem solving. See
troubleshooting
protocol settings, fax 93
protocols, networks 160
PS drivers
selecting 18
supported 17
pulse-dialing 77
punctuation marks, entering with
control panel 81, 222
Q
quality
cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363
copy settings 122, 230
copy, troubleshooting 347
HP ToolboxFX settings 279
print settings 332
print, troubleshooting 332, 333
scans, troubleshooting 351,
353
quick sets (Windows drivers) 48
R
Readiris OCR software 149
receiving faxes
activity log, printing 95, 209,
361
answer mode, setting 102
autoreduction settings 79
blocking 80
call report, printing 96, 361
from extension phone 107
from software 100, 212
log, HP ToolboxFX 277
polling 91
reprinting 89, 208
ring patterns, settings 104
rings-to-answer settings 105
share phone/fax line 107
silence-detect mode 92
stamp-received setting 92
T.30 protocol trace report 364
troubleshooting 341
when you hear fax tones 102
recycling supplies 285, 384
redialing
automatically, settings 78
manually 74
reducing documents
copying 124, 227
printing 49
refilled print cartridges 285
regulatory information 382
repacking the all-in-one 376
repair. See service
repetitive defects, troubleshooting
337
replacing
ADF 297
ADF pickup roller assembly
299
print cartridges 251, 295
reports, all-in-one
Configuration page 158, 268,
359
Demo page 268, 359
language, selecting 43
Network configuration page
158, 271
Supplies Status page 270, 359
T.30 protocol trace 364
Usage page 268
ENWW
reports, fax
activity log 95, 209, 361
billing codes 97, 362
block-fax list 98
call (last fax sent or received)
96, 361
phone book 97, 361
printing all 98
troubleshooting 346
reprinting faxes 89, 208
resizing documents
copying 124, 227
printing 49
resolution
fax 76, 221
print settings 332
scanning 150
specifications 5
restoring factory-set defaults
241, 363
ring patterns 104
ring tones
distinctive 104
volume, adjusting 46
rings-to-answer setting 105
roller assembly, ADF 299
rollers, ordering 367
S
SAM(HP-UX) 175
saving driver settings
Macintosh presets 55
Windows quick sets 48
scaling documents
copying 124, 227
printing 49
Scan to button, programming
141, 235
scanner glass, cleaning 152, 287
scanning
black and white 151
blank pages, troubleshooting
353
books 148
canceling 146
color 150
from all-in-one control panel
(Windows) 141
grayscale 151
HP Director (Macintosh) 145
ENWW
HP LaserJet Scan (Windows)
144
loading originals in ADF 38
loading originals on flatbed
scanner 38
methods 140
OCR software 149
page-by-page (Macintosh) 146
photos 148
quality, troubleshooting 351,
353
resolution 150
speed, troubleshooting 352
to e-mail (Macintosh) 145
to e-mail (Windows) 142, 236
to file (Macintosh) 145
to folder (Windows) 143, 236
to program (Windows) 143
TWAIN-compliant software 147
WIA-compliant software 147
scatter, troubleshooting 337
security-lock slot, locating
HP LaserJet 3050 8
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 10
sending faxes
activity log, printing 95, 209,
361
ad hoc groups 71
billing codes 88
call report, printing 96, 361
canceling 75
delaying 87
forwarding 91, 210
from software 99, 211
from telephone 106
group-dial entries 71
log, HP ToolboxFX 277
manual dialing 73
T.30 protocol trace report 364
to multiple recipients 70
to one recipient 70
troubleshooting 343
separation pad, ordering 367
serial number, product 269
server-based TCP/IP configuration
162
service
critical error messages 330
hardware 375
HP ToolboxFX settings 280
part numbers 366
service agreements 374
settings
Configuration page 158, 268,
359
factory-set defaults, restoring
241, 363
HP ToolboxFX 278
Network configuration page
158
presets (Macintosh drivers) 55
print jobs 42
quick sets (Windows drivers)
48
setup guide 242
shared line
additional devices, connecting
111
sharing the all-in-one 155
silence-detect mode 92
size, all-in-one 378
size, copy
reducing or enlarging 124, 227
troubleshooting 350
sizes, media
default, changing 43
Fit to Page setting, faxing 79
selecting trays by 42
supported 33, 34
tray settings 44
skewed pages 336, 339
slow speed, troubleshooting
faxing 346
scanning 352
smeared toner, troubleshooting
335
software
accessing drivers 19
HP ToolboxFX 272
installing on Macintosh networks
23
installing on Macintosh, direct
connections 22
installing on Windows 20
Linux and UNIX 17
Macintosh components 21
Macintosh Configure Device
21, 282
minimum installation 16
Readiris OCR 149
Index
407
receiving faxes 100, 212
scanning from TWAIN or WIA
147
sending faxes 99, 211
typical installation 16
uninstalling Macintosh 23
Windows components 20
source, printing by 42
spaces, entering with control panel
81, 222
special media
printing on 61, 203
specifications 29
specifications
acoustic emissions 380
electrical 378, 379
environmental 379
features 5
HP LaserJet 3050 features 2
paper 33
physical 378
specks, troubleshooting 334
speed
fax, troubleshooting 346
HP LaserJet 3050 2
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4
scanning, troubleshooting 352
speed-dial entries
deleting 83, 214
deleting all 85, 219
editing 82, 213, 216
list of, printing 97, 361
programming 81, 83
splitters, connecting 108
spots, troubleshooting 334
staple cassette, part numbers 366
stapler
about 188
jams, clearing 193, 249
loading staples 189, 247
locating 12
specifications 5
supplies, part numbers 366
using 191, 245
staples, loading 189, 247
status
alerts, HP ToolboxFX 273
Supplies Status page, printing
270, 359
408
Index
supplies, checking 284
viewing with HP ToolboxFX
273
Status tab, HP ToolboxFX 273
stopping printing 65
storing
all-in-one 379
envelopes 31
paper 36
print cartridges 285
straight-through output path
jams, clearing 259, 315
streaks, troubleshooting 334
subnet mask 186
subnets 186
supplies
HP fraud hotline 285
installation guides 242
non-HP 285
ordering 374
recycling 285, 384
status page 270, 359
status, checking 284
status, viewing with
HP ToolboxFX 273
storing 285
support
service agreements 374
telephone 374
Web sites 374
System Settings tab,
HP ToolboxFX 278
T
T-splitters, connecting 108
T.30 protocol trace report 364
TCP/IP
BOOTP 168
configuration 162
installing on Windows NT 177
overview 183
protocols supported 160
tools 163
Telephone Consumer Protection
Act 387
telephone lines
connecting additional devices
111
connecting all-in-one 108
telephone numbers
HP fraud hotline 285
HP Printing Supplies Returns
and Recycling Program 384
telephone support 374
telephones
receiving faxes from 102, 107
sending faxes from 106
telephones, connecting extra
HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone 114
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone 117
lines, types of 111
temperature specifications
all-in-one environment 379
paper, storing 36
terminology 395
text, entering with control panel
81, 222
text, troubleshooting 336
time, setting 69
tone-dialing 77
toner
cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363
loose, troubleshooting 335
scatter, troubleshooting 337
smeared, troubleshooting 335
specks, troubleshooting 334
toner cartridges. See print
cartridges
Toolbox. See HP ToolboxFX
Transmission Control Protocol
(TCP) 183
transparencies
guidelines for using 29
printing 63, 205
priority input slot, loading 40
specifications 33, 34
tray 1
loading paper 40
locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12
paper specifications 33, 34
tray 2
loading media 40, 41
locating 12
ENWW
models including 4
paper specifications 33, 34
size specifications 378
tray 3
loading media 40, 41
locating 12
models including 4
part number 366
trays
capacities 2, 3, 4
Configuration page 269
copying, changing selection
134, 232
default settings, changing 44
feeding problems,
troubleshooting 339
included 4
jams, clearing 254, 311, 312
loading 38
loading paper 40
locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12
paper specifications 33, 34
part numbers 366
selecting 42
troubleshooting
ADF pickup roller assembly,
replacing 299
blank pages 339
blank scans 353
checklist 304
cleaning page 240, 293, 363
Configuration page, printing
158
control panel messages 323
copy quality 347
copy size 350
copying 350
critical error messages 330
curled media 336
dialing 344
faded print 333
fax error-correction setting 93
fax jams 345
fax reports 346
feeding problems 339
jams 308
ENWW
lines, copies 347
lines, printed pages 334
lines, scans 353
loose toner 335
Macintosh problems 358
Network configuration page,
printing 158
networks 354
pages not printing 339
paper 28, 338
PostScript errors 357
print quality 332
receiving faxes 341
repetitive defects 337
scan quality 351, 353
sending faxes 343
skewed pages 336, 339
speed, faxing 346
staple jams 193, 249
T.30 protocol trace report 364
text 336
toner scatter 337
toner smear 335
toner specks 334
USB cables 340
wrinkles 337
Troubleshooting tab, HP
ToolboxFX 362
TWAIN-compliant software,
scanning from 147
two-sided copying
HP LaserJet 3050 130, 223
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 131,
224
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 132,
225
two-sided printing
duplex jams, clearing 261, 317
Macintosh 57, 200
Windows 51, 197
types, media
default, changing 43
HP ToolboxFX settings 279
selecting trays by 42
specifications 33
tray settings 44
typical software installation 16
U
unblocking fax numbers
80
uninstalling Macintosh software 23
UNIX
BOOTP 169
DHCP 163
LPD 174
model scripts, downloading 17
Usage page, printing 268
USB port
HP LaserJet 3050 8
locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 11
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 13
troubleshooting 340
type included 5
Use Different Paper/Covers 50
User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
183
User guide
languages 368
opening 243
part numbers 368
user-replaceable parts 367
V
V.34 setting 93
vertical lines, troubleshooting 334
vertical white or faded stripes 347
voltage requirements 378
volume, adjusting 45, 94
W
warning messages 323
warranty
all-in-one 372
extended 375
print cartridges 373
watermarks, Windows 49
wavy paper, troubleshooting 336
Web sites
documentation 243
Electronics Industry Alliance
385
Energy Star 383
HP Customer Care 374
HP Printing Supplies Returns
and Recycling Program 384
Linux and UNIX drivers 17
Macintosh support 375
ordering supplies 365
Index
409
supplies, ordering 374
weight
all-in-one 378
paper specifications 33
white or faded stripes 347
WIA-compliant software, scanning
from 147
Windows
DHCP 164
driver settings 48
drivers supported 17
drivers, accessing 19
faxing from 99, 211
installing software 20
LPD 177
scanning from all-in-one
control panel 141
scanning from TWAIN or WIA
software 147
scanning to e-mail 142, 236
scanning to folder 143, 236
software components 20
uninstalling software 20
Word, faxing from 100, 212
wrinkles, troubleshooting 337
410
Index
ENWW
© 2006 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
www.hp.com
*Q6500-90929*
*Q6500-90929*
Q6500-90929
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement